Document:

exhibit10-2.htm

EXHIBIT 10.2

$600,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 28, 2010

among

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a

NV ENERGY,

as Borrower

and

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

RBS SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

each as a Syndication Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

each as a Documentation Agent

 

  

  

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS....................................................................................

	
1

	  	
Section 1.1

	  	
Certain Defined Terms.........................................................................

	
1

	  	
Section 1.2

	  	
Computation of Time Periods; Construction..........................................

	
20

	  	
Section 1.3

	  	
Accounting Matters............................................................................

	
20

	  	
Section 1.4

	  	
Letter of Credit Amounts......................................................................

	
20

	
ARTICLE II  COMMITMENTS.......................................................................................................................

	
21

	  	
Section 2.1

	  	
Commitments...................................................................................

	
21

	  	
Section 2.2

	  	
Fees...............................................................................................

	
21

	  	
Section 2.3

	  	
Reduction of the Commitments...........................................................

	
22

	  	
Section 2.4

	  	
Computations of Outstandings..............................................................

	
22

	  	
Section 2.5

	  	
Optional Increase of the Commitments..................................................

	
23

	
ARTICLE III  LOANS....................................................................................................................................

	
24

	  	
Section 3.1

	  	
Revolving Loans..............................................................................

	
24

	  	
Section 3.2

	  	
Conversion of Loans.........................................................................

	
26

	  	
Section 3.3

	  	
Interest Periods..................................................................................

	
26

	  	
Section 3.4

	  	
Other Terms Relating to the Making and Conversion of Loans..................

	
26

	  	
Section 3.5

	  	
Repayment of Loans; Interest.............................................................

	
29

	  	
Section 3.6

	  	
Additional Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans..............................................

	
29

	  	
Section 3.7

	  	
Default Rate....................................................................................

	
29

	  	
Section 3.8

	  	
Swingline Loans...............................................................................

	
30

	
ARTICLE IV  LETTERS OF CREDIT.................................................................................................................

	
32

	  	
Section 4.1

	  	
The Letter of Credit Commitment........................................................

	
32

	  	
Section 4.2

	  	
Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit, Evergreen Letters

Of Credit.........................................................................................

	
 

34

	  	
Section 4.3

	  	
Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.......................

	
35

	  	
Section 4.4

	  	
Repayment of Participations..............................................................

	
37

	  	
Section 4.5

	  	
Obligations Absolute.......................................................................

	
37

	  	
Section 4.6

	  	
Role of Issuing Banks......................................................................

	
38

	  	
Section 4.7

	  	
Applicability of ISP..........................................................................

	
39

	  	
Section 4.8

	  	
Letter of Credit Fees..........................................................................

	
39

	  	
Section 4.9

	  	
Fronting Fee and Processing Charges Payable to Issuing Banks...............

	
39

	  	
Section 4.10

	  	
Conflict with Issuing Bank Agreements................................................

	
40

	  	
Section 4.11

	  	
Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries................................................

	
40

	
ARTICLE V  PAYMENTS, COMPUTATIONS AND YIELD PROTECTION..............................................................

	
40

	  	
Section 5.1

	  	
Payments and Computations..............................................................

	
40

	  	
Section 5.2

	  	
Interest Rate Determination.................................................................

	
41

	  	
Section 5.3

	  	
Prepayments...................................................................................

	
41

	  	
Section 5.4

	  	
Yield Protection................................................................................

	
42

	  	
Section 5.5

	  	
Sharing of Payments, Etc..................................................................

	
44

	  	
Section 5.6

	  	
Taxes.............................................................................................

	
45

	
ARTICLE VI  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..........................................................................

	
47

	  	
Section 6.1

	  	
Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement........................

	
47

	  	
Section 6.2

	  	
Conditions Precedent to Each Extension of Credit...................................

	
49

	  	
Section 6.3

	  	
Determinations Under Section 6.1........................................................

	
50

	  	
Section 6.4

	  	
Reliance on Certificates......................................................................

	
50

	
ARTICE VII  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................................................................

	
50

	  	
Section 7.1

	  	
Representations and Warranties of the Borrower....................................

	
50

 

 

  

i

  

 

	
ARTICLE VIII  COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER............................................................................................

	
57

	  	
Section 8.1

	  	
Affirmative Covenants..........................................................................

	
57

	  	
Section 8.2

	  	
Negative Covenants...........................................................................

	
60

	  	
Section 8.3

	  	
Financial Covenant...............................................................................

	
66

	
ARTICLE IX  DEFAULTS................................................................................................................................

	
66

	  	
Section 9.1

	  	
Events of Default...............................................................................

	
67

	  	
Section 9.2

	  	
Remedies..........................................................................................

	
69

	  	
Section 9.3

	  	
Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; etc..................................

	
70

	  	
Section 9.4

	  	
Crediting of Payments and Proceeds........................................................

	
70

	  	
Section 9.5

	  	
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim........................................

	
71

	
ARTICLE X  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT....................................................................................................

	
71

	  	
Section 10.1

	  	
Appointment and Authority................................................................

	
71

	  	
Section 10.2

	  	
Rights as a Lender..............................................................................

	
72

	  	
Section 10.3

	  	
Exculpatory Provisions..........................................................................

	
72

	  	
Section 10.4

	  	
Reliance by the Administrative Agent...................................................

	
73

	  	
Section 10.5

	  	
Delegation of Duties...........................................................................

	
73

	  	
Section 10.6

	  	
Resignation of Administrative Agent.....................................................

	
73

	  	
Section 10.7

	  	
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders..........................

	
74

	  	
Section 10.8

	  	
No Other Duties, etc............................................................................

	
74

	  	
Section 10.9

	  	
Collateral and Guaranty Matters..........................................................

	
74

	
ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................................

	
75

	  	
Section 11.1

	  	
Amendments, Etc..............................................................................

	
75

	  	
Section 11.2

	  	
Notices, Etc......................................................................................

	
76

	  	
Section 11.3

	  	
No Waiver of Remedies.......................................................................

	
76

	  	
Section 11.4

	  	
Costs, Expenses and Indemnification.....................................................

	
76

	  	
Section 11.5

	  	
Right of Set-Off; Payments Set Aside.....................................................

	
78

	  	
Section 11.6

	  	
Binding Effect...................................................................................

	
79

	  	
Section 11.7

	  	
Successors and Assigns.....................................................................

	
79

	  	
Section 11.8

	  	
Confidentiality...................................................................................

	
82

	  	
Section 11.9

	  	
Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................................................

	
83

	  	
Section 11.10

	  	
Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.............................................

	
83

	  	
Section 11.11

	  	
Relation of the Parties; No Beneficiary....................................................

	
84

	  	
Section11.12

	  	
Execution in Counterparts.....................................................................

	
84

	  	
Section 11.13

	  	
Survival of Agreement.........................................................................

	
84

	  	
Section 11.14

	  	
Survival of Indemnities........................................................................

	
84

	  	
Section 11.15

	  	
Patriot Act Notice...............................................................................

	
85

	  	
Section 11.16

	  	
Severability.......................................................................................

	
85

	  	
Section 11.17

	  	
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents............

	
85

	  	
Section 11.18

	  	
Defaulting Lenders..............................................................................

	
85

	  	
Section 11.19

	  	
Cash Collateral..................................................................................

	
87

	  	
Section 11.20

	  	
Press Releases and Related Matters.......................................................

	
88

 

 

 

 

  

ii

  

	
Exhibits

	  	  
	  	  	  
	
EXHIBIT A-1

	  	
Form of Revolving Note

	
EXHIBIT A-2

	  	
Form of Swingline Note

	
EXHIBIT A-3

	  	
Form of Notice of Revolving Borrowing

	
EXHIBIT A-4

	  	
Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing

	
EXHIBIT B

	  	
Form of Notice of Conversion

	
EXHIBIT C

	  	
Form of Assignment and Assumption

	
EXHIBIT D

	  	
Form of Officer’s Certificate

	
EXHIBIT E

	  	
Form of Secretary’s Certificate

	
EXHIBIT F

	  	
Form of Mark-to-Market Exposure Certificate

	  	  	  
	  	  	  
	  	  	  
	
Schedules

	  	  
	  	  	  
	
SCHEDULE 1.1(A)

	  	
Existing Letters of Credit

	
SCHEDULE 1.1(B)

	  	
Commitments and Percentages

	
SCHEDULE 7.1(c)

	  	
Legal Name, Etc.

	
SCHEDULE 7.1(d)

	  	
Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

	
SCHEDULE 7.1(f)

	  	
Material Litigation

	
SCHEDULE 7.1(p)

	  	
Subsidiaries

	
SCHEDULE 8.1(d)

	  	
Contractual Obligations; Compliance with Law

	
SCHEDULE 8.2((b)(vi)

	  	
Existing Liens

	
SCHEDULE 8.2(g)

	  	
Affiliate Transactions

	
SCHEDULE 11.2

	  	
Certain Addresses for Notices; Applicable Lending Offices

 

 

  

iii

  

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 28, 2010 is made by and among:

(i)            Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”),

   (ii)           the banks and other financial institutions listed on the signature pages of this Agreement and the other Lenders (as hereinafter defined) and Issuing Banks (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto, and

   (iii)           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder, as Swingline Lender and as an Issuing Bank.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide credit facilities for the purposes set forth herein, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.1                      Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person and (b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account, as set forth on Schedule 11.2 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

 

  

  

  

“Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure existing on such date of determination under each Hedge Agreement without giving effect to any netting other than netting as between two or more Hedge Agreements each by and between the Borrower or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the same legal entity (or any Affiliate thereof), on the other hand, that is contractually available to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Applicable Lending Office” means, with respect to each Lender, (a) such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office, in the case of a Base Rate Loan, and (b) such Lender’s Eurodollar Lending Office, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan.

“Applicable Margin” means, with respect to Loans, Letters of Credit and the Commitment Fee, the corresponding percentages per annum as set forth below based on the applicable Secured Debt Ratings:

	
Level

	
Secured Debt Rating

	
Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin

	
Applicable Base Rate Margin

	
Commitment Fee

	
Letter of Credit

Fee

	
I

	
A- or higher from S&P/A3 or higher from Moody’s

	
1.75%

	
0.75%

	
0.20%

	
1.75%

	
II

	
BBB+ from S&P/Baa1 from Moody’s

	
2.00%

	
1.00%

	
0.25%

	
2.00%

	
III

	
BBB from S&P/Baa2 from Moody’s

	
2.25%

	
1.25%

	
0.375%

	
2.25%

	
IV

	
BBB- from S&P/Baa3 from Moody’s

	
2.75%

	
1.75%

	
0.500%

	
2.75%

	
V

	
BB+ or lower from S&P/Ba1 or lower from Moody’s/unrated by S&P and Moody’s

	
3.00%

	
2.00%

	
0.625%

	
3.00%

In all cases in determining the Applicable Margin, the Commitment Fee and the Letter of Credit Fee, if the Secured Debt Ratings established by the Rating Agencies shall fall within different levels, the applicable Secured Debt Rating shall be based on the higher of the two applicable Secured Debt Ratings unless one of the two applicable Secured Debt Ratings is two or more levels lower than the other, in which case the applicable Secured Debt Rating shall be determined by reference to the level one lower than the higher of the two applicable Secured Debt Ratings.  The Applicable Margins, Commitment Fee and Letter of Credit Fee shall be increased or decreased in accordance with this definition upon any change in the applicable Secured Debt Rating, and such increased or decreased Applicable Margins, Commitment Fee and Letter of Credit Fee shall be effective from the date of announcement of any such new Secured Debt Rating until the next such change.  The Borrower agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly after each change in any Secured Debt Rating.  If the rating system of any Rating Agency shall change, or if any such Rating Agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the non-availability of Secured Debt Ratings from such Rating Agency

 

 

  

2

  

 

and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Margin, the Commitment Fee and the Letter of Credit Fee shall be determined by reference to the Secured Debt Rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

 “Applicable Rate” means:

(i)           in the case of each Base Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time; and

(ii)           in the case of each LIBOR Rate Loan comprising part of the same Borrowing, a rate per annum during each Interest Period equal at all times to the sum of the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time during such Interest Period.

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person), including, without limitation, any special purpose entity, that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business; provided, that such Approved Fund must be administered, managed or underwritten by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 “Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.7), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association.

“BAS” means Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint book manager.

“Base Rate” means, at any time, the highest of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the LIBOR Base Rate plus 1.0%.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in any of the foregoing will become effective on the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Rate, the Prime Rate or the LIBOR Base Rate.

“Base Rate Loan” means any Loan bearing interest at a rate based upon the Base Rate as provided in Section 3.5(b)(i).

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (or any successor).

“Board of Directors” means (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, (b) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership and (c) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.

 

 

  

3

  

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.1(g).

“Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type and in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, and made or Converted on the same day by the Lenders, ratably in accordance with their respective Percentages.  Any Borrowing consisting of Loans of a particular Type may be referred to as being a Borrowing of such “Type”.  All Loans of the same Type and, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period and made or Converted on the same day shall be deemed a single Borrowing hereunder until repaid or next Converted.

“Borrowing Limit” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the Commitments and (b) an amount equal to (i) the Commitments minus (ii) Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure as of the last day of the calendar month most recently ended as set forth in the certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iii); provided, that, (i) in no event shall the amount calculated in clause (b) above be less than 50% of the Commitments then in effect and (ii) with respect to the determination of the Borrowing Limit on the Closing Date, Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure, if any, shall be as set forth in the certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrowing Limit shall be re-calculated as of each calendar month.

“Business Day” means (a) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (b) below, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, Charlotte, North Carolina or Dallas, Texas are authorized or required by law to close and (b) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, LIBOR Rate Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (a) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

“Capital Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for LC Obligations, Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender benefitting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender (as applicable).  “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) United States dollars, (b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of 

 

 

  

4

  

 

those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (c) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better, (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above, (e) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within 270 days after the date of acquisition and (f) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:  (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 20% of the outstanding common stock of NV Energy, Inc.; or (b) NV Energy, Inc. shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower (other than non-voting preferred Capital Stock of the Borrower in an amount not to exceed 10% of all Capital Stock of the Borrower; provided that such preferred Capital Stock may become voting upon an event of default with respect to such preferred stock) free and clear of all Liens.

“Closing Date” means April 28, 2010.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the rules and regulations thereunder, each as amended or modified from time to time.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1, (b) purchase participations in LC Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(B) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.2(a).

“Commitments” mean the Commitments of all the Lenders.  The aggregate principal amount of all the Commitments in effect on the Closing Date is SIX HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($600,000,000).

“Commonly Controlled Entity” means an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Consolidated” means, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of any Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with applicable principles of consolidation under GAAP.

“Consolidated Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

  

5

  

 

“Consolidated Capital” means, at any date of determination, the sum of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness plus (b) Consolidated equity of the common stockholders of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus (c) trust-originated or partnership-originated preferred securities of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (d) Consolidated equity of the preference stockholders of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus (e) Consolidated equity of the preferred stockholders of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, calculated as of such date, in the case of clauses (b) through (e) above, in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, at any date of determination, without duplication, the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that Consolidated Indebtedness shall not include junior subordinated debentures issued by the Borrower in connection with the issuance of (a) preferred trust securities or trust-issued preferred securities by any Trust Preferred Vehicle and (b) other similar trust-originated preferred securities by any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that (i) the issuer of such preferred securities lends substantially all of the proceeds from such issuance to the Borrower in exchange for such junior subordinated debentures and (ii) substantially all of the assets of such issuer consist solely of such junior subordinated debentures and payments made from time to time in respect thereof.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

“Conversion”, “Convert” or “Converted” refers to a conversion of Loans of one Type into Loans of another Type, or to the selection of a new, or the continuation of the same, Interest Period for Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.2.

“Debt Ratings Trigger” means the date which the Borrower shall have obtained a Secured Debt Rating of (a) BBB- or higher from S&P and (b) Baa3 or higher from Moody’s, in each case with a stable or better outlook.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

“Default” means any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 11.18(b), any Lender that, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that 

 

 

  

6

  

 

a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof or the exercise of control over a Lender or any direct or indirect parent thereof by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof.

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” each means lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Lending Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender or Affiliate of such Lender specified as its “Domestic Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule 11.2 hereto or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender or Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Sections 11.7(b)(iii), (v), (vi) and (vii) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.7(b)(iii)).

“Environmental Laws” means any and all laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, guidelines, codes, decrees, or other legally enforceable requirements (including, without limitation, common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health, or employee health and safety, as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Nevada Renewable Energy Portfolio Standard shall not constitute an Environmental Law.

“Environmental Liability” means, with respect to any Person, any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar Lending Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender or Affiliate of such Lender specified as its “Eurodollar Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule 11.2 

 

 

  

7

  

 

hereto or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a Lender (or, if no such office or Affiliate is specified, its Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such Lender or Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve system (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of eurocurrency liabilities or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.

“Event of Default” means any of the events specified in Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Evergreen Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit that, by its terms, provides that it shall be automatically renewed or extended for a stated period of time at the end of its then scheduled expiration date unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof prior to such expiration date that such Issuing Bank elects not to renew or extend such Letter of Credit.

“Excess Net Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(d).

“Existing Letter of Credit” means each of the letters of credit set forth on Schedule 1.1(A).

“Existing NPC Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2005 by and among Nevada Power Company, as the borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association as the administrative agent, an issuing bank and a lender and the other lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Extension of Credit” means, as to any Lender at any time, (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans made by such Lender plus (ii) such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations plus (iii) such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans or (b) the making of any Loan by such Lender or the issuance, extension or renewal of, or participation in, a Letter of Credit by such Lender.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) representing the daily effective federal funds rate as quoted by the Administrative Agent and confirmed in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15 (519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent.  If, for any reason, such rate is not available, then “Federal Funds Rate” shall mean a daily rate which is determined, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which federal funds are being offered for sale in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m.  Rates for weekends or holidays shall be the same as the rate for the most immediately preceding Business Day.

“Fee Letters” means (a) that certain letter agreement, dated March 22, 2010, among the Borrower, SPPC, Wells Fargo Bank, WFS, Bank of America and BAS, as amended from time to time, (b) that certain letter agreement, dated March 22, 2010, among the Borrower, SPPC, RBS and RBS Securities, as amended from time to time and (c) that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower and Union Bank, as amended from time to time.

 

 

  

8

  

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to an Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the outstanding LC Obligations other than LC Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

“General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds” means, collectively, (a) the Borrower’s General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, Series W, due on the Maturity Date, issued as of the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and any supplemental indenture or Officer’s Certificate related thereto, in the aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, and (b) any additional General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds issued by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and any supplemental indentures or Officer’s Certificate related thereto in connection with any increase in the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.5, in each case as collateral securing the Obligations.

“General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture” means the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2001, between the Borrower and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (successor to The Bank of New York Mellon), as trustee, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, bureau, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner, including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

“Hedge Agreements” means, with respect to any Person, the collective reference to any of the following: (a) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and any other agreements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation, (b) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation, (c) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities used by such Person at the time and (d) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates.  The term “Hedge Agreements”, for the 

 

 

 

  

9

  

 

avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any forward energy purchase or sale contracts or similar arrangements entered into by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, all existing or future payment and other obligations owing by such Person under any Hedge Agreement (which such Hedge Agreement is permitted hereunder) with any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in each case at the time such Hedge Agreement is executed.

“Honor Date” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.3(a).

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) in respect of banker’s acceptances, (d) representing Capital Lease Obligations, (e) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable arising in the ordinary course of business that is (i) less than $1,000,000 or (ii) not more than one hundred twenty (120) days past due or (f) representing any Net Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Net Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.  The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (x) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (y) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 11.4(b).

“Information” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 11.8.

“Insolvency” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA; and the term “Insolvent” shall have a correlative meaning (pertaining to a condition of Insolvency).

“Intellectual Property” means the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

“Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.3.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), or purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.  If the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any 

 

 

  

10

  

 

direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition.  The acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in such third Person.

“ISP98” means the International Standby Practices (1998 Revision, effective January 1, 1999), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit.

“Issuing Banks” means, collectively, Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America and RBS, in their respective capacities as issuers of Letters of Credit under this Agreement (or any successors thereto) and “Issuing Bank” means any one of them.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Union Bank shall be the Issuing Bank with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit.

“Issuing Bank Agreement” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the collective reference to (a) an agreement between an Issuing Bank and the Borrower, providing for the issuance of one or more Letters of Credit, in support of (i) the Borrower’s obligations owing to gas, electric power or other energy suppliers or (ii) other general corporate activities of the Borrower and (b) any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by such Issuing Bank and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such Issuing Bank and relating to any such Letter of Credit.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Issuing Bank Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control and such conflicting terms under such Issuing Bank Agreement shall be of no force or effect.

“Joint Lead Arrangers” means the collective reference to Wells Fargo Securities, BAS and RBS Securities in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.

“LC Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any LC Borrowing in accordance with its Percentage.

“LC Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing of Revolving Loans.

“LC Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“LC Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all LC Borrowings.  For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.4.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP98, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lenders” means the banks and other financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof as lenders (including, without limitation, any Issuing Bank), each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section 11.7 and, as the context requires, the Swingline Lender.

“Letter of Credit” means (a) any letter of credit issued hereunder and (b) any Existing Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit may be a commercial or direct pay letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

 

 

  

11

  

 

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a letter of credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Issuing Bank.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means with respect to any Letter of Credit the earlier of (a) one (1) year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (b) five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.8.

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the greater of (i) THREE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($300,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect and (b) the Commitments.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Commitments.

“LIBOR Base Rate” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 for a period equal to the applicable Interest Period, as published by Reuters at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%).  If, for any reason, such rate is not available, then the “LIBOR Base Rate” shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average of the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period.  Each calculation by the Administrative Agent of the LIBOR Base Rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error; and

(b) for any interest rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 for a term of one month commencing that day, as published by Reuters at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the date of determination (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%).  If, for any reason, such rate is not available, then the “LIBOR Base Rate” shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average of the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date of determination for a term equal to one month.  Each calculation by the Administrative Agent of the LIBOR Base Rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

“LIBOR Rate” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

LIBOR Rate =                                       LIBOR Base Rate                                           

1.00-Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

“LIBOR Rate Loan” means any Loan bearing interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected 

 

 

  

12

  

 

under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article III in the form of a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Note, each Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, each Issuing Bank Agreement, the Officer’s Certificate, the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds and each Fee Letter, and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with this Agreement, including any certificates provided pursuant to this Agreement (excluding any Hedge Agreement and any Treasury Management Agreement), all as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

“Materials of Environmental Concern” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity, and any other substances or forces of any kind, whether or not any such substance or force is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

“Maturity Date” means April 28, 2013.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

“Mortgaged Property” has the meaning assigned to that term in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

“Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure” means the mark-to-market exposure of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a Hedge Agreement with any current Lender or Affiliate of a current Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedge Agreement was executed) that would cause a liability to the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, as calculated by the Borrower and provided in a certificate to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iii) or Section 6.1(i), in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Net Hedging Obligations” means, as of any date, any net obligations associated with the Termination Value of any such Hedge Agreement on such date.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Disposition, net of (a) direct costs incurred in connection therewith (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and (b) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax 

 

 

  

13

  

 

sharing arrangements); it being understood that “Net Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Disposition.

“Note” or “Notes” means the Revolving Notes and the Swingline Note, individually or collectively, as appropriate.

“Notice of Borrowing” means a Notice of Revolving Borrowing or a Notice of Swingline Borrowing, as the case may be.

“Notice of Revolving Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.1(a).

“Notice of Swingline Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.8(b).

“OECD” means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

“Obligations” means the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including any Hedging Obligations and any Treasury Management Obligations) of the Borrower to (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Issuing Bank, (c) the Swingline Lender, (d) any Lender and (e) in the case of Hedging Obligations and Treasury Management Obligations, (i) any current Lender or Affiliate of any current Lender and (ii) any Person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender at the time such Hedge Agreement or Treasury Management Agreement is executed, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any Note, any Letter of Credit, any other Loan Document, any Hedge Agreement between the Borrower and (x) any current Lender or any Affiliate of a current Lender or (y) any Person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedge Agreement was executed), any Treasury Management Agreement between the Borrower and (x) any current Lender or any Affiliate of a current Lender or (y) any Person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Treasury Management Agreement was executed, or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“Officer’s Certificate” means an “Officer’s Certificate” (as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture) setting forth the terms of each series of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and authenticated by the trustee under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

“Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to any Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of any Loans occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any LC Obligations on any date, the amount of such LC Obligations on such date after giving effect to any LC Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the LC Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

 

 

  

14

  

“Participant” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 11.7(d).

“Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

“Payment Amounts” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 9.1(e).

“PBGC” means, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

“Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, with respect to such Lender’s Commitment at any time, the percentage of the Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time; provided that if the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Banks to make LC Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.2 or if the Commitments have expired, then the Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.  The initial Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.1(B) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Permitted Business” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.2(d)(viii)(C)(2).

“Permitted Liens” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.2(b).

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

“Plan” means, at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Platform” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.1(g).

“Prime Rate” means, at any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced or otherwise identified from time to time by Wells Fargo Bank at its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina as its prime rate.  Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the day such change in the Prime Rate occurs.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by Wells Fargo Bank as its Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks.

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to compliance with Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(e), for purposes of calculating the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.3, the incurrence of Indebtedness or the declaring or making of a Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have occurred as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter period preceding the date of such incurrence of Indebtedness or declaring or making of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements were delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a).

 

 

  

15

  

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

“PUCN” means the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada, or any successor agency.

“Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.1(g).

“Rating Agencies” means the collective reference to S&P and Moody’s.

“RBS” means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

“RBS Securities” means RBS Securities Inc. in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint book manager.

“Register” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 11.7(c).

“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, a Notice of Revolving Borrowing, (b) with respect to an LC Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, (c) with respect to a Borrowing of Swingline Loans, a Notice of Swingline Borrowing and (d) with respect to a conversion or continuation of Loans, a Notice of Conversion.

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of (a) the unfunded Commitments, the outstanding Loans, LC Obligations and participations therein or (b) if the Commitments have been terminated, the outstanding Loans, LC Obligations and participations therein.  The unfunded Commitments of, and the outstanding Loans, LC Obligations and participations therein and in Swingline Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.  Any determination of those Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall be made by the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties absent manifest error.

“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, senior vice-president, vice-president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower.

 

 

  

16

  

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.2(e).

“Revolving Credit Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the date of termination or reduction in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 9.2.

“Revolving Loan” means a loan by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1 (or deemed made pursuant to Section 4.4) and refers to a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan (each of which shall be a “Type” of Loan).  All Loans by a Lender of the same Type, having the same Interest Period and made or Converted on the same day shall be deemed to be a single Revolving Loan by such Lender until repaid or next Converted.

“Revolving Note” means any promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of a Lender (and, if requested, its registered assigns), evidencing the Revolving Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and any amendments, supplements, and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof; in whole or in part and “Revolving Notes” means any or all of the foregoing.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

“Sanctioned Entity” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, or (d) a person or entity resident in or determined to be resident in a country, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.

“Sanctioned Person” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto or an analogous Governmental Authority).

“Secured Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the Borrower’s senior secured long term debt rating as determined by each of the Rating Agencies to be in effect as of such date.

“Single Employer Plan” means any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise”, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature.  For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim”, and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a 

 

 

  

17

  

 

right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

“SPPC” means Sierra Pacific Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation.

“SPPC Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among SPPC, as the borrower, Bank of America, as the administrative agent, swingline lender, an issuing bank and a lender and the other lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as amended or otherwise modified.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt (including without limitation any guarantee) that is subordinated to the prior payment of the Loans and other Obligations.

“Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the Loans and other Obligations to be executed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(n).

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee, and its successors and assigns.

“Swingline Lender” means Wells Fargo Bank, in its capacity as a provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

“Swingline Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).

“Swingline Note” means the promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of the Swingline Lender (and, if requested, its registered assigns), evidencing the Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, and any amendments, supplements, and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof; in whole or in part.

“Swingline Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000) and (b) the Commitments.  The Swingline Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Commitments.

“Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreement, (x) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreement has been closed out and termination value(s) 

 

 

  

18

  

 

determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (y) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (x), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreement, as determined based upon one or more readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreement (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any calculation of the aggregate Termination Value shall exclude any Termination Value of Hedge Agreements that are accounted for by the Borrower as regulatory assets or liabilities or risk management assets or liabilities pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 71.

“Total Revolving Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, all Swingline Loans and all LC Obligations.

“Trading With the Enemy Act” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.1(y).

“Treasury Management Agreement” means any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

“Treasury Management Obligations” means with respect to any Person, all existing or future payment and other obligations owing by such Person under any Treasury Management Agreement with any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in each case at the time such Treasury Management Agreement is executed.

“Trust Preferred Vehicle” means any trust, the only assets of which are Subordinated Debt of the Borrower, and which are substantially similar (except for such changes to the terms of any such trust preferred vehicle to adopt terms that are customary in the trust preferred vehicles market at the time of formation of any such trust preferred vehicle) to trust preferred vehicles of the Borrower entered into within the five (5) years immediately preceding the Closing Date.

“Type” has the meaning assigned to such term (i) in the definition of “Revolving Loan” when used in such context and (ii) in the definition of “Borrowing” when used in such context.

“Union Bank” means Union Bank, N.A.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.3(a).

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wells Fargo Bank” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, and its successors.

“WFS” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint book manager.

 

 

  

19

  

Section 1.2           Computation of Time Periods; Construction.

(a)           Unless otherwise indicated, each reference in this Agreement to a specific time of day is a reference to Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time, as applicable.  In the computation of periods of time under this Agreement, any period of a specified number of days or months shall be computed by including the first day or month occurring during such period and excluding the last such day or month.  Unless the context requires otherwise, in the case of a period of time “from” a specified date “to” or “until” a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”.

(b)           The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes”, and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, and (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.

Section 1.3          Accounting Matters.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 8.1(a).

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(c)  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.4          Letter of Credit Amounts.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of 

 

 

  

20

  

 

any Issuing Agreement related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENTS

Section 2.1         Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Borrowing Limit and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.1, prepay under Section 5.3, and reborrow under this Section 2.1.  Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as further provided herein, provided, however, all Borrowings made on the Closing Date shall be made as Base Rate Loans.

Section 2.2         Fees.

(a)           The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Percentage, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) at a rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the Applicable Margin times (ii) the actual daily amount by which the Commitments exceed the sum of (y) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and (z) the Outstanding Amount of LC Obligations. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Revolving Credit Termination Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article VI is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Credit Termination Date; provided, that (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.  The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect.  For purposes of clarification, Swingline Loans shall not be considered outstanding for purposes of determining the unused portion of the Commitments.

(b)           In addition to the fees provided for in subsection (a) above and Sections 4.8 and 4.9, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, such other fees as are provided for in the Fee Letters, in the amounts and at the times specified therein.

 

 

  

21

  

Section 2.3         Reduction of the Commitments.

(a)           The Commitments (i) shall be automatically and permanently terminated on the Revolving Credit Termination Date and (ii) shall be automatically reduced by any and all Excess Net Proceeds in accordance with Section 8.2 (d).

(b)           The Borrower may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly distribute copies thereof to the Lenders), terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portions of the Commitments (which termination or reduction (as the case may be), upon its effectiveness, shall be permanent and irrevocable); provided that (i) any such partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any reduction shall reduce the Letter of Credit Sublimit, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of such definition.  Subject to Section 2.2(a), all Commitment Fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

(c)           The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three Business Days’ prior notice to such Defaulting Lender and the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the other Lenders thereof) and the Commitments shall be reduced by such amount; provided that (i) at the time of such termination, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or the Required Lenders consent to such termination), (ii) the Borrower shall pay to the Defaulting Lender all amounts then owed to it and (iii) such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Banks or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

(d)           Each permanent reduction pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a payment of principal of the Loans sufficient to reduce the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, LC Obligations and Swingline Loans, as applicable, after such reduction to the amount of the Commitments as so reduced, and if the Commitments as so reduced is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations, the Borrower shall be required to deposit Cash Collateral in a Cash Collateral account opened by and under the control of the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Such Cash Collateral shall be applied in accordance with Section 9.2(b).  Any reduction of the Commitments to zero shall be accompanied by payment of all outstanding Loans (and furnishing of Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations) and shall result in the termination of the Commitments.  Such Cash Collateral shall be applied in accordance with Section 9.2(b).  If the reduction of the Commitments requires the repayment of any LIBOR Rate Loan, such repayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

(e)           No repayment or prepayment or reduction pursuant to this Section shall affect any of the Borrower’s obligations under any Hedge Agreement or any Treasury Management Agreement.

Section 2.4        Computations of Outstandings.  Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the principal amount outstanding on any date under this Agreement, such reference shall refer to the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans on such date plus (ii) the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations on such date plus (iii) the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans on such date, in each case after giving effect to all Extensions of Credit to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof.  At no time shall the principal amount outstanding under this Agreement exceed the 

 

 

  

22

  

 

Borrowing Limit then in effect.  References to the unused portion of the Commitments shall refer to the excess, if any, of the Commitments over the principal amount outstanding hereunder; and references to the unused portion of any Lender’s Commitment shall refer to such Lender’s Percentage of the unused Commitments.

Section 2.5        Optional Increase of the Commitments.  At any time following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have the right, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, from time to time and upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent to request an increase in the Commitments; provided, that:

(a)           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from any such requested increase or Extension of Credit made on the date of such increase;

(b)           the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with a certificate of a Responsible Officer dated as of the date of such increase in form and substance substantially similar to the certificate delivered under Section 8.1(b)(i) demonstrating pro forma compliance with the covenant contained in Section 8.3 after giving effect to any Extensions of Credit made on the date of such increase;

(c)           each increase in Commitments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, or in each case if less, the remaining principal amount of increases to Commitments that are available under this Section 2.5 (after giving effect to all prior increases pursuant to this Section 2.5);

(d)           the aggregate amount of all increases to the Commitments made pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall not exceed FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000);

(e)           increases in Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.5 (i) shall not increase or otherwise affect the Swingline Sublimit and (ii) shall increase the Letter of Credit Sublimit, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of such definition;

(f)           the Commitment of any Lender shall not be increased without the approval of such Lender;

(g)           in connection with each proposed increase, the Borrower may solicit commitments from (i) any Lender (provided, that no Lender shall have an obligation to commit to all or a portion of the proposed increase) or (ii) any third party financial institutions that are Eligible Assignees that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender and the Borrower (a “New Lender”);

(h)           the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued in respect of any increase in Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.5: (i) will rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the other Loans made and Letters of Credit issued hereunder and shall constitute and be part of the “Obligations” arising under this Agreement, and (ii) shall have the same pricing and tenor as the other Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder;

(i)           in the event that any existing Lender or any New Lender commits to such requested increase, (i) any New Lender will execute an accession agreement to this Agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Commitment of any existing Lender which has committed to provide any of the requested increase shall be increased by such amount, (iii) the Percentages of the Lenders shall be adjusted, and (iv) other changes shall be 

 

 

  

23

  

 

made to the Loan Documents as may be necessary to reflect the aggregate amount, if any, by which the Lenders have agreed to increase their respective Commitments or New Lenders have agreed to or make new Commitments in response to the Borrower’s request for an increase pursuant to this Section 2.5, and which other changes do not adversely affect the rights of those Lenders not participating in any such increase;

(j)           with respect to each increase in the Commitments, the Borrower will issue to the Administrative Agent General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, in form and substance similar to the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds issued to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1(g), in an aggregate principal amount equal to the difference between the principal amount of the Commitments (after giving effect to such increase and any prior increases or permanent reductions to the Commitments) and the outstanding principal amount of General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds previously issued to the Administrative Agent as collateral support for the Obligations; and

(k)           with respect to each increase in the Commitments, the Borrower shall provide evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of new or supplemental regulatory approval by the PUCN and any other applicable regulatory body, in each case authorizing the issuance of long-term debt securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to such new issuance of General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds and/or the principal amount of such increase, as applicable.

ARTICLE III

LOANS

Section 3.1          Revolving Loans.

(a)           The Borrower may request a Borrowing of Revolving Loans (other than a Conversion) by delivering a notice (a “Notice of Revolving Borrowing”) to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing or, in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the same Business Day of the proposed Borrowing.  The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of each Notice of Revolving Borrowing.  Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and shall specify the requested (i) date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day, but in no event later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date), (ii) Type of Loans to be made in connection with such Borrowing, (iii) Interest Period, if any, for such Loans and (iv) amount of such Borrowing.  Each proposed Borrowing shall conform to the requirements of Sections 3.3 and 3.4.

(b)           Each Lender shall, before 3:00 p.m. on the date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, in same day funds, such Lender’s Percentage of such Borrowing.  After the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article VI, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent’s Office. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Percentage available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in 

 

 

  

24

  

 

accordance with the first sentence of this subsection (b), and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.

(c)           If and to the extent that any Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with subsection (b) above, such Lender’s Percentage of any Borrowing, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand corresponding amounts (not to exceed the aggregate amount that such Lender failed to make available to the Administrative Agent), together with interest thereon for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Loans made in connection with such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment and the Borrowing Limit and subject to the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the making of Loans, the Borrower may request (and the Lenders shall honor) one or more additional Borrowings of Revolving Loans from the other Lenders to fund such repayment to the Administrative Agent.  If a Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount in full (with interest as above provided), (x) the Administrative Agent shall apply such corresponding amount and interest to the repayment to the Administrative Agent (or repayment of Revolving Loans made to fund such repayment to the Administrative Agent), and shall make any remainder available to the Borrower and (y) such amount so repaid shall be deemed to constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan, made as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement as if funded concurrently with the other Revolving Loans made as part of such Borrowing. The failure of any Lender to make the Revolving Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Revolving Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Revolving Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(d)           The Extensions of Credit made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Extensions of Credit made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(e)           Any Lender may request that its Commitment hereunder be evidenced by a Revolving Note.  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Revolving Note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns), substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.  Each Lender may attach schedules to its Revolving Notes and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Loans and payments with respect thereto.  Upon the request of the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Swingline Lender a Swingline Note payable to the order of the Swingline Lender (or, if requested by the Swingline Lender, to the Swingline Lender and its registered assigns), substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.  In addition to the accounts and records referenced above in this subsection (e), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender or participations in Letters of Credit and 

 

 

  

25

  

 

Swingline Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

Section 3.2          Conversion of Loans.  The Borrower may from time to time Convert any Loan (or portion thereof) of any Type to one or more Loans of the same or any other Type by delivering a notice of such Conversion (a “Notice of Conversion”) to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. on (x) the third Business Day prior to the date of any proposed Conversion into a LIBOR Rate Loan and (y) the same Business Day as to the date of any proposed Conversion into a Base Rate Loan.  The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of each Notice of Conversion.  Each Notice of Conversion shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit B and shall specify (i) the requested date of such Conversion, (ii) the Type of, and Interest Period, if any, applicable to, the Loans (or portions thereof) proposed to be Converted, (iii) the requested Type of Loans to which such Loans (or portions thereof) are proposed to be Converted, (iv) the requested initial Interest Period, if any, to be applicable to the Loans resulting from such Conversion and (v) the aggregate amount of Loans (or portions thereof) proposed to be Converted.  Each proposed Conversion shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.3 and 3.4.

Section 3.3          Interest Periods.  The period between the date each LIBOR Rate Loan is made and the date of payment in full of such Loan shall be divided into successive periods (“Interest Periods”) for purposes of computing interest applicable thereto. The initial Interest Period for each such Loan shall begin on the day such Loan is made, and each subsequent Interest Period shall begin on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for such Loan.  The duration of each Interest Period shall be 1, 2, 3, or 6 months as the Borrower may select in accordance with Section 3.1 or 3.2, or such shorter period as requested by the Borrower and consented to by all Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), as applicable; provided, however:

 

             (a)           the Borrower may not select any Interest Period that ends after the Maturity Date;

(b)           whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

(c)           any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.

Section 3.4            Other Terms Relating to the Making and Conversion of Loans.

(a)           Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 or 3.2 to the contrary:

(i)           each Borrowing of Revolving Loans (other than a Borrowing deemed made under Section 4.3) shall be in an aggregate amount not less than (A) in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount as shall be equal to the Commitments on such date, after giving effect to all of the other Extensions of Credit to be made to the Borrower on such date) or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or such lesser amount as shall be equal to the Commitments on such date, after 

 

 

  

26

  

 

giving effect to all of the other Extensions of Credit to be made to the Borrower on such date), or (B) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, and shall consist of Loans of the same Type, having the same Interest Period and made or Converted on the same day by the Lenders ratably according to their respective Percentages;

(ii)           the Borrower may request that more than one Borrowing be made on the same day;

(iii)           at no time shall more than ten (10) different Borrowings comprising LIBOR Rate Loans be outstanding hereunder;

(iv)           no LIBOR Rate Loan may be Converted on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan unless the corresponding amounts, if any, payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.4(b) are paid within two (2) Business Days after the Administrative Agent or any Lender provides written notice to the Borrower as to amounts owing under Section 5.4(b) in connection with such Conversion;

(v)           if the Borrower shall either fail to give a timely Notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 3.2 in respect of any Loans or fail, in any Notice of Conversion that has been timely given, to select the duration of any Interest Period for Loans to be Converted into LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with Section 3.3, such Loans shall, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, automatically Convert into, or remain as, as the case may be, Base Rate Loans; and

(vi)           if, on the date of any proposed Conversion, any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all Loans then outstanding shall, on such date, automatically Convert into, or remain as, as the case may be, Base Rate Loans.

(b)           If any Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make, or to fund or maintain, LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder, (i) the obligation of such Lender to make, or to Convert Loans into, LIBOR Rate Loans for such Borrowing or any subsequent Borrowing from such Lender shall be forthwith suspended until the earlier to occur of the date upon which (A) such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and (B) it is no longer unlawful for such Lender to make, fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, and (ii) if the maintenance of LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding through the last day of the Interest Period therefor would cause such Lender to be in violation of such law, regulation or assertion, such Lender may require the Borrower to either prepay or Convert all LIBOR Rate Loans from such Lender within five Business Days after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice, and if the Borrower shall not have so prepaid or Converted such LIBOR Rate Loans by such fifth Business Day, then such LIBOR Rate Loans shall be deemed automatically Converted to Base Rate Loans on such fifth Business Day.  Promptly upon becoming aware that the circumstances that caused such Lender to deliver such notice no longer exist, such Lender shall deliver notice thereof to the Administrative Agent (but the failure to do so shall impose no liability upon such Lender).  Promptly upon receipt of such notice from such Lender (or upon such Lender’s assigning all of its Commitments, Loans, participation and other rights and obligations hereunder to an Eligible Assignee), the Administrative Agent shall deliver notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders and such suspension shall terminate.  Prior to any Lender giving notice to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower under this subsection (b), such 

 

 

  

27

  

 

Lender shall use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office, if such change would avoid such unlawfulness and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(c)           If the Required Lenders shall, at least one (1) Business Day before the date of any requested Borrowing, notify the Administrative Agent that the LIBOR Rate for LIBOR Rate Loans to be made in connection with such Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to such Required Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective LIBOR Rate Loans for such Borrowing, the right of the Borrower to select LIBOR Rate Loans for such Borrowing and any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Loan to be made or Converted in connection with such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Loan.

(d)           If any Lender shall have delivered a notice to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as described in Section 3.4(b) or Section 3.6, or shall become a Defaulting Lender under Section 3.1(c) or Section 4.4, and if and so long as such Lender shall not have withdrawn such notice or corrected such non-performance in accordance with Section 3.1(c), Section 3.4(b), Section 3.6, or Section 4.4, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent may demand that such Lender assign in accordance with Section 11.7, to one or more Eligible Assignees designated by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, all (but not less than all) of such Lender’s Commitments, Loans, participation and other rights and obligations hereunder; provided that any such demand by the Borrower during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default shall be ineffective without the consent of the Required Lenders.  If, within 30 days following any such demand by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, any such Eligible Assignee so designated shall fail to consummate such assignment on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Lender, or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have failed to designate any such Eligible Assignee, then such demand by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall become ineffective, it being understood for purposes of this provision that such assignment shall be conclusively deemed to be on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Lender, and such Lender shall be compelled to consummate such assignment forthwith, if such Eligible Assignee (i) shall agree to such assignment in substantially the form of the Assignment and Assumption attached hereto as Exhibit C and (ii) shall tender payment to such Lender in an amount equal to the full outstanding dollar amount accrued in favor of such Lender hereunder (as computed in accordance with the records of the Administrative Agent), including, without limitation, all accrued interest and fees and, to the extent not paid by the Borrower, any payments required pursuant to Section 5.4(b).

(e)           Each Notice of Borrowing and Notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any Borrowing which the related Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion specifies is to be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure by the Borrower to fulfill, on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion for such Borrowing, the applicable conditions (if any) set forth in this Article III (other than failure pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4(c) hereof) or in Article VI, including any such loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Loan to be made by such Lender when such Loan, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

 

 

  

28

  

Section 3.5           Repayment of Loans; Interest.

(a)           Principal.

(i)            Revolving Loans.  The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans on the Maturity Date.

(ii)            Swingline Loans.  The Borrower shall repay each Swingline Loan on the earlier to occur of (A) ten (10) Business Days after the Swingline Loan is made, (B) the date within one (1) Business Day of demand therefor by the Swingline Lender and (C) the Maturity Date.

(b)           Interest.  The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan owing to each Lender from the date of such Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the Applicable Rate for such Loan, payable as follows:

(i)           Base Rate Loans.  If such Loan is a Base Rate Loan (including a Swingline Loan), interest thereon shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, on the date of any Conversion of such Base Rate Loan, on the date such Base Rate Loan shall become due and payable or shall otherwise be paid in full and on the Maturity Date.

(ii)           LIBOR Rate Loans.  If such Loan is a LIBOR Rate Loan, interest thereon shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period for such Loan and, if the Interest Period for such Loan has a duration of more than three months, on that day of each third month during such Interest Period that corresponds to the first day of such Interest Period (or, if any such month does not have a corresponding day, then on the last day of such month) and on the Maturity Date.

Section 3.6           Additional Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, any costs actually incurred by such Lender with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that are attributable to such Lender’s compliance with regulations of the Board requiring the maintenance of reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities.  Such costs shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender in the form of additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Loan of such Lender, from the date of such LIBOR Rate Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period for such LIBOR Rate Loan from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such LIBOR Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage of such Lender for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which interest is payable on such LIBOR Rate Loan (but in no event earlier than ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower’s receipt of the certificate referred to in the last sentence of this Section 3.6).  Such additional interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent.  A certificate as to the amount of such additional interest and giving a reasonable explanation and calculation thereof shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 3.7           Default Rate.   Subject to Section 9.3, (i) immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f), or (ii) at the election of the Required Lenders, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, (A) the Borrower shall no longer have the option to request LIBOR Rate Loans or Letters of Credit, (B) all 

 

 

  

29

  

 

outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum of two percent (2%) in excess of the Applicable Rate with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans until the end of the applicable Interest Period and thereafter at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans, and (C) all outstanding Base Rate Loans and other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Applicable Rate with respect to Base Rate Loans.  Interest shall continue to accrue on the Obligations after the filing by or against the Borrower of any petition seeking any relief in bankruptcy or under any act or law pertaining to insolvency or debtor relief, whether state, federal or foreign.

Section 3.8           Swingline Loans.

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender may, in its discretion and in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 3.8, make loans (each such loan, a “Swingline Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swingline Sublimit; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 3.8, prepay under Section 5.3, and reborrow under this Section 3.8.  Each Swingline Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.  Immediately upon the making of a Swingline Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swingline Lender a risk participation in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Percentage times the amount of such Swingline Loan.

(b)           Borrowing Procedures.  The Borrower may request a Borrowing of Swingline Loans by delivering a notice (a “Notice of Swingline Borrowing”) to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. on the same Business Day of the proposed Borrowing.  Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum principal amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.  Unless the Swingline Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Borrowing of Swingline Loans (A) directing the Swingline Lender not to make such Swingline Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 3.8(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article VI is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such written Notice of Swingline Borrowing, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the Borrower.

(c)           Refinancing of Swingline Loans.

(i)           The Swingline Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably requests and authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage of the amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.  Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Notice of Swingline Borrowing for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.1, without 

 

 

  

30

  

 

regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 and provided that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans plus the aggregate outstanding LC Obligations shall not exceed the Borrowing Limit then in effect.  The Swingline Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Percentage of the amount specified in such Notice of Swingline Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 11:00 a.m. on the day specified in such Notice of Swingline Borrowing, whereupon, subject to Section 3.8(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swingline Lender.

(ii)           If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing of Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 3.8(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 3.8(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii)           If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.8(c) by the time specified in Section 3.8(c)(i), the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swingline Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.  A certificate of the Swingline Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv)           Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 3.8(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 3.8(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 6.2.  No such purchase or funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swingline Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d)           Repayment of Participations.

(i)           At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swingline Loan, if the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during 

 

 

  

31

  

 

which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swingline Lender.

(ii)           If any payment received by the Swingline Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swingline Loan is required to be returned by the Swingline Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.5(c) (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swingline Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swingline Lender its Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swingline Lender.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e)           Interest for Account of Swingline Lender.  The Swingline Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swingline Loans.  Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans or risk participation pursuant to this Section 3.8 to refinance such Lender’s Percentage of any Swingline Loan, interest in respect of such Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(f)           Payments Directly to Swingline Lender.  The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swingline Loans directly to the Swingline Lender.

ARTICLE IV

LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 4.1           The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Article IV, (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 4.2, and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided, that after giving effect to any LC Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (w) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitments, (x) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment and (y) the Outstanding Amount of the LC Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.  Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the LC Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.  Furthermore, each Lender acknowledges and confirms that it has a participation interest in the liability of Union Bank under the Existing Letters of Credit in a percentage equal to its Percentage of the Commitments.  The 

 

 

  

32

  

 

Borrower’s reimbursement obligations in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit, and each Lender’s obligations in connection therewith, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

(b)            Notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 4.1 and any other term or provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the size of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) Wells Fargo Bank shall not be obligated to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time in excess of $100,000,000, (ii) Bank of America shall not be obligated to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time in excess of $100,000,000 and (iii) RBS shall not be obligated to (A) issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time in excess of $50,000,000 and (B) issue any commercial or direct pay Letter of Credit.

(c)           No Issuing Bank shall issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i)           the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(ii)           the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all of the Lenders shall have approved such expiry date;

(d)           No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i)           any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank  refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;

(ii)           the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank;

(iii)           except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;

(iv)           such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(v)           any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the applicable Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such Issuing Bank (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect 

 

 

  

33

  

 

to Section 11.18(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other LC Obligations as to which such Issuing Bank has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may reasonably require; or

(vi)           such Letter of Credit would cause such Issuing Bank to exceed the applicable amount specified for such Issuing Bank in Section 4.1(b).

(e)           No Issuing Bank shall amend any Letter of Credit if such Issuing Bank would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(f)           No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (i) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (ii) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(g)           Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the Issuing Bank Agreement pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article X included such Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such Issuing Bank.

Section 4.2           Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Evergreen Letters of Credit.

(a)           Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. at least five (5) Business Days (or such later date and time as the applicable Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the applicable Issuing Bank may reasonably require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank: (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the applicable Issuing Bank may reasonably require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent such 

 

 

  

34

  

 

other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuing Bank Agreement, as such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(b)           Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless such Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article VI shall not be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable Issuing Bank a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(c)           If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue an Evergreen Letter of Credit; provided, that any such Evergreen Letter of Credit must permit the applicable Issuing Bank to prevent any extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such extension.  Once an Evergreen Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that no Issuing Bank shall permit any such extension if (i) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (c) or (d) of Section 4.1 or otherwise), or (ii) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven (7) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (A) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (B) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 6.2 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such Issuing Bank not to permit such extension.

(d)           Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

Section 4.3           Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(a)           Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and 

 

 

  

35

  

 

the Administrative Agent thereof.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such Issuing Bank by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 3.4(a) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and the Borrowing Limit and the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 (other than the delivery of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing). Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.3(a) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided, that, the lack of such immediate written confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(b)           Each Lender shall upon any notice of an Unreimbursed Amount pursuant to Section 4.3(a) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 4.3(c), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(c)           With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuing Bank an LC Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which LC Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such LC Borrowing and shall constitute an LC Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Article IV.

(d)           Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or LC Advance pursuant to this Section 4.3 to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank.

(e)           Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or LC Advances to reimburse the Issuing Banks for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 4.3, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against any Issuing Bank, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this Section 4.3 is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing). No such making of 

 

 

  

36

  

 

an LC Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Banks for the amount of any payment made by an Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(f)           If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.3 by the time specified in Section 4.3(b), the applicable Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the applicable Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the applicable Issuing Bank in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing.  A certificate of an Issuing Bank submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (f) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 4.4           Repayment of Participations.

(a)           At any time after an Issuing Bank has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s LC Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 4.3, if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such Issuing Bank any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s LC Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(b)           If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 4.3(a) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.5 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the applicable Issuing Bank in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 4.5           Obligations Absolute.  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Banks for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each LC Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(a)           any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(b)           the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may 

 

 

  

37

  

 

be acting), any Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(c)          any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(d)           any payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; and

(e)           any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will promptly notify the applicable Issuing Bank.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid; provided, that, the terms and provisions of this Section 4.5 shall not limit the rights of the Borrower under Section 4.6.

Section 4.6           Role of Issuing Banks.  Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no Issuing Bank shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuing Bank Agreement. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuing Bank shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (a) through (e) of Section 4.5; provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and an Issuing Bank may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have been caused by such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the 

 

 

  

38

  

 

presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit unless such Issuing Bank is prevented or prohibited from so paying as a result of any order or directive of any court or other Governmental Authority.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and each Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

Section 4.7            Applicability of ISP and UCP.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP98 shall apply to each Letter of Credit and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial or direct pay Letter of Credit.

Section 4.8             Letter of Credit Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided, however, any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to this Article IV shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 11.18(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.4.  Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  If there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

Section 4.9             Fronting Fee and Processing Charges Payable to Issuing Banks.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the actual daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) multiplied by the rate per annum specified in the applicable Fee Letter between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank and computed on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with (a) with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit, the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (b) with respect to all Letters of Credit other than Existing Letters of Credit, the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any 

 

 

  

39

  

 

Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.4.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each Issuing Bank for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such Issuing Bank relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

Section 4.10          Conflict with Issuing Bank Agreements.  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuing Bank Agreement, the terms hereof shall control.

Section 4.11          Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENTS, COMPUTATIONS AND

YIELD PROTECTION

Section 5.1            Payments and Computations.

(a)           The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the other Loan Documents not later than 3:00 p.m. on the day when due in Dollars to the Administrative Agent’s Office in same day funds, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein; any payment received after 3:00 p.m. shall be deemed to have been received at the start of business on the next succeeding Business Day.  The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the Lenders, to the respective Lenders to which the same are payable, for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If and to the extent that any distribution of any payment from the Borrower required to be made to any Lender pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be made in full by the Administrative Agent on the date such payment was received by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall pay to such Lender, upon demand, interest on the unpaid amount of such distribution, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate, from the date of such payment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to the date of payment in full by the Administrative Agent to such Lender of such unpaid amount.  Upon the Administrative Agent’s acceptance of an Assignment and Assumption and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 11.7, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Assumption, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under any Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Assumption shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

(b)           The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, if and to the extent payment owed by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, is not made when due hereunder (or, in the case of a Lender, under any Note held by such Lender), to charge from time to time against any or all of the Borrower’s accounts with the 

 

 

  

40

  

 

Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, any amount so due.

(c)           All computations of interest based on the Base Rate shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.  All other computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days.  In each such case, such computation shall be made for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or fees are payable.  Each such determination by the Administrative Agent or a Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d)           Whenever any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest and fees hereunder; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of LIBOR Rate Loans to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

(e)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

(f)           If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto.

Section 5.2           Interest Rate Determination.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent for purposes of Section 3.5(b)(i) or (ii).

Section 5.3           Prepayments.  The Borrower shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Loans other than as provided in subsections (a) and (b) below.

(a)           Voluntary Prepayments.

(i)            Revolving Loans.  The Borrower may, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice, with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, and one (1) Business Day’s notice, with respect to Base Rate Loans, to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and the aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amounts of Revolving Loans made as part of the same Borrowing, in whole or ratably in part, together with (i) accrued interest to the date 

 

 

  

41

  

 

of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and (ii) in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, and subject to Section 5.4(d), any amount payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.4(b); provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than (A) in the case of LIBOR Loans, $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or (B) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(ii)            Swingline Loans.  The Borrower may, upon one (1) Business Day’s notice to the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) stating the proposed date and the aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, at any time and from time to time, and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided, that, (A) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of such prepayment and (B) such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal thereof then outstanding).

(b)           Mandatory Prepayments.

(i)            Revolving Commitments.  If for any reason the Total Revolving Outstandings exceeds the Commitments (including as a result of any termination or reduction of the Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.3 or 8.2(d)), the Borrower shall immediately pay or prepay so much of the principal amount outstanding hereunder as shall be necessary in order that the Total Revolving Outstandings (after giving effect to all Extensions of Credit to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof) will not exceed the Commitments, together with (i) accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and (ii) in the case of prepayments of LIBOR Rate Loans, and subject to Section 5.4(d), any amount payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.4(b).  Any prepayments required by this subsection (b) shall be applied to outstanding Base Rate Loans up to the full amount thereof before they are applied to outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans.

(ii)            Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure.  If, as of the end of any calendar month, (A) there exists Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure, as set forth in the certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iii) and (B) at such time the Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Limit then in effect (after giving effect to the reduction in the Borrowing Limit caused by such Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure), the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days pay or prepay so much of the principal amount outstanding hereunder as shall be necessary in order that the Total Revolving Outstandings (after giving effect to all Extensions of Credit to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof) will not exceed the Borrowing Limit.

Section 5.4           Yield Protection.

(a)           Increased Costs.  If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation after the date hereof, or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or made after the date hereof, there shall be reasonably incurred any increase in (A) the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining 

 

 

  

42

  

 

LIBOR Rate Loans, or of participating in the issuance, maintenance or funding of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the cost to any Issuing Bank of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit, then the Borrower shall from time to time, promptly after receipt of written demand by such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such increased cost.  A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost and giving a reasonable explanation and calculation thereof shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall constitute such demand and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b)           Breakage.  If, due to any prepayment pursuant to Section 5.3, an acceleration of maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 9.2, or any other reason, any Lender receives payments of principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating to such Loan, or if the Borrower shall Convert any LIBOR Rate Loans on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower shall, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for additional losses, costs, or expenses (including anticipated lost profits) that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment or Conversion, including any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Loan.  For purposes of this subsection (b) and Section 3.4(e), a certificate setting forth the amount of such additional losses, costs, or expenses and giving a reasonable explanation and calculation thereof shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender, shall constitute such demand and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c)           Capital.  If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation after the date hereof or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or made after the date hereof, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or Issuing Bank, whether directly, or indirectly as a result of commitments of any corporation controlling such Lender or Issuing Bank (but without duplication), and the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon (A) the existence of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s commitment to lend or issue or participate in any Letter of Credit hereunder, or (B) the participation in or issuance or maintenance of any Letter of Credit or Loan and (C) other similar such commitments, then, promptly after demand by such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or Issuing Bank from time to time as specified by such Lender or Issuing Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender or Issuing Bank reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the transactions contemplated hereby.  A certificate as to such amounts and giving a reasonable explanation and calculation thereof (to the extent permitted by law) shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender or Issuing Bank and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d)           Notices, Etc.  Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby agrees to use its best efforts to notify the Borrower of the occurrence of any event referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 5.4 promptly after becoming aware of the occurrence thereof.  The Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the 

 

 

  

43

  

 

amount shown as due on any certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.4 within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the same.  The failure of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to provide such notice or to make demand for payment under said subsection shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s rights hereunder; provided, that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Section 5.4, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse any Lender or any Issuing Bank for any amounts or costs incurred under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower in writing thereof, in each case unless, and to the extent that, any such amounts or costs so incurred shall relate to the retroactive application of any event notified to the Borrower which entitles such Lender to such compensation.  Each Lender and Issuing Bank claiming any compensation under this Section 5.4 shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would not result in the incurrence by such Lender or such Issuing Bank of additional costs or expenses which it deems material or, in the sole judgment of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, be inadvisable for regulatory, competitive or internal management reasons.  If any Lender or Issuing Bank shall subsequently determine that any amount demanded and collected under this Section 5.4 was done so in error, such Lender or such Issuing Bank will promptly return such amount to the Borrower.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.4, no Lender or Issuing Bank shall demand compensation for any increased cost or increased capital requirement referred to in subsection (a) or (c) above if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if any.

(e)           Survival of Obligations.  Subject to subsection (d) above, the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5.4 shall survive the repayment of all other amounts owing to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments.

Section 5.5           Sharing of Payments, Etc.  If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Loans or other obligations owing to it pursuant to this Agreement (excluding any amounts applied by the Swingline Lender to outstanding Swingline Loans and excluding any amounts received by an Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender to secure the obligations of a Defaulting Lender to fund risk participations hereunder and other than pursuant to Section 5.4, 5.6, 11.4 or 11.7) in excess of its ratable share of payments obtained by all the Lenders on account of the Loans of such Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in the Loans owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 5.5 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Lender shall obtain any such excess payment involuntarily, such Lender may, in lieu of purchasing participations from the other Lenders in accordance with this Section 5.5, on the date of receipt of such excess payment, return such excess payment to the Administrative Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 5.1(a).

 

 

  

44

  

Section 5.6            Taxes.

(a)           All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be made in accordance with Section 5.1, free and clear of and without deduction for all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net or gross income, receipts, capital, net worth, privilege of transacting business or corporate franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its overall net or gross income, receipts, capital, net worth, privilege of transacting business or corporate franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction of such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”).  If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.6) such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b)           In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other similar taxes or charges that arise from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).

(c)           Tax Indemnifications.  (i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 5.6 and subject to clause (ii) below, the Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, and each Issuing Bank and shall make payment in respect thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes or Other Taxes (including Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by any Governmental Authority.  The Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection.  A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Nothing herein shall preclude the right of the Borrower to contest any such Taxes or Other Taxes so paid, and each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) will, following notice from, and at the expense of, the Borrower, reasonably cooperate with the Borrower to preserve the Borrower’s rights to contest such Taxes or Other Taxes.

 

 

  

45

  

 

(ii)           Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Borrower or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority directly as a result of the failure by such Lender to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e) below.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this subsection (c)(ii).  The agreements in this subsection (c)(ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the repayment of all other amounts owing to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments.

(d)           Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 11.2, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(e)           Each Lender represents and warrants that either (i) it is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction within the United States or (ii) it has delivered to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent duly completed copies of such form or forms prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Lender is entitled to receive payments without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, as permitted by the Code or any tax treaty to which the United States is a party.  Each other Lender agrees that, on or prior to the date upon which it shall become a party hereto, and upon the reasonable request from time to time of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such Lender will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (to the extent that it is not prohibited by law from doing so) either (A) a statement that it is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction within the United States or (B) duly completed copies of such form or forms as may from time to time be prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, indicating that such Lender is entitled to receive payments without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, as permitted by the Code.  Each Lender that has delivered, and each other Lender that hereafter delivers, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent the form or forms referred to in the two preceding sentences further undertakes to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to the extent that it is not prohibited by law from doing so, further copies of such form or forms, or successor applicable form or forms, as the case may be, as and when any previous form filed by it hereunder shall expire (upon request for recertification made by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or shall become incomplete or inaccurate in any respect.  Each Lender represents and warrants that each such form supplied by it to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower pursuant to this subsection (e), and not superseded by another form supplied by it, is or will be, as the case may be, complete and accurate, and such Lender acknowledges and agrees that nothing contained herein shall in any way limit, waive, or otherwise reduce any claim that the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against such Lender in the event that any such form shall not be complete and accurate.

(f)           Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall use its best efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a change would 

 

 

  

46

  

 

avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(g)           Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5.6 (“Additional Amounts”) who receives a tax credit, rebate, allowance, remission, deduction, or similar tax benefit as a result of the Borrower’s payment of such Additional Amounts shall, to the extent it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of the tax benefit so realized (after taking into account any net additional taxes paid in connection with the realization thereof), notify the Borrower and pay to the Borrower (to the extent that the same shall not already have been taken into account in computing any amount previously paid by the Borrower or the amount of any reimbursement previously received by such Lender) promptly after the realization thereof an amount that is equal to the net amount thereof (or, in the event of a deduction from taxable income, the net tax benefit generated thereby, if less than such deduction) plus any additional tax savings resulting from the payment of such amount to the Borrower pursuant to this sentence; provided, that, the aggregate of all such payments shall not exceed the aggregate of all Additional Amounts paid by the Borrower with respect to such Lender; provided, further, that, the Borrower, upon request of such Lender, agrees to pay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus penalties, interest and other charges) to such Lender in the event such Lender is required to repay or return such refund with respect to which a payment was made by such Lender to the Borrower.  Nothing contained herein shall interfere with the right of such Lender to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it deems appropriate and, in particular, such Lender shall neither be under any obligation to claim relief from a tax liability in priority to any other credit or deduction available to it or be obligated to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or be required to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other credits, deductions or similar tax savings to which it may be entitled.

(h)           Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 5.6 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the repayment of all other amounts owing to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments..  If and to the extent that the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 5.6 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 6.1            Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective on the first date on which all of the following conditions precedent shall be satisfied or waived:

(a)           Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Lender, (ii) the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds in a principal amount equal to the Commitments, duly issued and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and duly authenticated by the trustee under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture, (iii) the Notes (if requested by 

 

 

  

47

  

 

any Lender), duly executed by the Borrower and (iv) any other applicable Loan Documents, each of which shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(b)           Approvals.  All governmental and third party approvals (including, without limitation, any required approvals of the PUCN and any relevant Federal regulatory bodies) necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, the issuance and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds and the continuing operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the foregoing have been accomplished.

(c)           Related Agreements.  The Administrative Agent shall have received (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, of such documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party.

(d)           Fees.  The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, BAS and RBS Securities (each in its capacity as Joint Lead Arranger) shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent), on or before the Closing Date.

(e)           Closing Certificates.  The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, and a secretary’s certificate of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, in each case executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, with appropriate insertions and attachments in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f)           Legal Opinions.  The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

(i)           the legal opinion of Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP, special counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, matters governed by New York law); and

(ii)           the legal opinion of Woodburn and Wedge, Nevada counsel to the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(g)           General and Refunding Mortgage Bond Documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of (i) the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date, certified as to authenticity by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and (ii) each of the following documents (all as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture), each certified as to authenticity by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower: (A) an “Officer’s Certificate” pursuant to a board resolution meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(b) of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and setting forth the terms of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds; (B) a “Company Order” requesting authentication of the General 

 

 

  

48

  

 

and Refunding Mortgage Bond by the trustee under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture; and (C) all legal opinions provided in connection with the issuance of the General and Refunding  Mortgage Bonds, including that required by Section 4.01(d) of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

(h)           Financial Statements and Projections.  The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received and be satisfied with (i) the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) and (ii) projections for the Borrower through the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012.

(i)           Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure.  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth calculations of the Borrower’s Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure as of March 31, 2010, if any, in respect of all Hedge Agreements between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender.

(j)           Termination of Existing NPC Credit Agreement.  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence that the Existing NPC Credit Agreement concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing NPC Credit Agreement concurrently with the Closing Date are being released.

(k)           SPPC Facility.  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying that the SPPC Credit Agreement is, or contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement will be, effective on and as of Closing Date.

(l)           ISDA Amendments.  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying as true and complete, all International Swaps and Derivatives Associations Master Agreements and Schedules of the Borrower, with any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender, each as amended or modified and as in effect on the Closing Date, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(m)           Good Standing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of good standing (or equivalent certification) issued within five (5) days prior to the Closing Date with respect to the Borrower by the Secretary of State in the Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation.

(n)           Other Approvals, Etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions and documents as any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request.

Section 6.2            Conditions Precedent to Each Extension of Credit.  The obligation of each Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to make an Extension of Credit (including the initial Extension of Credit, but excluding Conversions (except (x) the condition precedent set forth in clause (c) of this Section 6.2 shall be satisfied for all Conversions and (y) the condition precedent set forth in clause (b) of this Section 6.2 shall be satisfied for all Conversions from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans)) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (other than in the case of any Extension of Credit made after the occurrence of a Debt Ratings Trigger and during the period that the conditions for the Debt Ratings Trigger remain in effect, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.1(b) of this Agreement) is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit as if made on such date, (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the 

 

 

  

49

  

 

date of such Extension of Credit or after giving effect to the Extensions of Credit requested to be made on such date and (c) the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Section 6.3            Determinations Under Section 6.1.  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6.1, each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the date hereof specifying its objection thereto.

Section 6.4            Reliance on Certificates.  The Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon the certificates delivered from time to time by officers of the Borrower as to the names, incumbency, authority and signatures of the respective individuals named therein until such time as the Administrative Agent may receive a replacement certificate, in form acceptable to the Administrative Agent, from an officer of such Person identified to the Administrative Agent as having authority to deliver such certificate, setting forth the names and true signatures of the officers and other representatives of such Person thereafter authorized to act on behalf of such Person.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 7.1           Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.  To induce the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Extensions of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender that:

(a)           Financial Condition.  The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower as at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from Deloitte & Touche LLP, present fairly the Consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the Consolidated results of its operations and its Consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended.  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not have any material Guarantees, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including, without limitation, any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph.  During the period from December 31, 2009 to and including the date hereof there has been no Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of its business or Property.  The financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the date and for the periods covered thereby.

 

 

  

50

  

(b)           No Change.  Since December 31, 2009, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)           Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Set forth on Schedule 7.1(c) as of the Closing Date (and for the four (4) months immediately preceding the Closing Date), is the exact legal name of the Borrower, the state of its incorporation, the chief executive office, the principal place of business, the jurisdictions in which the Borrower is qualified to do business, the federal tax identification number and organizational identification number of the Borrower.

(d)           Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.  The Borrower has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents and to borrow hereunder.  The Borrower has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, to authorize the issuance and delivery or assignment of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to authorize such borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 7.1(d), which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

(e)           No Legal Bar.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Extensions of Credit hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation.  No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)           No Material Litigation.  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or revenues (i) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions 

 

 

  

51

  

 

contemplated hereby or thereby, or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth on Schedule 7.1(f).

(g)           No Default.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(h)           Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other Property, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien except for Permitted Liens, including without limitation all Mortgaged Property and all rights to control or occupy easements or rights of way that are part of the Mortgaged Property.

(i)           Intellectual Property.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted.  No material claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim.  The use of Intellectual Property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person in any material respect.

(j)           Taxes.  Each of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its Property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be); and no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

(k)           Federal Regulations.  No part of the proceeds of any Extension of Credit will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the regulations of the Board.  The Borrower does not own any “margin stock” within the meaning of the quoted term under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect.  If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

(l)           Government Approval and Filings.  The PUCN has duly and validly issued an order authorizing the Borrower to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to take all actions contemplated hereby or thereby or in connection herewith or therewith and to incur the maximum amount of indebtedness provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such authority granted to the Borrower pursuant to such order has not been rescinded, revoked or otherwise modified and remains in full force and effect.  All compliance reports required to be filed with the PUCN in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been properly filed with and accepted by the PUCN.  No other authorization, approval, order, decree, ruling or other action by, or notice to or filing with, any Governmental 

 

 

  

52

  

 

Authority is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(m)           Labor Matters.  There are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All payments due from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if not paid have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary.

(n)           ERISA.  Neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.  No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period.  No Single Employer Plan is in “at risk status” (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code, without regard to Section 430(i)(4)(B) relating to the transition rule) and the Borrower has timely made the minimum required contribution (as defined in Section 430(a) of the Code) to each Single Employer Plan.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

(o)           Investment Company Act; Other Regulations.  The Borrower is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board) which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness (other than public utility laws and regulations of Nevada administered by the PUCN).

(p)           Subsidiaries.

(i)           The Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 7.1(p) constitute all the Subsidiaries of the Borrower at the date hereof.  Schedule 7.1(p) sets forth as of the Closing Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary and, as to each Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by the Borrower.

(ii)           There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

 

  

53

  

(q)           Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Extensions of Credit shall be used solely for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the refinancing of certain Indebtedness outstanding as of the Closing Date (including the Existing NPC Credit Agreement), Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business, acquisitions permitted hereunder, commercial paper back-stop purposes and the payment of certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(r)           Environmental Matters.  Except with respect to matters existing on the Closing Date as set forth in the Borrower’s annual report on form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i)           The Borrower and its Subsidiaries:  (A) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (B) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them; (C) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits; and (D) reasonably believe that: each of their Environmental Permits will be timely renewed and complied with, without material expense; any additional Environmental Permits that may be required of any of them will be timely obtained and complied with, without material expense; and compliance with any Environmental Law that is or is expected to become applicable to any of them will be timely attained and maintained, without material expense.

(ii)           There are no Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in, or about any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage, or disposal), which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to (A) give rise to liability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) interfere with the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ continued operations, or (C) materially adversely affect the fair saleable value of any real property owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

(iii)           There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is, or to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened.

(iv)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act or any similar Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

 

 

  

54

  

(v)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

(vi)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has assumed or retained, by contract or operation of law, any liabilities of any kind, fixed or contingent, known or unknown, under any Environmental Law or with respect to any Material of Environmental Concern.

(s)           Accuracy of Information, etc.  No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of them, by or on behalf of the Borrower for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.  The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.  There is no fact known to the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

(t)           General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds.

(i)           The General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture is effective to create in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture (the “Indenture Trustee”), for the ratable benefit of all Holders of Securities (as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture), a legal, valid, binding, subsisting and enforceable Lien on and security interest in the Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, subject to applicable Debtor Relief Laws, and such Lien constitutes a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right title and interest of the grantors thereof in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior to and superior in right to any other Person subject only to Permitted Liens (as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

(ii)           The General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, when executed by the Borrower and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws.  The Borrower has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue and deliver the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

 

  

55

  

(iii)           The General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds secure the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, have been duly and validly issued and are entitled to the security and benefits of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.  The General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds are secured equally and ratably with, and only with, all other Securities (as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture) issued and outstanding under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

(u)           Solvency.  The Borrower is, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent.

(v)           Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations.

(a)            None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates is in violation of and shall not violate any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC that are described or referenced at http://www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/ or as otherwise published from time to time.

(b)            None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates (i) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (ii) has more than 10% of its assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (iii) derives more than 10% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities.  No proceeds of any Loan will be used nor have any been used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

 

        (w) Insurance.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on all its Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability, hazard and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

(x)            Compliance with FCPA.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq., and any foreign counterpart thereto.  None of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries has made a payment, offering, or promise to pay, or authorized the payment of, money or anything of value (a) in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any foreign official, foreign political party, party official or candidate for foreign political office, (b) to a foreign official, foreign political party or party official or any candidate for foreign political office, and (c) with the intent to induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position to direct business wrongfully to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to any other Person, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.

(y)            Anti-Terrorism Laws.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.) (the “Trading with the Enemy Act”), as amended.  Neither any of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as 

 

 

  

56

  

 

amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act.  None of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (i) is a blocked person described in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

Section 8.1           Affirmative Covenants.  So long as any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Note shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment, the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(a)           Financial Statements.  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(i)           as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited Consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; provided, that, electronic delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the Borrower’s annual report to the SEC on Form 10-K with respect to any fiscal year within the period specified above shall be deemed to be compliance by the Borrower with this Section 8.1(a)(i); and

(ii)           as soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited Consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments); provided, that, electronic delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the Borrower’s quarterly report to the SEC on Form 10-Q with respect to any fiscal quarter within the period specified above shall be deemed to be compliance by the Borrower with this Section 8.1(a)(ii).

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.

(b)           Certificates; Other Information.  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, or, in the case of clause (iv) below, to the relevant Lender:

(i)           concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a), (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of such 

 

 

  

57

  

 

Responsible Officer’s knowledge, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, and (B) a schedule in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the computations used by the Borrower in determining, as of the end such fiscal year or quarter (as the case may be), compliance with the covenant contained in Section 8.3;

(ii)           if requested by the Administrative Agent or another Lender within five (5) days after such request, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities and, within five days after such request, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC;

(iii)           within five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar month, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth calculations of the Borrower’s Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure, if any;

(iv)           promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request; and

(v)           concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.1(a), a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth any updated information as to the exact legal name of the Borrower, the state of its incorporation, the chief executive office, the principal place of business, the jurisdictions in which the Borrower is qualified to do business, the federal tax identification number and the organizational identification number of the Borrower.

(c)           Payment of Obligations.  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

(d)           Conduct of Business, Maintenance of Existence, Compliance with Law, etc.  (i) (A)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and (B) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 8.2(c) and except, in the case of clause (B) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except (x) to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) as described on Schedule 8.1(d).

(e)           Maintenance of Property; Insurance.  (i) Keep all Property and systems useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (ii) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event 

 

 

  

58

  

 

public liability, product liability, hazard and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

(f)           Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.  (i) Keep proper books of records and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (ii) permit representatives of any Lender (at such Lender’s expense, except during the continuation of an Event of Default) to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants.

(g)           Notices.  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:

(i)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(ii)           any (A) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii)           any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which (A) the amount involved is $25,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or (B) injunctive or similar relief is sought and such litigation or proceeding, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv)           the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (A) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (B) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;

(v)           any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vi)           any change in the Borrower’s Secured Debt Rating; and

(vii)           any amendment or modification to (A) its certificate of incorporation or (B) the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

Each notice pursuant to this Section (other than clause (vi)) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

 

  

59

  

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Joint Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, "Borrower Materials") by posting the Borrower Materials on SyndTrak or another similar electronic system (the "Platform") and (b) certain of the Lenders (each a "Public Lender") may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons' securities.  The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked "PUBLIC" which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word "PUBLIC" shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials "PUBLIC," the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.8); (y) all Borrower Materials marked "PUBLIC" are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as "Public Side Information;" and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked "PUBLIC" as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform that is not marked as "Public Side Information."  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials "PUBLIC."

(h)           Environmental Laws.  Except where the failure to take the following actions could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,

(i)           comply with, and ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws; and

(ii)           conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.

Section 8.2           Negative Covenants.  So long as any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Note shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a)           Limitation on Indebtedness.  Incur Indebtedness unless (i) there exists no Default or Event of Default and (ii) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.3(a) on a Pro Forma Basis.

(b)           Limitation on Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the following (the “Permitted Liens”):

 

 

  

60

  

(i)           Liens securing the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents and Liens securing any Hedging Obligations to the extent such Liens are granted on a pari passu basis with each other;

(ii)           Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantors;

(iii)           Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

(iv)           Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

(v)           Liens to secure the performance of statutory or regulatory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vi)           Liens existing on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 8.2(b)(vi);

(vii)           Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided, that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 (ix)           Liens securing any Indebtedness that is issued pursuant to the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture;

 (x)           Liens, including pledges, rights of offset and bankers’ liens, on deposit accounts, instruments, investment accounts and investment property (including cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities) from time to time maintained with or held by any financial and/or depository institutions, in each case solely to secure any and all obligations now or hereafter existing of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any deposit account, investment account or cash management service (including ACH, Fedwire, CHIPS, concentration and zero balance accounts, and controlled disbursement, lockbox or restricted accounts) now or hereafter provided by any financial and/or depository institutions to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(xi)           Liens in favor of the United States Department of Energy in connection with the Borrower’s smart grid assets purchased with a grant from the United States Department of Energy under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act;

(xii)           Liens that constitute “Permitted Liens” as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date except for Liens permitted by clause (c) of such definition of “Permitted Liens” in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

 

 

  

61

  

(xiii)           the Lien in favor of the Indenture Trustee on the Mortgaged Property; and

(xiii)           Other Liens securing Indebtedness not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $35,000,000.

(c)           Limitation on Fundamental Changes.  Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its Property or business, except that:

(i)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower (provided, that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);

(ii)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with another Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(ii)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower.

(d)           Limitation on Disposition of Property; Issuance of Subsidiary Capital Stock.  Dispose of any of its Property (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(i)           the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business.

(ii)           the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(iii)           (A) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary or (B) the sale of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower.

 

(iv) the transfer of assets between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

(v) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Sections 8.2(e).

 

(vi) the transfer of assets by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required under statute or regulation in connection with renewable energy contracts.

 

(vii) sales, transfers or other Dispositions of assets, including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries, for consideration at least equal to the fair market value of the assets Disposed of, but only if the consideration received consists of Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary engaged in, or property or assets (other than cash, except to the extent used as a bona fide means of equalizing the value of the property or assets involved in the swap transaction) of a nature or type that are used in, a Permitted Business; provided, that, the fair market value of any assets Disposed of shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value of the assets Disposed of exceeds $25,000,000.

 

 

  

62

  

 

(viii)            Dispositions not otherwise permitted by this Section 8.2(d); provided, that:

 

(A) the aggregate amount of Dispositions made in accordance with this clause (viii), in any fiscal year, shall not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Assets, as determined as of the last day of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year in which the Dispositions are made;

(B)           the Borrower (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the assets Disposed of (the fair market value of any assets Disposed of shall be determined by (x) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower if the fair market value is less than $25,000,000 or (y) the Board of Directors of the Borrower, if the fair market value is $25,000,000 or greater and based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing);

(C)           at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the consideration received in connection with the Disposition shall be in the form of cash.  Strictly for purposes of this Section 8.2(d)(viii)(C), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(1)           any liabilities, as shown on the most recent financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.1(a), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee or purchaser of such assets Disposed of pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Borrower or such Subsidiary from further liability; and

(2)           any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary from such transferee or purchaser of the assets Disposed of that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

(D)           within three hundred sixty-five (365) days of the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Net Proceeds from any Disposition under this Section 8.2(d)(viii), the Borrower shall apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

 

    (1) to repay outstanding Indebtedness issued pursuant to the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture or any Indebtedness which is indirectly secured thereby;

 

    (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the voting Capital Stock of, a business that the Borrower is permitted to engage in pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.2(l) (a “Permitted Business”);

 

    (3) to make a capital expenditure; and/or

 

 

  

63

  

 

    (4) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in connection with a Permitted Business.

The amount of any Net Proceeds of a Disposition that are not applied as set forth above (“Excess Net Proceeds”) shall cause a reduction in the Commitments in the amount of such Excess Net Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.3(a).

(ix)           Dispositions not otherwise permitted under this Section 8.2(d), in an amount not to exceed a fair market value of $25,000,000, in the aggregate, during any fiscal year of the Borrower.

(e)           Limitation on Restricted Payments.  (i) Declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests of the Borrower) or to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower) any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, (i) there exists no Default or Event of Default and (ii) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.3(a) on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, however, the preceding provisions will not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this clause (e), (2) the payment of any dividend by a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis and (3) the payment of any distribution by a Trust Preferred Vehicle to holders of such trust’s preferred beneficial interests, to the extent such distribution does not exceed the amount that is contemporaneously received by such trust as a payment of interest at its Stated Maturity on the Subordinated Debt of the Borrower held by such trust.

(f)           Modifications of Instruments, etc.  Amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Lenders (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) (i) its certificate of incorporation or (ii) the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

(g)           Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.  Except as set forth on Schedule 8.2(g), enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary) unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

(h)           Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods.  Permit the fiscal year of the Borrower to end on a day other than December 31 or change the Borrower’s method of determining fiscal quarters.

 

 

  

64

  

(i)           Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses.  Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that (i) prohibits or limits the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations, other than (x) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (y) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby) and (z) any restriction in effect on the date hereof or (ii) contains covenants more restrictive than the covenants in this Section 8.2, unless the Borrower offers to amend this Agreement, concurrently with the effectiveness of such other agreement, to provide covenants under this Agreement equivalent to the more restrictive covenants under such other agreement for so long as such more restrictive covenants remain in effect under such other agreement.

(j)           Limitation on Assets in Subsidiaries.  Permit less than 80% of the Consolidated Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be held by Persons other than the Borrower.

(k)           Limitation on Modifications to Subordinated Debt.  Amend, supplement or otherwise modify any documentation governing any Subordinated Debt (other than (i) amendments to such Subordinated Debt which reduce the interest rate or extend the maturity thereof and (ii) waivers of compliance by the Borrower with any of the terms or conditions of such Subordinated Debt (except those terms or conditions which by their terms are for the benefit of the Lenders)).

(l)           Limitation on Lines of Business.  Engage in any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related thereto.

(m)           Limitation on Release from Liens.  Cause the Liens of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and related security documents, upon any assets, to be released, except in connection with a Disposition of such assets permitted by Section 8.2(d); provided, that within one hundred and eighty (180) days after any such release, the Borrower will either (i) Dispose of such assets or (ii) subject such assets again to the Lien of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.

(n)           Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantees.  Permit any Subsidiary to Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Borrower unless:

(i)           such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary, except that, with respect to a Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Borrower if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and other Obligations, any such Guarantee of such Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Loans and such other Obligations substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans and such other Obligations;

(ii)           such Subsidiary waives, and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower as a result of any payment by such Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee of the Loans and other Obligations; and

 

 

  

65

  

(iii)           such Subsidiary shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an opinion of counsel to the effect that (A) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized and (B) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided, that this Section shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Subsidiary that (A) existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of the Borrower and (B) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold or Disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction) to a Person which is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if (1) the sale or other Disposition is in compliance with Section 8.2(d) and (2) the Subsidiary Guarantor is also released or discharged from its obligations under the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.

(o)           Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of any Extension of Credit, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

(p)           Payment of Subordinated Debt.  Make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Debt, except for any scheduled payment of interest or the payment of principal at the Stated Maturity thereof and except for payments made in respect of Subordinated Debt that constitutes trust preferred securities pursuant to a Trust Preferred Vehicle permitted hereunder.

Section 8.3            Financial Covenant.

(a)           Maximum Leverage.  The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness to (b) Consolidated Capital, determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to exceed 0.68 to 1.00.

(b)           Compliance Period.  The covenant set forth in subsection (a) above shall have no further force or effect, and the Borrower shall no longer be required to comply therewith, at any time after the Maturity Date, unless at any such time any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Note shall remain unpaid or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

ARTICLE IX

DEFAULTS

 

  

66

  

 

Section 9.1           Events of Default.  If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to exercise the remedies set forth in Section 9.2:

(a)           The Borrower shall:

(i)           fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any LC Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(ii)           fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any LC Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five (5) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

(b)           Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made or furnished; or

(c)           The Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in clause (A) or (B) of Section 8.1(d)(i), Section 8.1(g)(i), Section 8.2 or Section 8.3; or

(d)           The Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(e)           (i) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (A) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Guarantees, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (B) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (C) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee) to become payable; or (ii) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall, (A) default in making any payment of any amount owing to a counterparty under any Hedge Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Hedge Agreement; or (B) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Hedge Agreement or contained in such Hedge Agreement or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the counterparty under such Hedge Agreement to cause, with the giving of notice if required, the Borrower or such Subsidiary to make a termination payment, payment of liquidated damages or similar payment under such Hedge Agreement (collectively, “Payment Amounts”); provided, that a default, event or condition described in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in 

 

 

  

67

  

 

clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness and/or Payment Amounts the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds $35,000,000 in the aggregate ; or

(f)           (i) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g)           (i) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, any Single Employer Plan shall be deemed to be in “at risk status” as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code, or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders shall be likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could, in the sole judgment of the Required Lenders, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h)           One or more judgments, decrees or orders shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company (that shall be rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company) has acknowledged coverage) that exceeds more than $35,000,000 in the aggregate (with credit for any applicable insurance coverage) and all such judgments, decrees or orders shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed, paid or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or

 

 

  

68

  

(i)           Any of the Loan Documents or the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture (or any security documents executed in connection therewith) shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall so assert; or any Lien created by any of the Loan Documents or the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture (or any security documents executed in connection therewith) shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

(j)           Any Event of Default under (and as defined in) the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture shall occur; or

(k)           Any Change of Control shall occur; or

(l)           At any time any of the Issuing Banks shall have been served with or otherwise subjected to a court order, injunction, or other process or decree issued or granted at the instance of the Borrower restraining or seeking to restrain such Issuing Bank from paying any amount under any Letter of Credit issued by it and either (i) there has been a drawing under such Letter of Credit which such Issuing Bank would otherwise be obligated to pay or (ii) the stated expiration date or any reduction of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit has occurred but the right of the beneficiary to draw thereunder has been extended to a date after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date in connection with the pendency of the related court action or proceeding; or

(m)           Any Subordinated Debt shall cease (or the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower shall so assert), for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations as provided in the agreements evidencing the Subordinated Debt.

Section 9.2           Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower:

(a)           Acceleration; Termination of Facilities.  Terminate the Commitments and declare the principal of and interest on the Loans at the time outstanding, and all other amounts owed to the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented or shall be entitled to present the documents required thereunder) and all other Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations and Treasury Management Obligations), to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, and terminate the credit facility under this Agreement and any right of the Borrower to request borrowings or Letters of Credit thereunder; provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(f), the Commitments shall be automatically terminated and all Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations and Treasury Management Obligations) shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, anything in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b)           Letters of Credit.  With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to Section 9.2(a), the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a Cash Collateral account opened by and under 

 

 

  

69

  

 

the control of the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such Cash Collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay the other Obligations on a pro rata basis.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other Obligations shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such Cash Collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower.

(c)           Rights of Collection.  Exercise on behalf of the Lenders all of its other rights and remedies under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture and Applicable Law, in order to satisfy all of the Obligations.

Section 9.3           Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; etc.  The enumeration of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders set forth in this Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies, all of which shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or that may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity or by suit or otherwise.  No delay or failure to take action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Event of Default.  No course of dealing between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or their respective agents or employees shall be effective to change, modify or discharge any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to constitute a waiver of any Event of Default.

Section 9.4           Crediting of Payments and Proceeds.  In the event that the Borrower shall fail to pay any of the Obligations when due and the Obligations have been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2, all payments received by the Lenders (and in the case of Hedge Agreements and Treasury Management Agreements, Affiliates of Lenders) upon the Obligations and all net proceeds from the enforcement of the Obligations shall be applied:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the Issuing Banks in their respective capacities as such and the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them);

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders, including attorney fees (ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them);

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and LC Borrowings and any Hedging Obligations (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, but excluding any termination payments paid pursuant to clause Fourth) (ratably among the Lenders (and, in the case of Hedging Obligations, Affiliates of Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them);

 

 

  

70

  

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Borrowings, any termination payments then required to be paid in connection with Hedging Obligations, and payments due in connection with Treasury Management Obligations and to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to Cash Collateralize any LC Obligations (ratably among the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of Hedging Obligations and Treasury Management Obligations, Affiliates of Lenders), in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by or payable to them); and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Section 9.5           Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or LC Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.2, 4.8, 4.9 and 11.4) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b)           to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.2, 4.8, 4.9 and 11.4.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE X

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 10.1         Appointment and Authority.  Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints Wells Fargo Bank to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its 

 

 

  

71

  

 

behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to vote the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, or consent with respect thereto, at any meeting (or where the vote or consent of the bondholders is requested without a meeting) of the bondholders under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture.  The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

Section 10.2          Rights as a Lender.  The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 10.3          Exculpatory Provisions.  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a)           shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b)           shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or any Requirement of Law; and

(c)           shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.2 and 11.1) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final nonappealable judgment.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Banks.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any 

 

 

  

72

  

 

other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article VI or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 10.4          Reliance by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Banks unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Banks prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 10.5          Delegation of Duties.  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Section 10.6          Resignation of Administrative Agent.

(a)           The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall not be required upon the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default), in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and without the requirement of the consent of any other Person (other than the successor Administrative Agent), appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided, that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the 

 

 

  

73

  

 

Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Banks directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this paragraph.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph).  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.4 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(b)           Any resignation by Wells Fargo Bank as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as an Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangement satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 10.7         Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.  Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 10.8         No Other Duties, etc.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the syndication agents, documentation agents, co-agents, book manager, lead manager, arranger, lead arranger or co-arranger listed on the cover page or signature pages hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder.

Section 10.9         Collateral and Guaranty Matters.  The Lenders and the Issuing Banks irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a)           to release any Lien on any collateral granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document or to release the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds (i) 

 

 

  

74

  

 

upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion shall have been made) or (ii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 11.1;

(b)           to subordinate any Lien on any collateral granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such collateral that is permitted by Section 8.2(b)(vi); and

(c)           to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to this Section.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1         Amendments, Etc.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender affected thereby, do any of the following:  (i) waive, modify or eliminate any of the conditions specified in Section 6.2, (ii) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations (other than as provided by this Agreement), (iii) reduce the principal of, or interest on, any Loan, any Applicable Margin or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than fees payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(b)), (iv) extend the Revolving Credit Termination Date or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date or postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any Loan or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than fees payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(b)), (v) change the definition of “Required Lenders” contained in Section 1.1 or change any other provision that specifies the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or the number of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder, (vi) amend any Loan Document in a manner intended to prefer one or more Lenders over any other Lenders, (vii) take any action that would result in the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds no longer being secured equally and ratably with all other securities issued and outstanding under the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture or no longer being secured by direct and valid, duly perfected Liens on and security interests in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture), subject only to Permitted Liens (as such term is defined in the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture), (viii) release the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds or Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, except pursuant to the terms thereof or pursuant to Section 10.9 hereof, or change any provision of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds providing for the release of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, or (ix) amend, waive or modify this Section 11.1.

 

 

  

75

  

Furthermore, (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (B) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Issuing Bank in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Banks under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (C) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than the Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

Any request from the Borrower for any amendment, waiver or consent under this Section 11.1 shall be addressed to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent, as holder of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, will not consent to any amendment or other modification of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture that requires the consent of holders of all securities issued thereunder, without the consent of each Lender.

Section 11.2         Notices, Etc.  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in writing (including telegraphic, facsimile, telex or cable communication) and mailed, sent via electronic mail, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed, cabled or delivered, (i) if to the Borrower, at the address specified on Schedule 11.2; (ii) if to any Lender listed on Schedule 11.2, at its Domestic Lending Office specified under its name on Schedule 11.2; (iii) if to any Issuing Bank, at its address specified on Schedule 11.2; (iv) if to any Lender other than a Lender listed on Schedule 11.2, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a Lender; and (v) if to Wells Fargo Bank as Administrative Agent or Swingline Lender, at its address specified on Schedule 11.2; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties.  All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, sent via electronic mail, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or cabled, be effective five (5) days after being deposited in the mails, or when delivered to the telegraph company, telecopied, confirmed by telex answerback or delivered to the cable company, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent and/or any Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II, III, IV or X shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent and/or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

Section 11.3         No Waiver of Remedies.  No failure on the part of the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 11.4         Costs, Expenses and Indemnification.

(a)           Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in 

 

 

  

76

  

 

connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Banks in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Banks (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Banks), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b)           Indemnification by the Borrower.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Banks, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims (including, without limitation, any environmental claims or civil penalties or fines assessed by OFAC), damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Banks to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any environmental claim related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (v) any claim (including, without limitation, any environmental claims or civil penalties or fines assessed by OFAC), investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Lender is a party thereto) and the prosecution and defense thereof, arising out of or in any way connected with the Loans, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultant’s fees, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses  are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c)           Reimbursement by Lenders.  To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Banks or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Banks or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided, that the unreimbursed expense or 

 

 

  

77

  

 

indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuing Banks in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or Issuing Banks in connection with such capacity.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 5.5.

(d)           Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.  To the fullest extent permitted by any Requirement of Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e)           Payments.  All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.

Section 11.5         Right of Set-off; Payments Set Aside.

(a)           If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Banks and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by any Requirement of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Issuing Banks or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the Issuing Banks, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the Issuing Banks shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the Issuing Banks different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness.  The rights of each Lender or the Issuing Banks and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or the Issuing Banks or their respective Affiliates may have.  Each Lender or the Issuing Banks agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

(b)           The Borrower agrees that it shall have no right of off set, deduction or counterclaim in respect of its obligations hereunder, and that the obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute a relinquishment or waiver of the Borrower’s rights to any independent claim that the Borrower may have against the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s, as the case may be, gross negligence or willful misconduct, but no Lender shall be liable for any such conduct on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any such conduct on the part of any Lender.

 

 

  

78

  

(c)            To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender and each Issuing Bank severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.6         Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender and each Issuing Bank that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

Section 11.7          Successors and Assigns; Participations.

(a)           Successors and Assigns Generally.  The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)           Assignments by Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in Letters of Credit and in Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it); provided; that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)           Minimum Amounts.

 

 

  

79

  

(A)           in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment and the related Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B)           in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of an assignment of a Commitment unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

(ii)           Proportionate Amounts.  Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all of the assigning Lender's Loans and Commitments, and rights and obligations with respect thereto, assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swingline Lender's rights and obligations in respect of Swingline Loans;

(iii)           Required Consents.  No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A)           the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B)           the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

(C)           the consent of each Issuing Bank (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment; and

(D)           the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment.

(iv)           Assignment and Assumption.  The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that (x) such processing and recordation fee shall not be required in the case of any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (y) the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to 

 

 

  

80

  

 

waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment.  The Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v)           No Assignment to Borrower.  No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

(vi)           No Assignment to Natural Persons.  No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

(vii)           No Assignment to Defaulting Lender.  No such assignment shall be made to a Defaulting Lender.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section 11.7, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.4, 5.6 and 11.4 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment).  Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the Eligible Assignee.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c)           Register.  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent's Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and Letters of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register").  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d)           Participations.  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender's participations in Letters of Credit and/or Swingline Loans) owing to it); provided; that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided, that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 11.1 that 

 

 

  

81

  

 

affects such Participant.  Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.4, and 5.6 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.5 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 5.5 as though it were a Lender.

(e)           Limitation on Participant Rights.  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.4 or 5.6 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.6 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 5.6 as though it were a Lender.

(f)           Certain Pledges.  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g)           Resignation as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender after Assignment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Lender acting as an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender assigns all of its Commitment pursuant to subsection (b) above, such Lender may, (i) upon thirty (30) days' notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an Issuing Bank and/or (ii) upon thirty (30) days' notice to the Borrower, resign as Swingline Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such Lender as an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be.  If a Lender resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all LC Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations pursuant to Article IV).  If Wells Fargo Bank resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 3.8(c).  Upon the appointment of a successor Issuing Bank and/or Swingline Lender, (1) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (2) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the resigning Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the resigning Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 11.8       Confidentiality.  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, credit insurance providers, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent 

 

 

  

82

  

 

required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or Hedge Agreement or Treasury Management Agreement entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Hedge Agreement or Treasury Management Agreement entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g)(i) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (ii) an investor or prospective investor in securities issued by an Approved Fund that also agrees that Information shall be used solely for the purpose of evaluating an investment in such securities issued by the Approved Fund, (iii) a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for securities issued by an Approved Fund, or (iv) a nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Loans and Loan Documents in connection with ratings issued in respect of securities issued by an Approved Fund (in each case, it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (h) with the consent of the Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Section 11.9         Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 11.10       Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof).  The Borrower, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent each (a) irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or 

 

 

  

83

  

 

Federal court sitting in New York, New York in any action arising out of any Loan Document, (b) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum and (d) consents to the service of process by mail.  A final judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

Section 11.11       Relation of the Parties; No Beneficiary.  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a)(i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (ii) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b)(i) the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Joint Lead Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of Affiliates or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender nor Joint Lead Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Joint Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender nor any Joint Lead Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Joint Lead Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 11.12        Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 11.13        Survival of Agreement.  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates pursuant hereto shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Extensions of Credit and the execution and delivery to the Lenders of any Notes evidencing the Extensions of Credit and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Note or any amount due hereunder or under any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid, any Letter of Credit is outstanding, or any Commitment of any Lender has not been terminated.

Section 11.14        Survival of Indemnities.  Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the indemnities to which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are entitled under the provisions of this Article XI and any other provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in 

 

 

  

84

  

 

full force and effect and shall protect the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against events arising after such termination as well as before.

Section 11.15         Patriot Act Notice.  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

Section 11.16         Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.17         Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 11.18          Defaulting Lenders.

(a)           Adjustments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i)           Waivers and Amendments.  That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 11.1.

(ii)           Reallocation of Payments.  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article IX or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.5), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, if requested by an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for Fronting Exposure; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing 

 

 

  

85

  

 

deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or LC Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and LC Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or LC Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 11.18(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)           Certain Fees.  Such Defaulting Lender (A) shall not be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee pursuant to Section 2.2(a) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender) and (B) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 4.8).

(iv)           Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure.  During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, the “Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided, that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (A) the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (B) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

(b)           Defaulting Lender Cure.  If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender no longer falls under the definition of “Defaulting Lender”, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Percentages (without giving effect to Section 11.18(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly 

 

 

  

86

  

 

agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 11.19          Cash Collateral.

(a)           Certain Credit Support Events.  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank (i) if an Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an LC Borrowing or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any LC Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately repay the LC Borrowing or Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations.  At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 11.18(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).  If ninety (90) days subsequent to the Closing Date any Existing Letter of Credit is outstanding, then, promptly upon the request of Union Bank, as Issuing Bank for the Existing Letters of Credit, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Outstanding Amount of all LC Obligations related to such outstanding Existing Letters of Credit. Failure to promptly provide such Cash Collateral after request by Union Bank shall constitute an Event of Default.

(b)           Grant of Security Interest.  All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender), and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 11.19(c).  If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c)           Application.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 11.19 or Sections 2.3, 3.8, 5.5, 9.2 or Article IV in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific LC Obligations, Swingline Loans, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d)           Release.  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 11.19 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 9.4), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the applicable Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as 

 

 

  

87

  

 

applicable, may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

Section 11.20          Press Releases and Related Matters.  The Borrower and its Affiliates agree that they will not in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of such Person, unless (and only to the extent that) the Borrower or such Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event, the Borrower or such Affiliate will consult with such Person before issuing such press release or other public disclosure; provided, however, the Borrower and its Affiliates shall not be required to obtain the prior written consent of any Person or consult with any Person prior to any public disclosure required (a) pursuant to any federal securities laws applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to the rules and regulations governing the New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange or quotation service from time to time applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (c) by any other Governmental Authority.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries consent to the publication by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of customary advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Loan Documents using the name, product photographs, logo or trademark of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

  

88

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY

	
By:

	
/s/ E. Kevin Bethel

	
Name:

	
E. Kevin Bethel

	
Title:

	
Interim Chief Financial Officer, Interim Treasurer,

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller

[Signature pages continue]

 

[Nevada Power Credit Agreement]

  

  

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, a Lender, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank

	
By:

	
/s/ Henry R. Biedrzycki

	
Name:

	
Henry R. Biedrzycki

	
Title:

	
Director

 

  

  

  

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

	
By:

	
/s/ Patrick Martin

	
Name:

	
Patrick Martin

	
Title:

	
Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

	
By:

	
/s/ Belinda Tucker

	
Name:

	
Belinda Tucker

	
Title:

	
Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Marcus M. Tarkington

	
Name:

	
Marcus M. Tarkington

	
Title:

	
Director

 

 

	
By:

	
/s/ Enrique Landaeta

	
Name:

	
Enrique Landaeta

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Nancy R. Barwig

	
Name:

	
Nancy R. Barwig

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Mark Walton

	
Name:

	
Mark Walton

	
Title:

	
Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Irja R. Otsa

	
Name:

	
Irja R. Otsa

	
Title:

	
Associate Director

 

 

	
By:

	
/s/ Mary E. Evans

	
Name:

	
Mary E. Evans

	
Title:

	
Associate Director

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Sam Yoo

	
Name:

	
Sam Yoo

	
Title:

	
Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Shaheen Malik

	
Name:

	
Shaheen Malik

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

	
By:

	
/s/ Kevin Buddhdew

	
Name:

	
Kevin Buddhdew

	
Title:

	
Associate

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

BNP PARIBAS,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Pasquale A. Perraglia IV

	
Name:

	
Pasquale A. Perraglia IV

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

	
By:

	
/s/ Mark A. Renaud

	
Name:

	
Mark A. Renaud

	
Title:

	
Managing Director

 

 

  

  

  

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Mary Beth Mardanas

	
Name:

	
Mary Beth Mardanas

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

  

  

  

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Mark W. Rogers

	
Name:

	
Mark W. Rogers

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

  

  

  

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Thane Rattew

	
Name:

	
Thane Rattew

	
Title:

	
Managing Director

 

 

  

  

  

 

UNION BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

	
By:

	
/s/ Jeff Fesenmaier

	
Name:

	
Jeff Fesenmaier

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

CIBC INC.,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Robert Casey

	
Name:

	
Robert Casey

	
Title:

	
Executive Director

 

 

  

  

  

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Philip K. Liebscher

	
Name:

	
Philip K. Liebscher

	
Title:

	
Senior Vice President

 

  

  

  

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Yao Wang

	
Name:

	
Yao Wang

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

SUNTRUST BANK,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Andrew Johnson

	
Name:

	
Andrew Johnson

	
Title:

	
Director

 

 

 

 

THE NOTHERN TRUST COMPANY,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Morgan A. Lyons

	
Name:

	
Morgan A. Lyons

	
Title:

	
Vice President

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

	
By:

	
/s/ Raymond J. Palmer

	
Name:

	
Raymond J. Palmer

	
Title:

	
Senior Vice President, Utilities Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of _________________ or its registered assigns (the “Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Revolving Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan from the date of such Revolving Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.  All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office.  If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the rate per annum set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank.  The Credit Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of Revolving Loans by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Revolving Loan being evidenced by this Revolving Note and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

The Lender may attach schedules to this Revolving Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Indebtedness evidenced by this Revolving Note is senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Debt.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

This Revolving Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof).

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

	
 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF SWINGLINE NOTE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION or its registered assigns (the “Swingline Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Swingline Loan from time to time made by the Swingline Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan from the date of such Swingline Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.  All payments of principal and interest shall be made directly to the Swingline Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds.  If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the rate per annum set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Swingline Note is the Swingline Note referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank.  The Credit Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of Swingline Loans by the Swingline Lender to the Borrower from time to time, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Swingline Loan being evidenced by this Swingline Note and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

The Swingline Lender may attach schedules to this Swingline Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Swingline Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Indebtedness evidenced by this Swingline Note is senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Debt.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

This Swingline Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof).

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

 

 

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF NOTICE OF REVOLVING BORROWING

Date: __________, 201_

To:           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), refers to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing of Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement, and in connection with such Borrowing sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “Proposed Borrowing”) as required by Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(i)           The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is ____________, 201_.

(ii)           The Type of Loans comprising the Proposed Borrowing is [Base Rate Loans] [LIBOR Rate Loans].

(iii)           The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $________.

(iv)           For Proposed Borrowing consisting of LIBOR Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of ___ months.

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (a) after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Borrowing Limit and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender plus such Lender’s Percentage of all LC Obligations plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (b) each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement has been satisfied on and as of the date of such Proposed Borrowing and (c) the Proposed Borrowing is made in compliance with Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Credit Agreement.

Very truly yours,

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY, a Nevada corporation

 

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

  

  

  

EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF NOTICE OF SWINGLINE BORROWING

Date: ____________, 201_

To:           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Swingline Lender

cc:           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), refers to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing of Swingline Loans under the Credit Agreement (the “Proposed Swingline Borrowing”), and in connection with such Proposed Swingline Borrowing sets forth below the information relating to such Proposed Swingline Borrowing as required by Section 3.8(b) of the Credit Agreement:

(i)           The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is ____________, 201_.

(ii)           The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $________.

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (a) after giving effect to the Proposed Swingline Borrowing, (i) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Borrowing Limit and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender plus such Lender’s Percentage of all LC Obligations plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (b) each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement has been satisfied on and as of the date of such Proposed Swingline Borrowing and (c) the Proposed Swingline Borrowing is made in compliance with Sections 3.4 and 3.8 of the Credit Agreement.

Very truly yours,

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

  

  

  

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION

Date: _______, 201_

To:           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), refers to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Conversion under the Credit Agreement, and in connection with such Conversion sets forth below the information relating to such Conversion (the “Proposed Conversion”) as required by Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement:

(i)           The Business Day of the Proposed Conversion is ________________, 201_.

(ii)           The Type of Loans comprising the Proposed Conversion is [Base Rate Loans] [LIBOR Rate Loans].

 

 

[(iii)           The Interest Period for each Loan to be Converted is _______months.]1

(iv)           The aggregate amount of the Proposed Conversion is $____________.

(v)           The Type of Loans to which such Loans are proposed to be Converted is [Base Rate Loans] [LIBOR Rate Loans].

[(vi)           The Interest Period for each Converted Loan made as part of the Proposed Conversion is ___ month(s).]2

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

  

1 To be included for a Proposed Conversion to LIBOR Rate Loans only.

  

2 To be included for a Proposed Conversion to LIBOR Rate Loans only.

  

  

  

The Borrower hereby certifies that its request for the Proposed Conversion is made in compliance with Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 of the Credit Agreement.  [The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Notice of Conversion shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that, on the date of the Proposed Conversion, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Proposed Conversion.]3

Very truly yours,

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

 

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

  

3 Include this bracketed sentence for Proposed Conversions to LIBOR Rate Loans, and delete if Proposed Conversion is into Base Rate Loans.

  

  

  

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor's rights and obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Swingline Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “Assigned Interest”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1.           Assignor:                                ______________________________

 

2.           Assignee:                                ______________________________

                                                                [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]]

 

3.           Borrower:                                 Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation

4.           Agent:                                      Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent

                                                                 under the Credit Agreement

 

5.           Credit Agreement:                  Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2010 among the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

6.           Assigned Interest:

 

	
Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders

	
Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned1

	
Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans2

	  	  	  

7.           Trade Date:                                __________, 201_

8.           Effective Date:                           __________, 201_

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR:                                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

ASSIGNEE:                                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

  

1Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

  

 Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

  

  

  

[Consented to and]3 Accepted:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

By_________________________________

Name:

Title:

Consented to:

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

By________________________________

Name:

Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as an Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as an Issuing Bank

By________________________________

Name:

Title:

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,

as an Issuing Bank

By________________________________

Name:

Title:

  

3 To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

  

  

  

Annex 1 to Assignment and Assumption

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1.           Representations and Warranties.

1.1.           Assignor.  The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2.           Assignee.  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.7(b)(iii), (v), (vi), and (vii) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents as may be required under Section 11.7(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2.           Payments.  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3.           General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof).

  

  

  

EXHIBIT D

NEVADA POWER COMPANY

d/b/a NV ENERGY

FORM OF OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

April 28, 2010

This Officer’s Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010 (the “Credit Agreement”) among Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned, _________, the _________ of the Borrower hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

1.           The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article VII of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date.

 

 

2.           No Default exists as of the date hereof, or would result from the Extensions of Credit to be made on the date hereof or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

3.           The conditions precedent set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Credit Agreement are satisfied as of the date hereof.

4.           There are no liquidation or dissolution proceedings pending or to my knowledge threatened against the Borrower, nor has any other event occurred adversely affecting or threatening the continued corporate existence of the Borrower.

5.           The Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Nevada.

6.           The SPPC Credit Agreement is, or contemporaneously with the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement will be, effective on and as of the date hereof.

7.           Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the date hereof, the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds and all other documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(g) of the Credit Agreement.

8.           Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of all documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(l) of the Credit Agreement.

Woodburn and Wedge and Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP are entitled to rely on this certificate in connection with the opinions that such firms are rendering pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 6.1(f) of the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned acknowledges that (a) in entering into the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks are entitled to rely and have, in fact, relied upon the statements contained herein and (b) any successor or assign of the Administrative Agent, the 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

Lenders and the Issuing Banks is entitled to rely upon the statements contained herein, such statements being made only as of the date hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

  

  

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of the date first written above.

NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY,

a Nevada corporation

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

  

  

  

EXHIBIT E

NEVADA POWER COMPANY

d/b/a NV ENERGY

FORM OF SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

April 28, 2010

This Secretary’s Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e) of the Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.  I, _____________, do hereby certify that (a) I am the duly appointed, qualified and acting Secretary of the Company, (b) I am authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Company, and (c) as follows:

1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof.  Such articles have not otherwise been amended, modified, rescinded or changed in any respect since their date of adoption and are in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof.

2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Company, together with all amendments thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.  Such Bylaws have not been otherwise amended, modified, rescinded or changed in any respect since their date of adoption and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, complete and correct copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company, duly adopted by said Board of Directors at a meeting held on October 30, 2009, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout; such resolutions were duly adopted and constitute all resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to the authorization of the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement, the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds and the agreements and transactions contemplated thereby and in connection therewith, and such resolutions have not been amended, modified, annulled or revoked, and are in full force and effect on the date hereof; and the instruments referred to in said resolutions of said Board of Directors were executed pursuant thereto and in compliance therewith.

4.  Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true, complete and correct copy of a certificate of the Company setting forth the true and genuine signatures of the persons, each being a duly elected and qualified officer of the Company, authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company each of the Loan Documents and any certificate or other document to be delivered by the Company pursuant to the Loan Documents.

5.  Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true, complete and correct copy of the order of the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada, Docket No. 08-10029 dated February 6, 2009, authorizing the execution and delivery by the Company of the Credit Agreement and the agreements and transactions contemplated thereby and in connection therewith (including without limitation the issuance of the General and Refunding Mortgage Bonds), which order has not been rescinded and remains in full force and effect on the date hereof.

  

  

  

Woodburn and Wedge and Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP are entitled to rely on this certificate in connection with the opinions that such firms are rendering pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 6.1(f) of the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned acknowledges that (a) in entering into the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks are entitled to rely and have, in fact, relied upon the statements contained herein and (b) any successor or assign of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks is entitled to rely upon the statements contained herein, such statements being made only as of the date hereof.

  

  

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunder subscribe my name effective as of the 28th day of April, 2010.

	
  

	 ____________________________________________

	
  

	
Secretary of Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy,

	
  

	
a Nevada corporation

  

  

  

EXHIBIT F

NEVADA POWER COMPANY

d/b/a NV ENERGY

FORM OF MARK-TO-MARKET EXPOSURE CERTIFICATE

______, 201_

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2010 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Nevada Power Company d/b/a NV Energy, a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.  This Mark-to-Market Exposure Certificate is delivered pursuant to [Section 6.1(i)] [Section 8.1(b)(iii)] of the Credit Agreement.  The undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower hereby certified as follows:

	
1.

	
[No Aggregate Negative Mark-to Market Exposure exists as of [March 31, 2010] [the most recently ended calendar month.]

[Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure as of [March 31, 2010] [the most recently ended calendar month] equals $___.]

	
2.

	
Schedule 1 hereto sets forth calculations of the Borrower’s Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure or calculations demonstrating the absence of Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure, as the case may be, as of [March 31, 2010] [the most recently ended calendar month].

  

  

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower has executed this Mark-to-Market Exposure Certificate as of the date first written above.

                      NEVADA POWER COMPANY d/b/a NV ENERGY

                                      a Nevada corporation

                                        

	
By:

	
 

	
Name:

	
 

	
Title:

  

  

  

SCHEDULE 1

Monthly Period End Date:  [_____], 201_

$ amounts actual

	  	
Lender or Lender Affiliate ISDA1

	  	  
	
Counterparty

	
Interest Rate Mark-to-Market

	
Commodities Mark-to-Market

	
Netting2

	
Negative Mark-to-Market

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	
[Y/N]

	
$[              ]

	
Aggregate Negative Mark-to-Market Exposure3

	
$[              ]

	
$[              ]

	  	
$[              ]

  

 Indicate Negative Mark-to-Market by placing the dollar amount in parentheticals.

  

2  Netting of exposure calculated in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, which permits netting between two or more Hedge Agreements each by and between the Borrower and any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the same legal entity (or any Affiliate thereof), on the other hand, that is contractually available to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree that netting between and among transactions within a Hedge Agreement is permitted (to the extent permitted by the terms of such Hedge Agreement).  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this footnote 1 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

  

 Excludes netting across counterparties.

  

  

  

 

NEVADA POWER COMPANY

Schedules to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010, by and among Nevada Power Company, as Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank and the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto.

SCHEDULE 1.1(A)                                          Existing Letters of Credit

SCHEDULE 1.1(B)                                          Commitments and Percentages

SCHEDULE 7.1(c)                                           Legal Name, Etc.

SCHEDULE 7.1(d)                                          Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

SCHEDULE 7.1(f)                                           Material Litigation

SCHEDULE 7.1(p)                                          Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 8.1(d)                                          Contractual Obligations, Compliance with Law

SCHEDULE 8.2(b)(vi)                                     Existing Liens

SCHEDULE 8.2(g)                                          Affiliate Transactions

SCHEDULE 11.2                                             Certain Addresses for Notices; Applicable Lending Offices

  

1

  

Schedule 1.1(A)

Existing Letters of Credit

	
Issuing Bank

	
Beneficiary

	
No.

	
Date of Issue

	
Date of Expiry

	
Face

Amount

	
Reason

	
Note

	
1) Union Bank of CA

	
Sale River Project

	
S308838M

	
4/7/09

	
4/1/11

	
$300,000

	
Transmission Deposit

	
Financial

	
2) Union Bank of CA

	
Pacificorp

	
S305317M

	
4/29/08

	
4/28/10

	
$40,000

	
Transmission Deposit

	
Performance

	
3) Union Bank of CA

	
Kern River Gas Transmission

	
S307172M

	
10/16/08

	
10/15/10

	
$3,100,029

	
Big Horn Facilities Agreement

	
Performance

	
4) Union Bank of CA

	
Kern River Gas Transmission

	
S307044M

	
10/2/08

	
10/1/10

	
$8,706,138.27

	
Transportation Service Agreement

	
Financial

	
5) Union Bank of CA

	
Kern River Gas Transmission

	
S308900M

	
4/14/09

	
4/13/11

	
$2,523,600

	
Transportation Service Agreement

	
Financial

	
6) Union Bank of CA

	
L.A. Dept. of Water & Power

	
S309261M

	
5/18/09

	
5/17/10

	
$25,000

	
Transmission Deposit

	
Financial

  

2

  

Schedule 1.1(B)

Commitments and Percentages

	
 

Lender

 

	
Commitment

	
Percentage of Commitments

	
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

	
$42,352,941.18

	
7.058823530%

	
Bank of America, N.A.

	
$42,352,941.18

	
7.058823530%

	
The Royal Bank of Scotland, plc

	
$42,352,941.18

	
7.058823530%

	
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

	
$42,352,941.18

	
7.058823530%

	
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

	
$42,352,941.18

	
7.058823530%

	
Goldman Sachs Bank USA

	
$38,823,529.41

	
6.470588235%

	
UBS Loan Finance LLC

	
$38,823,529.41

	
6.470588235%

	
Barclays Bank PLC

	
$31,764,705.88

	
5.294117647%

	
Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

	
$31,764,705.88

	
5.294117647%

	
BNP Paribas

	
$28,235,294.12

	
4.705882353%

	
Citibank, N.A.

	
$28,235,294.12

	
4.705882353%

	
The Bank of New York Mellon

	
$28,235,294.12

	
4.705882353%

	
The Bank of Nova Scotia

	
$28,235,294.12

	
4.705882353%

	
Union Bank, N.A.

	
$28,235,294.12

	
4.705882353%

	
CIBC Inc.

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

 

 

 

  

3

  

 

 

 

	
PNC Bank, National Association

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

	
Société Générale

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

	
SunTrust Bank

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

	
The Northern Trust Company

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

	
U.S. Bank National Association

	
$17,647,058.82

	
2.941176470%

	
TOTAL

	
$600,000,000.00

	
100.000000000%

  

4

  

Schedule 7.1(c)

Legal Name, Etc.

Legal Name of Borrower:  Nevada Power Company

State of Incorporation:  Nevada

Chief Executive Office and the Principal Place of Business:  6226 West Sahara Avenue,

Las Vegas, Nevada 89146

Jurisdictions in which Borrower is qualified to do business:  Arizona and Utah

Federal Tax Identification Number:  88-0420104

Organizational Identification Number:  C9862-1998

  

5

  

Schedule 7.1(d)

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

Order of the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada, Docket No. 08-10029, dated February 6, 2009.

  

6

  

Schedule 7.1(f)

Material Litigation

The litigation that is described in “Legal Proceedings” and Note 13 to the financial statements, in each case as included in the Borrower’s and NV Energy, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and/or Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2009, and the Borrower’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2010 and March 15, 2010.

  

7

  

Schedule 7.1(p)

Subsidiaries

	
Company

	
State of Incorporation

	
Commonsite, Inc.

	
Nevada

	
Nevada Electric Investment Company

	
Nevada

Each of the Subsidiaries listed above are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower.

	
Company

	
State of Incorporation

	
Northwind Aladdin LLC

	
Nevada

The Subsidiary listed above is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nevada Electric Investment Company.

  

8

  

Schedule 8.1(d)

Contractual Obligations, Compliance with Law

None.

  

9

  

Schedule 8.2(b)(vi)

Existing Liens

None.

  

10

  

Schedule 8.2(g)

Affiliate Transactions

	
1.  

	
Portfolio Energy Credit (PEC) Pooling Arrangement between the Borrower and Sierra Pacific Power Company (“SPPC”) (approved by Public Utilities Commission of Nevada in its Docket No. 09-04002 on October 7, 2008)

	
2.  

	
NVE Insurance Company, Inc. (Board of Director’s resolutions May, 2009 and Articles of Incorporation October, 2009)

  

	
3.  

	
Master Services Agreement between the Borrower, SPPC and NV Energy, Inc. (December 23, 2009) as updated from time to time

	
4.  

	
Any current and prospective related Power Purchase Agreements between the Borrower and SPPC

	
5.  

	
Ely Energy Center Memorandum of Understanding between the Borrower and SPPC (May 2, 2006)

	
6.  

	
Prospective Agreement or Public Utilities Commission of Nevada determination governing cost allocation and usage for ONLine between the Borrower and SPPC

	
7.  

	
Prospective vendor agreements and/or cost sharing agreement between the Borrower, SPPC and/or NV Energy, Inc. in connection with the award of the Smart Grid Investment Grant in 2010

	
8.  

	
Any prospective pooling arrangements to share spare generating station parts among the Borrower, SPPC and third party vendors.  These arrangements shall be on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

	
9.  

	
Memorandum of Understanding and Term Sheet among the Borrower, SPPC and Great Basin Transmission, LLC regarding the ONLine Project.  This arrangement is on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

  

11

  

Schedule 11.2

Certain Addresses for Notices; Applicable Lending Offices

A.           CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

1.  Address for Borrower:

Nevada Power Company

  d/b/a NV Energy

6226 West Sahara Avenue

Las Vegas, Nevada 89146

Attention:  E. Kevin Bethel, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, or any duty appointed successor(s)

Copy to:  Joseph E. Orfano, Assistant Treasurer and Director of Capital Markets

Telephone: (702) 402-5622 (Bethel) or (702) 402-5722 (Orfano)

Facsimile:  (702) 402-0020 (Bethel) or (702) 402-2250 (Orfano)

Electronic mail: kbethel@nvenergy.com; jorfano@nvenergy.com

U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number: 88-0420104

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Choate, Stewart & Hall LLP

Two International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Andrew J. Hickey, Esq.

Telephone: (617) 218-5267

Facsimile: (617) 248-4000

2.  Address for Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, NC 28262

Mail Code: NC0680

Attention: Syndication Agency Services

Telephone: (704) 590-2706

Facsimile: (704) 590-2790

3.  Addresses for Issuing Banks:

a.           Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, NC 28262

Mail Code: NC0680

Telephone: (704) 590-2706

Facsimile: (704) 590-2790

  

  

  

 

       b.             Bank of America, N.A.

Trade Operations

1 Fleet Way

Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30

Scranton, PA  18507

Attention: Mary J. Cooper

Telephone:  (570) 330-4235

Facimile:  (570) 330-4186

Electronic Mail:  mary.j.cooper@bankofamerica.com

 

Remittance Instructions:

	
  

	
Bank of America, N.A., Charlotte, NC

ABA #: 026-009-593 New York, NY

Account #: 04535-883980

Attn: Scranton Standby

Reference: Nevada Power Company & Letter of Credit #

c.             The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

600 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Richard Emmich

Telephone:  (203) 897-7619

Facsimile:  (212) 401-1494

B.           APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

1.           Domestic Lending Offices

	
a.  

	
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, NC 28262

Mail Code: NC0680

Attention: Syndication Agency Services

Telephone: (704) 590-2706

Facsimile: (704) 590-2790

Remittance Instructions :

Wachovia Bank

ABA #: 053000219, Charlotte, NC

Account # : 01459670001944

Name: Agency Services Syndicated Clearing Acct

Reference: Nevada Power

	
b.  

	
Bank of America, N.A.

901 Main St

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-14

Dallas, TX 75202-3714

Attention: Joseph Carelock

Telephone:  (214) 209-1219

Facsimile:  (214) 290-9414

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Electronic Mail: joseph.carelock@baml.com

 

Remittance Instructions:

Bank of America, N.A., Charlotte, NC

ABA #: 026-009-593, New York, NY

Account #: 1292000883

Attn: Corporate Credit Services, Dallas, TX

Reference: Nevada Power Company

	
c.  

	
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

600 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Nagarajan Seshadri

Telephone: (312) 338-7330

Facsimile: (203) 873-5019

                Electronic Mail: nagarajan.krishnaswamy.seshadri@rbs.com

Remittance Instructions:

JP Morgan Chase, New York, New York

ABA #: 021000021

Account #: 802906651

Name: Comm. Loans

Reference: Nevada Power Co.

d.           Barclays Bank PLC

745 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Tunde Malomo

Telephone: (201) 499-9072

Facsimile: (917) 522-0568

Electronic Mail: xrausloanops4@barclayscapital.com

Remittance Instructions:

Barclays Bank PLC

ABA #: 026002574

Account #: 050-019104

Name: Clad Control Account

Reference: Nevada Energy

e.             BNP Paribas

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Luis Monanti

Telephone: (201) 850-6618

Facsimile: (201) 850-4020

Electronic Mail: luis.montanti@americas.bnparibas.com

Remittance Instructions:

BNP Paribas, New York, NY

ABA #: 026-007-689

Account #: 103-130-00103

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Name: BNPP, Loan Servicing Clearing Account

Reference: Nevada Power Company

f.              The Bank of New York Mellon

6023 Airport Road

Oriskany, NY 13424

Attention: Commercial Loan Department- Melissa M. Morgan

Telephone: (315) 765-4277

Facsimile: (315) 765-4537

Electronic Mail: Melissa.m.morgan@bnymellon.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of New York Mellon, Oriskany, NY

ABA #: 21000018

Account #: GLA 11556

Name: Commercial Loan Department- Melissa M. Morgan

Reference: NV Energy- Nevada Power

g.           Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Vince Napoli

Telephone: (302) 894-6052

Facsimile: (212) 994-0847

Electronic Mail: GLOriginationsOps@citigroup.com

Remittance Instructions:

Citibank, N.A., New York, NY

ABA #: 021000089

Account #: 4078-4524

Name: SSB

Reference: NV Energy Revolving Credit Facility

h.            Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Lillian Cortes

Telephone: (212) 325-9042

Facsimile: (212) 743-2375

Electronic Mail: Lillian.cortes@credit-suisse.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of New York, New York, NY

ABA #: 021 000 018

Account #: 890-0492-627

Name: CS Agency Cayman

Reference: NV Energy

i.              Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

Attention: Casey Farmer

Telephone: (904) 527-6537

Facsimile: (904) 494-6836

Electronic Mail: Casey.farmer@db.com

Remittance Instructions:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York, NY

ABA #: 021001033

Account #: 99401268

Name: Commercial Loan Division

Reference: Nevada Power Company

j.              Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282

Attention: Andrew Caditz

Telephone: (212) 902-1099

Facsimile: (917) 966-3966

Electronic Mail: gs-sbd-admin-contacts@ny.email.gs.com

**Remit all notices to Facsimile number

Remittance Instructions:

Citibank, N.A., New York

ABA #: 021000089

Account #: 30627664

Name: Goldman Sachs Bank USA

k.             JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 South Dearborn

Mail Code IL1-0010

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Non-Agented Servicing Team

Telephone: (312) 385-7072

Facsimile: (312) 256-2608

Electronic Mail: cls.chicago.non.agented.servicing@chase.com

Remittance Instructions:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Chicago, IL

ABA #: 021000021

Account #: 9008113381C3382

Name: Loan Processing DP

Reference: Nevada Power Company

l.              The Northern Trust Company

50 S. LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60675

Attention: Sharon Jackson

Telephone: (312) 630-1609

Facsimile: (312) 630-1566

Electronic Mail: smj@ntrs.com

 

 

 

  

  

  

Remittance Instructions:

The Northern Trust Bank

ABA #: 071000152

Account #: 5186401000

Name: Commercial Loan Dept.

Reference: NV Energy

m.            PNC Bank,  National Association

249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Attention: Maja Kuljic

Telephone: (440) 546-7364

Facsimile: (866) 641-2747

Electronic Mail: Maja.Kuljic@pnc.com

Remittance Instructions:

PNC Bank NA, Pittsburgh, PA

ABA #: 043000096

Account #: 130760016803

Name: Commercial Loans Operations

Reference: Nevada Power Company

n.             Société Générale

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attention: Grace Lai

Telephone: (201) 839-8445

Facsimile: (201) 839-8117

Electronic Mail: grace.lai@sgcib.com

Remittance Instructions:

Société Générale, New York Branch

ABA #: 026004226

Account #: 9051422

Name:  Loan Servicing Group

Reference: Nevada Power Company

o.             U.S. Bank National Association

461 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY

Attention: Cindy Hanks

Telephone: (503) 275-8188

Facsimile: (503) 973-6900

Electronic Mail: Complex.credits.portland@usbank.com

Remittance Instructions:

U.S. Bank National Association, Portland Oregon

ABA #: 123000220

Account #: 00340012160600

Name: Complex Credits Dept.

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Reference: NV Energy

p.             SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree St.

Atlanta, GA 30308

Attention: Nicole Barry

Telephone: (404) 658-4777

Facsimile: (404) 558-4401

Electronic Mail: Nicole.d.barry@suntrust.com

Remittance Instructions:

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, GA

ABA #: 061000104

Account #: 9088000112

Name: Wire Clearing

Reference: NV Energy

q.             Union Bank, N.A.

Commercial Loan Operations

1980 Saturn St.

Monterey Park, CA 91754

Attention: Maria Suncin

Telephone: (323) 720-2870

Facsimile: (800) 446-9951

Electronic Mail: #closynd@unionbank.com

Remittance Instructions:

Union Bank, N.A.

ABA #: 122-000-496

Account #: 77070-196431

Name: Wire Transfer Clearing CLO

Reference: Nevada Power Company

r.             The Bank of Nova Scotia

One Liberty Plaza

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Vesna Vukelich

Telephone: (212) 225-5705

Facsimile: (212) 225-5709

Electronic Mail: Vesna_Vukelich@scotiacapital.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of Nova Scotia New York Agency

(Swift Code: NOSCUS33)

ABA #: 026-002532

Account #: 2308363CORBK77

Name: Loan Operations

Reference: Nevada Power Energy

s.             UBS Loan Finance, LLC

677 Washington Blvd.

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Heidi Benalcazar

Telephone: (203) 719-3158

Facsimile: (203) 719-3888

Electronic Mail: Heidi.benalcazar@ubs.com

Remittance Instructions:

UBS Loan Finance, LLC, Stamford, CT

ABA #: 026007993

Account #: WA-894001-001

Name: BPS Loan Finance Acct.

Reference: NV Energy- Nevada Power

t.              CIBC Inc.

425 Lexington Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Angela Tom

Telephone: (416) 542-4446

Facsimile: (905) 948- 1934

Email: Angela.Tom@cibc.com

Remittance Instructions:

Bank of New York

ABA #: 021-000-018

Account #: 890-0331-046

Name: Account CIBC New York

Reference: Nevada Power Company

2.           Eurodollar Lending Offices

	
a.               

	
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Boulevard

Charlotte, NC 28262

Mail Code: NC0680

Attention: Syndication Agency Services

Telephone: (704) 590-2706

Facsimile: (704) 590-2790

Remittance Instructions :

Wachovia Bank

ABA #: 053000219, Charlotte, NC

Account #: 01459670001944

Name: Agency Services Syndicated Clearing Acct

Ref: Nevada Power

	
b.             

	
Bank of America, N.A.

901 Main St

Mail Code: TX1-492-14-14

Dallas, TX 75202-3714

Attention: Joseph Carelock

Telephone: (214) 209-1219

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Facsimile: (214) 290-9414

Electronic Mail: joseph.carelock@baml.com

Remittance Instructions:

Bank of America, N.A., Charlotte, NC

ABA #: 026-009-593, New York, NY

Account #: 1292000883

Attn: Corporate Credit Services, Dallas, TX

Reference: Nevada Power Company

	
c.              

	
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

600 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Nagarajan Seshadri

Telephone:  (312) 338-7330

Facsimile:  (203) 873-5019

                Electronic Mail: nagarajan.krishnaswamy.seshadri@rbs.com

Remittance Instructions:

JP Morgan Chase, New York, New York

ABA #: 021000021

Account #: 802906651

Name: Comm. Loans

Reference: Nevada Power Co

d.            Barclays Bank PLC

745 7th Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Tunde Malomo

Telephone: (201) 499-9072

Facsimile: (917) 522-0568

Electronic Mail: xrausloanops4@barclayscapital.com

Remittance Instructions:

Barclays Bank PLC

ABA #: 026002574

Account #: 050-019104

Name: Clad Control Account

Reference: Nevada Energy

e.             BNP Paribas

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Luis Monanti

Telephone: (201) 850-6618

Facsimile: (201) 850-4020

Electronic Mail: luis.montanti@americas.bnparibas.com

Remittance Instructions:

BNP Paribas, New York, NY

ABA #: 026-007-689

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

Account #: 103-130-00103

Name: BNPP, Loan Servicing Clearing Account

Reference: Nevada Power Company

f.              The Bank of New York Mellon

6023 Airport Rd.

Oriskany, NY13424

Attention: Commercial Loan Department- Melissa M. Morgan

Telephone: (315) 765-4277

Facsimile: (315) 765-4537

Electronic Mail: Melissa.m.morgan@bnymellon.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of New York Mellon, Oriskany, NY

ABA #: 21000018

Account #: GLA 11556

Name: Commercial Loan Department- Melissa M. Morgan

Reference: NV Energy- Nevada Power

g.            Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Attention: Vince Napoli

Telephone: (302) 894-6052

Facsimile: (212) 994-0847

Electronic Mail: GLOriginationsOps@citigroup.com

Remittance Instructions:

Citibank, N.A., New York, NY

ABA #: 021000089

Account #: 4078-4524

Name: SSB

Reference: NV Energy Revolving Credit Facility

h.            Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Lillian Cortes

Telephone: (212) 325-9042

Facsimile: (212) 743-2375

Electronic Mail: Lillian.cortes@credit-suisse.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of New York, New York, NY

ABA #: 021 000 018

Account #: 890-0492-627

Name: CS Agency Cayman

Reference: NV Energy

i.             Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

New York, NY 10005

Attention: Casey Farmer

Telephone: (904) 527-6537

Facsimile: (904) 494-6836

Electronic Mail: Casey.farmer@db.com

Remittance Instructions:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York, NY

ABA #: 021001033

Account #: 99401268

Name: Commercial Loan Division

Reference: Nevada Power Company

j.              Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282

Attention: Andrew Caditz

Telephone: (212) 902-1099

Facsimile: (917) 966-3966

Electronic Mail: gs-sbd-admin-contacts@ny.email.gs.com

**Remit all notices to Facsimile number

Remittance Instructions:

Citibank, N.A., New York

ABA #: 021000089

Account #: 30627664

Name: Goldman Sachs Bank USA

k.             JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 South Dearborn

Mail Code IL1-0010

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Non-Agented Servicing Team

Telephone: (312) 385-7072

Facsimile: (312) 256-2608

Electronic Mail: cls.chicago.non.agented.servicing@chase.com

Remittance Instructions:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Chicago, IL

ABA #: 021000021

Account #: 9008113381C3382

Name: Loan Processing DP

Reference: Nevada Power Company

l.              The Northern Trust Company

50 S. LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60675

Attention: Sharon Jackson

Telephone: (312) 630-1609

Facsimile: (312) 630-1566

Electronic Mail: smj@ntrs.com

 

 

  

  

  

Remittance Instructions:

The Northern Trust Bank

ABA #: 071000152

Account #: 5186401000

Name: Commercial Loan Dept.

Reference: NV Energy

m.            PNC Bank, National Association

249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Attention: Maja Kuljic

Telephone: (440) 546-7364

Facsimile: (866) 641-2747

Electronic Mail: Maja.Kuljic@pnc.com

Remittance Instructions:

PNC Bank NA, Pittsburgh, PA

ABA #: 043000096

Account #: 130760016803

Name: Commercial Loans Operations

Reference: Nevada Power Company

n.             Société Générale

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attention: Grace Lai

Telephone: (201) 839-8445

Facsimile: (201) 839-8117

Electronic Mail: grace.lai@sgcib.com

Remittance Instructions:

Société Générale, New York Branch

ABA #: 026004226

Account #: 9051422

Name: Loan Servicing Group

Reference: Nevada Power Company

o.            U.S. Bank National Association

461 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY

Attention: Cindy Hanks

Telephone: (503) 275-8188

Facsimile: (503) 973-6900

Electronic Mail: Complex.credits.portland@usbank.com

Remittance Instructions:

U.S. Bank National Association, Portland Oregon

ABA #: 123000220

Account #: 00340012160600

 

 

  

  

  

 

Name: Complex Credits Dept.

Reference: NV Energy

p.             SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree St.

Atlanta, GA 30308

Attention: Nicole Barry

Telephone: (404) 658-4777

Facsimile: (404) 558-4401

Electronic Mail: Nicole.d.barry@suntrust.com

Remittance Instructions:

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, GA

ABA #: 061000104

Account #: 9088000112

Name: Wire Clearing

Reference: NV Energy

q.            Union Bank, N.A.

Commercial Loan Operations

1980 Saturn St.

Monterey Park, CA 91754

Attention: Maria Suncin

Telephone: (323) 720-2870

Facsimile: (800) 446-9951

Electronic Mail: #closynd@unionbank.com

Remittance Instructions:

Union Bank, N.A.

ABA #: 122-000-496

Account #: 77070-196431

Name: Wire Transfer Clearing CLO

Reference: Nevada Power Company

r.             The Bank of Nova Scotia

One Liberty Plaza

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Vesna Vukelich

Telephone: (212) 225-5705

Facsimile: (212) 225-5709

Electronic Mail: Vesna_Vukelich@scotiacapital.com

Remittance Instructions:

The Bank of Nova Scotia New York Agency

(Swift Code: NOSCUS33)

ABA #: 026-002532

Account #: 2308363CORBK77

Name: Loan Operations

Reference: Nevada Power Energy

s.             UBS Loan Finance, LLC

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

677 Washington Blvd.

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Heidi Benalcazar

Telephone: (203) 719-3158

Facsimile: (203) 719-3888

Electronic Mail: Heidi.benalcazar@ubs.com

Remittance Instructions:

UBS Loan Finance, LLC, Stamford, CT

ABA #: 026007993

Account #: WA-894001-001

Name: BPS Loan Finance Acct.

Reference: NV Energy- Nevada Power

t.              CIBC Inc.

425 Lexington Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Angela Tom

Telephone: (416) 542-4446

Facsimile: (905) 948- 1934

Email: Angela.Tom@cibc.com

Remittance Instructions:

Bank of New York

ABA #: 021-000-018

Account #: 890-0331-046

Name: Account CIBC New York

Reference: Nevada Power Companyexhibit10-3.htm

EXHIBIT 10.3

AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

SIERRA PACIFIC POWER COMPANY

 d/b/a NV ENERGY

RENO, NEVADA

AND

LOCAL UNION 1245

OF THE

INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD

OF ELECTRICAL WORKERS

AFFILIATED WITH THE

AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR AND

THE CONGRESS OF INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATIONS

AFL-CIO

AUGUST 16, 2010 – AUGUST 15, 2013

  

  

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
TITLE

	  	
PAGE

	  	  	  
	  	
Agreement ............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	  	
Preamble ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
1.

	
Recognition ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
2.

	
Continuity of Service ...............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
3.

	
Definitions .............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
2

	
4.

	
Wages .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
3

	
5.

	
Transportation ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4

	
6.

	
Working Hours .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
5

	
7.

	
Shift Premium ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
11

	
8.

	
Leaves of Absence ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
11

	
9.

	
Inclement Weather Practice ..........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
13

	
10.

	
Overtime ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
14

	
11.

	
Holidays ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
16

	
12.

	
Vacations .............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
17

	
13.

	
Safety ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
19

	
14.

	
Union Activity ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
20

	
15.

	
Sick Leave ............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
21

	
16.

	
Seniority ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
23

	
17.

	
Expenses ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27

	
18.

	
Apprenticeship ......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
30

	
19.

	
Miscellaneous ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
32

	
20.

	
Supplemental Benefits for Industrial Injury .......................................................................................................................................................................

	
36

	
21.

	
Grievance Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
36

	
22.

	
Employee Benefit Program ...........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
38

	
23.

	
Demotion and Layoff Procedure ....................................................................................................................................................................................

	
44

	
24.

	
Term of Agreement ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
47

  

i

  

 

 

 

	  	
ATTACHMENTS

	
PAGE

	  	  	  
	
I.

	
Exhibit A

	  
	  	
(1) Wage Schedules..........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
50

	
II.

	
Exhibit B

	
1

	  	
(1) Classifications and Job Descriptions..................................................................................................................................................................

	
66

	  	
(2) Deleted Job Classifications..............................................................................................................................................................................

	
99

	  	  	  
	
III.

	
Letters of Understanding

	  
	  	
1.   Clerical Bidding Notes (See Attachment IV, Exhibit “C” (1).................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
2.   Sick Leave Payoff (See Title 15.9).....................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
3.   Communications Technician, Telecommunications Dept (Deleted March 2007).............................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
4.   Equipment Op Evaluation Committee (Deleted 1/1/98 – Reinstated 1/1/03)..................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
5.   Equipment Operator Program............................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
6.   Emergency Response Program (See Attachment VIII).............................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
7.   Family Sick Leave Program (See Title 15.10).......................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
8.   Telephone Allowance.....................................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
9.   Departmental Seniority for Laborers (Deleted 1/1/95).............................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
10. Yard Operator – Power Production......................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
11. Clerical Occupational Group-Changing Work Hours (See Title 6.15)...........................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
12. Accident Prevention Board Business Representative As Member.................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
E-Mail for Union Communications

	  
	  	
New Employee Orientation Participation by Union (See Title 14.6)

	  
	  	
13. Joint Benefits Committee Established...................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
Optional Life Insurance

	  
	  	
Long-Term Disability Bargaining Unit Insuring Plan (See Title 22)

	  
	  	
14. Part-Time Employees Terms And Conditions (See Titles 3.5 & 22)............................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
15. Equipment Operator Progression Guidelines...........................................................................................................................................................

	
102

	  	
16. Work-At-Home Schedule for CSR’s (Business Office)..............................................................................................................................................

	
102

	  	
17. Generation Work Schedules (Added 1/1/03)..........................................................................................................................................................

	
102

	  	
Exhibit A – Nine (9) Hour Schedule

	  
	  	
Exhibit B – Ten (10) Hour Schedule

	  
	  	
Exhibit C – Twelve (12) Hour Schedule

	  
	  	
18. Department of Transportation Hours of Service (Added 1/1/03)...................................................................................................................................

	
106

	  	
19. Neutrality Agreement (Added 11/2/98).................................................................................................................................................................

	
106

	  	
20. Hiring Hall Agreement (Added March 2007).............................................................................................................................................................

	
109

	  	
21. Post Retirement Medical (Added 4/5/07)...............................................................................................................................................................

	
110

	  	
22. Commencement Date of the Agreement (Added 9/10/07).............................................................................................................................................

	
110

	  	  	  
	
IV.

	
Exhibit C (1) Lines of Progression for Bidding & Demolition

	  
	  	
Purposes by Occupational Groups...........................................................................................................................................................................

	
110

	  	
Definition of Occupational Groups...........................................................................................................................................................................

	
110

	  	
Lines of Progression...........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
Fold-Out

	  	
Bidding Notes..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
111

	  	  	  
	
V.

	
Exhibit D  Bargaining Unit Medical/Dental/Vision.........................................................................................................................................................

	
114

	  	
Options Comparison

	  
	  	  	  
	
VI.

	
Out-of-Town Work Assignment Guidelines...............................................................................................................................................................

	
118

	  	  	  
	
VII.

	
Job Site Reporting (Cancelled by the Union on 10/24/02).............................................................................................................................................

	
119

	  	  	  
	
VIII.

	
Emergency Response Program...............................................................................................................................................................................

	
119

	  	  	  
	
IX.

	
Company Statement.............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
121

	  	
RE: Continuation of Post Retirement Medical Coverage

	  

  

ii

  

INDEX

SPPCO-IBEW LOCAL UNION 1245 AGREEMENT

	
AGREEMENT (INTRODUCTION & PREAMBLE).................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
APPRENTICESHIP........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
30-32

	
ARBITRATION PROCEDURE.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
37

	
BANKRUPTCY CLAUSE...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
36

	
BIDDING NOTES..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
111-113

	
BULLETIN BOARDS, UNION...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
20

	
CALL OUTS..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
14-16

	
CHECK-OFF, UNION DUES............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1, 21

	
CLERICAL BIDDING NOTES..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
112

	
COMMITTEES

	  
	  	
Accident Prevention Board......................................................................................................................................................................................

	
19

	  	
Equipment Operator Evaluation..................................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	  	
Joint Apprenticeship Training...................................................................................................................................................................................

	
30-32

	  	
Joint Benefits.......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
44

	  	
Joint Grievance.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
36-37

	  	
Labor/Management.................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
21

	
COMPANY VEHICLE USE.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4-5

	
CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC.................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1-2

	
DAY EMPLOYEES...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
6

	
DEFINITIONS OF EMPLOYEE STATUS.........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
2-3

	
DEMOTION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
44-46

	
DISCRIMINATION, RACE, COLOR, ETC.......................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
DISQUALIFICATION OF PREFERRED BIDDER...............................................................................................................................................................................

	
xxx

	
DOT HOURS OF SERVICE LETTER OF AGREEMENT........................................................................................................................................................................

	
106

	
DOUBLE TIME........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
14-16

	
DRIVERS LICENSE REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4-5

	
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROGRAM...........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
119-120

	
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PROGRAMS..............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
38-44

	
EMPLOYEE DISCOUNT...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
43

	
EMPLOYEE PLACEMENT

	  
	  	
Disabled.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
26-27

	  	
New Technologies............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
26-27

	  	
Revision of Operations.......................................................................................................................................................................................

	
26-27

	  	
Return from Military Leave...................................................................................................................................................................................

	
26-27

	  	
Temperamentally Unsuited...................................................................................................................................................................................

	
26-27

	
ENHANCED SEVERANCE/RETIREMENT BRIDGE PROGRAM...........................................................................................................................................................

	
33-35

	
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR PROGRESSION GUIDELINES...................................................................................................................................................................

	
102

	
EXPENSES

	  
	  	
Meals............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27-30

	  	
Board/Lodging..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27-30

	  	
Subsistence.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27-30

	  	
Moving.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27-30

	
FAMILY SICK LEAVE PROGRAM...............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
22-23

	
FOREMAN SELECTION...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
24-25

	
GENERATION WORK SCHEDULES.............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
102-105

	
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
36-37

	
GROUP LIFE INSURANCE..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
42-43

	
HIRING HALL........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
109-110

	
HOLIDAYS...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
16-17

	
INCLEMENT WEATHER.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
13

	
INTERIM NEGOTIATIONS.......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4

  

iii

  

 

INDEX (Continued)

	
JOB BIDDING......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
23-27

	
JOB DEFINITIONS (EXHIBIT B)...............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
66-98

	
JOB FLEXIBILITY................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
32

	
LAYOFF, LACK OF WORK....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
44-46

	
LEAVES OF ABSENCE

	  
	  	
Military.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
12

	  	
Union..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
12

	  	
Personal...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
12

	  	
Family and Medical..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
12-13

	
LETTERS OF UNDERSTANDING..............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
101-108

	
LINES OF PROGRESSION........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
Fold-Out

	
LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN.............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
43

	
LUNCH PERIOD...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
5

	
MANAGEMENT RIGHTS........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
32

	
MEAL ALLOWANCES..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
28

	
MEAL PERIODS....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
27-28

	
MEDICAL/DENTAL/VISION.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
114-117

	
MEMBERSHIP........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
21

	
METER READER ALLOWANCE................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4-5

	
NEUTRALITY AGREEMENT....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
108

	
NON-BARGAINING UNIT ASSIGNMENTS...................................................................................................................................................................................

	
23

	
OCCUPATIONAL GROUP DEFINITIONS......................................................................................................................................................................................

	
108

	
OFF SCHEDULE ASSIGNMENT..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
7

	
OFFICE SERVICE EMPLOYEES.................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
10-11

	
ON CALL – STANDBY..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
32

	
OPERATIONS CENTER EMPLOYEES...........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
7

	
OUT-OF-TOWN GUIDELINES....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
118-119

	
OUT-OF-TOWN PREMIUM.......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
30

	
OVERTIME PAY...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
14

	
PART-TIME EMPLOYEES’ BENEFITS........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
43-44

	
PART-TIME EMPLOYEES’ DEFINITIONS...................................................................................................................................................................................

	
3

	
PASS – UNION BUSINESS REPRESENTATIVE..............................................................................................................................................................................

	
20

	
PAY PERIODS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
3

	
POST RETIREMENT MEDICAL................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
38-44

	
PREARRANGED WORK..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
14-16

	
PROMOTION (QUALIFYING PERIOD)........................................................................................................................................................................................

	
25

	
PROVISIONAL (PEP) EMPLOYEES............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
2

	
RECOGNITION.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
RELOCATION ASSISTANCE..................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
30

	
REPORTING PLACE..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
5-11

	
RESIDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................................................................................................................................

	
2

	
REST PERIOD.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
15-16

	
RETIREMENT PLAN.............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
38-39

	
SAFETY..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
19-20

	
SENIORITY..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
23-27

	
SERVICE EMPLOYEES..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
9-10

	
SEVERANCE PLAN................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
33-35

	
SHIFT EMPLOYEES..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
11

	
SHIFT PREMIUM..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
8-9

	
SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STIP).....................................................................................................................................................................................

	
50

	
SICK LEAVE.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
21-23

	
SICK LEAVE PAYOFF...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
22

	
STRIKE AND LOCKOUT........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
1

	
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS FOR INDUSTRIAL INJURY................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
36

  

iv

  

 

INDEX (Continued)

	
TELEPHONE ALLOWANCE.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
101

	
TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENTS.................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
23

	
TERM OF AGREEMENT.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
47

	
TESTNG REQUIREMENTS – POWER PRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................................................

	
Fold-Out

	
TOOLS...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
33

	
TRAVEL TIME.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
6

	
UNION SECURITY................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
20-21

	
UPGRADES.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
3-4

	
VACATIONS.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
17-19

	
VEBA TRUST FUNDING.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
121-122

	
VOLUNTARY INVESTMENT PLAN [401(k)].................................................................................................................................................................................

	
40-41

	
WAGE RATES (EXHIBIT A)....................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
50-65

	
WAGE STEPS WITHHELD......................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
4

	
WELLNESS PROGRAM..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
42

	
WORK-AT-HOME SCHEDULE................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
102

	
WORKING HOURS................................................................................................................................................................................................................

	
5-11

  

v

  

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this sixteenth day of August, 2010, by and between SIERRA PACIFIC POWER COMPANY, d/b/a NV Energy, of Reno, Nevada, its successors or assigns, together with such other properties of a public utility character as may hereafter be acquired, hereinafter referred to as Company, and LOCAL UNION No. 1245 of the INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD OF ELECTRICAL WORKERS (affiliated with the American Federation of Labor-Congress of Industrial Organizations), hereinafter referred to as Union.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

 

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to facilitate the peaceful adjustment of differences that may from time to time arise between them, to promote harmony and efficiency to the end that Company, Union and the general public may benefit therefrom, and to establish wages, hours and working conditions for certain hereinafter designated employees of Company;

WHEREAS, the parties hereby recognize that our industry is changing and will be faced with competitive threats, expanding customer requirements, and related implications that must be addressed.  Both parties agree that the magnitude of the possible changes are currently unknown; however, the Union and Company both agree to meet these challenges jointly as committed partners with the end result being the Company and Union that the customers choose.  (Amended 1/1/03)

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto do agree as follows:

TITLE 1

RECOGNITION

	
1.1

	
For the purpose of collective bargaining with respect to rates of pay, wages, hours of employment and other conditions of employment, Company shall recognize Union as the exclusive representative of those employees for whom the National Labor Relations Board certified Union as such representative in Cases 20-R-1376 and 20-R-1403.  It is agreed that the following specific classifications of employees shall be added to those classifications of employees which have previously been specifically excluded from the Bargaining Unit by mutual agreement.

	
1.2

	
Provisions of this Agreement shall be limited in their application to employees of Company as described in Section 1.1 of this Title.  When the words "employee" and "employees" are used in this Agreement they shall be construed to refer only to employees described in said Section 1.1 unless otherwise noted.

	
1.3

	
Company shall deduct from their wages and pay over to the proper officers of Union, the membership dues of the members of the Union who individually and voluntarily authorize such deductions in writing.  The form of check-off authorization shall be approved by Company and Union.

	
1.4

	
It is the policy of the Company and the Union not to discriminate against any employee because of race, creed, religion, gender, age, pregnancy, ethnicity, color, national origin, veteran status, sexual orientation, mental or physical impairment provided the mental or physical impairment does not render the employee incapable of performing the essential functions of his position.  It is further agreed that wherever in this Agreement the masculine term is used, it shall be considered applicable to both sexes.  (Amended March 2007)

TITLE 2

CONTINUITY OF SERVICE

	
2.1

	
Company is engaged in rendering public utility services to the public and Union and Company recognize that there is an obligation on each party for the continuous rendition and availability of such services.

	
2.2

	
The duties performed by employees of Company as part of their employment pertain to and are essential in the operation of a public utility and the welfare of the public dependent thereon.  During the term of this Agreement, Union shall not call upon or authorize or permit employees individually or collectively to cease or abstain from the performance of their duties for the Company, and Company shall not cause any lockout.

	
  

	
The Company has the right to implement and modify reasonable policies, rules and work practices subject to the right of the Union to challenge the reasonableness of such action through the grievance procedure. (Added 8/16/2010)

 

 

  

1

  

 

	
2.3

	
Any employee in a Bargaining Unit classification shall perform loyal and efficient work and service, and shall use their influence and best efforts to protect the properties of Company and its service to the public, and shall cooperate in promoting and advancing the welfare of Company and in preserving the continuity of its service to the public at all times.

	
2.4

	
Consistent with the Provisions of this Title, the parties recognize that Union, Company, and all employees are mutually obligated to promote efficiency and cooperation in Company's operations and harmony among Company's employees.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
2.5

	
Consistent with the provisions of this Title which pertain to continuity of service to the public and duties essential to the operation of the utility, after May 1, 1979 all employees shall be required by Company to either report to work on a call out basis within 45 minutes or reside within a thirty-five (35) mile radius of the Company headquarters to which they regularly report.  An employee who is unable to report for work on a call-out basis within forty-five (45) minutes, will be exempt from the provisions of Section 10.3 of the Agreement.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
  

	
Any employee who must change his place of residence as provided herein shall be given a reasonable period of time to move in order to avoid personal hardship.

	
  

	
Incumbent employees who on May 1, 1979 reside within the present district or sub-district of the Company headquarters to which they regularly report, shall not be affected by the above provisions, until such time as they voluntarily change their residence, or job classification, or reporting headquarters.

TITLE 3

DEFINITIONS

	
3.1

	
Employees shall be known as "Regular," “Provisional”, "Temporary," "Part-Time" and "Probationary."  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

	
3.2

	
For the purpose of the contract, a regular employee is defined as an employee who has completed six (6) months of continuous service with the Company, excluding those hired as provisional employees.  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

	
3.3  

	
(a)           A temporary employee is defined as an employee hired by the day for occasional or seasonal work, or for a limited time.  A temporary employee shall not be eligible for sick pay, holiday pay, vacation pay, insurance coverage, pension coverage or items of similar nature, except as herein specifically provided.  If a temporary employee should in the course of continuous employment, be reclassified to probationary or regular, he shall be credited with all continuous service in determining eligibility for such benefits that may accrue to him in his new status.  A temporary employee shall receive not less than the minimum rate for the job except in the case of laborers.  Temporary laborers, as defined in Exhibit A, may be hired for a period of not more than three (3) months at the special temporary labor rate.  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement).

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          A provisional employee is defined as an employee whose employment is intended to last more than six (6) months but less than two (2) calendar years.  The work performed is linked to specific projects or is in anticipation of future events with a specific date at which the position will be eliminated.  The use of the provisional employee will not impede the opportunities of regular employees or bypass the bidding procedure as defined under Title 16 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) and are not subject to Title 23 nor Sections 19.10 and 19.11.  Provisional employees will be required to remain in the position for the duration of their term with no bidding rights.  They will accrue benefits equivalent to a regular employee for sick leave, vacation, medical insurance coverage, pension coverage and be subject to Section 3.6 of Title 3 for the duration of their assignment.  They will be eligible for a Short Term Incentive Pay (STIP) payout as described in Attachment I, Exhibit “A”(1).  For purposes of overtime work, preference will be extended to “regular” Sierra Pacific employees, and the company is under no obligation to balance overtime for provisional employees as specified under Section 10.3 of Title 10.  A provisional employee will not receive less than the minimum rate for the job and will progress through the appropriate classification wage progression in accordance with the CBA.  If employment of a provisional employee extends beyond two (2) calendar years, the employee will be reclassified to “regular” with a hire date and seniority date equivalent to the start date of his provisional term.  (Added 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

	
  

	 	
(c)             A provisional employee who is offered and accepts a bargaining unit position as a probationary employee with no break in service shall be eligible for health and welfare benefits and vacation accrual based on their continuous service as a provisional and probationary employee.  (Added 3/19/02 by Letter of Agreement)

	
3.4

	
A probationary employee is defined as an employee hired for a position that has been regularly established and is of indeterminate duration.  A probationary employee shall receive sick pay, vacation pay, insurance coverage, pension 

 

 

  

2

  

 

 

	
 

	
coverage or items of a similar nature as he shall become eligible, but in all other respects shall be equivalent to a regular employee, subject to the provision of 3.6 of this Title.  A probationary employee shall receive not less than the minimum rate for the job.

 

	
3.5

	
(a)           A part-time employee is one scheduled to work less than five (5) days per week or less than eight (8) hours per day.  A limited number of part-time employees may be assigned to work covered by the Bargaining Agreement, provided that such assignment shall not result in the loss of regular employment for regular employees, nor shall the employees so assigned affect the status of or impede the promotional opportunities of regular employees.  Part-time employees shall be paid the wage rates established in Exhibit A for the work performed.  In determining allowances for vacations, sick leave, and other benefits hereunder, such allowance shall be prorated in direct ratio that the number of hours worked per week bears to forty (40).  (Amended 1/1/95)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)           The number of part-time employees in all "Clerical Department" classifications will not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of employees in all "Clerical Department" classifications.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
  

	
Schedules will be established in full hour increments and the employee's classification, i.e., one-half (1/2) time or three-quarter (3/4) time will be based on the established schedule at the time they are hired and an annual (payroll year) review of hours actually worked (excluding non-productive time) thereafter.  Status changes will apply prospectively only.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
3.6

	
The retention of temporary, provisional and probationary employees is at the sole discretion of the Company, and termination of employment of such employees shall not be subject to review through the grievance procedure.  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

	
3.7

	
Continuous service with Company shall start with the date of employment and consist of the entire period of employment.  Continuous service will be broken when (a) an employee is discharged for cause; (b) an employee voluntarily terminates employment; (c) an employee has been laid off for more than twelve (12) consecutive months; (d) an employee has violated the provisions of 8.4; (e) an employee has taken a leave of absence of over thirty (30) calendar days as defined in Section 8.1.  (Amended 5/1/88)

TITLE 4

WAGES

	
4.1

	
The wage to be paid employees of the Company covered by this Agreement shall be at the rates specified in the schedule hereto attached, numbered Exhibit A, and made a part hereof.

	
4.2

	
All employees shall be placed on an hourly rate of pay and shall be paid on alternate Fridays for all time worked during the two (2) week period ending the previous Sunday midnight; exclusive of overtime worked during the second week of the two week period.  Any such deferred payment shall be included with the paycheck for the payroll period next succeeding the period in which such overtime was worked.  In order to spread the payroll work the Company reserves the right to divide the payroll into two groups, paying each group on alternate Fridays.  If a payday falls on a holiday, the day next preceding such holiday shall be pay day.  However, if a payday falls on the Day after Thanksgiving the following Monday shall be payday.  Payroll deductions for employees shall occur semi-monthly (first and second paycheck each month) including, but not limited to, Employee-only/Dependent Medical premium payments, Long-term Disability Insurance premiums, Life Insurance premiums, Union Dues, and Credit Union deposits or payments.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
4.3

	
(a)          An employee who temporarily assumes the duties and responsibilities of a classification having a higher minimum rate shall be paid not less than the minimum rate of the higher classification for the time worked, meal and travel time, as applicable, computed to the next quarter (1/4) hour.  (Amended 5/1/83)

	
  

	
1.

	
Any upgrade position, within a specific headquarters, lacking an incumbent employee and continuing for a cumulative period of 1500 straight-time hours in a 12-month period shall require posting of the position.  This provision does not apply to those classifications designated as “upgrade only”.  Exceptions to this provision can be made by mutual agreement between the Company and Union, i.e., training positions and special projects.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          When an employee is temporarily reassigned to work in a classification higher than his regular classification, he shall be paid, upon such reassignment, the rate of pay he last received in such higher classification, plus any general wage increase or adjustments subsequently made therein.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)           When an employee is temporarily assigned or reassigned to work in a classification lower than his regular classification, his rate of pay will not be reduced.

 

 

 

  

3

  

 

	
  

	
 

	
(d)          Where automatic progression between classifications or within the pay rate range of a classification is provided by the Agreement, it is understood that the employee's performance must be satisfactory to qualify for advancement.  Where an employee's performance is unsatisfactory and an automatic progression wage step has been withheld, the Investigating Committee, provided for in Section 21.2 of the Agreement, may review the employee's performance.

	
  

	
 

	
(e)            Where automatic progression in any classification is provided by the Agreement, an automatic progression wage step will be withheld after an employee is off work for sixty (60) calendar days or more.  (Amended 5/1/83)

	
4.4

	
Company and Union may agree to additional classifications and/or revisions of existing classifications and wages and lines of progression with respect thereto, during the term of this Agreement.  Pending negotiations with respect to such classifications, wage rates and lines of progression, the Company may establish temporary classifications and wage rates.

	
  

	
The Company will promptly notify the Union of any such temporary classifications and/or revisions and wage rates which are established.  When the Company and Union reach agreement on the wage rate for the new classification and/or revised classification, it shall be retroactive to the date when the classification was first temporarily established or revised.

TITLE 5

TRANSPORTATION

	
5.1

	
Company or public transportation shall be furnished all employees requiring, at the discretion of the Company, transportation in the performance of their duties.  In the event an employee is asked to use his own automobile for Company business, he shall be reimbursed at the current rate sanctioned by the Internal Revenue Code, Section 274, Treasury Regulations and Administrative Interpretations.  (Amended 1/1/95)

	
5.2

	
Regular full-time Reno area Meter Readers shall be required to use their personal vehicles in the performance of their assigned duties within the Reno/Sparks metropolitan area for which they shall be reimbursed at the rate of One Hundred Eighty Dollars ($180.00) effective 5/1/96 per month for each month personal vehicles are so used.  An allowance has been included in the reimbursement for the difference in cost between pleasure and business vehicle insurance coverage.  As a condition of employment, personal vehicle insurance coverage shall be provided by the employee in an amount not less than the minimum state insurance requirements for such vehicle's use, and; a certificate of insurance with a thirty (30) day cancellation clause shall be required from each employee's insurance Company naming Sierra Pacific Power Company as an "Additional Insured Non-Owner" for each such vehicle used.  Reno area Meter Readers shall not be required to use their personal vehicles outside the Reno/Sparks Metropolitan area.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
5.3

	
(a)          Any employee who may be required to operate Company vehicles and/or equipment while performing duties pertinent to his job classification must possess and maintain the appropriate licenses or permits required by applicable laws and/or Company policy.  (Amended 5/1/82)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          An employee incumbent in any such job who is unable to maintain the necessary  driver's license, shall be returned to his former classification and rate of pay or, by mutual agreement between the Company and Union, shall be placed in another classification.  (Amended 5/1/82)

	
  

	
In the specific event of where an employee is unable to maintain the necessary driver’s license for driving under the influence or controlled substance abuse, the following shall apply:  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
1.

	
Said employee for a 1st occurrence shall retain his rate of pay but may be required to work in another classification by mutual agreement between the Company and Union.  However, a return to work agreement will be made between the Company, Union and employee specifically addressing terms and conditions of continued employment.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
2.

	
In the event of a 2nd occurrence, within 5 years of the 1st, said employee will not be accommodated in existing position.  The Company and Union will endeavor to place the employee; however, if no vacancies exist, this could result in termination.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
3.

	
In the event of a 3rd occurrence, within 5 years of the 1st, the Company is not obligated for any reason whatsoever to accommodate said employee in any position.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          A successful bidder on any job requiring vehicle and/or equipment operation will be given a thirty (30) day period beyond the date of the job award to obtain the proper licenses and/or permits.  Additional training must be arranged through Department Management.  Bidder must be trained and/or evaluated prior to receiving approval to operate Company vehicles and/or equipment.  (Amended 1/1/98)

 

 

  

4

  

 

	
  

	
 

	
(d)          Any employee who is considered for an upgrade to a position requiring the operation of Company vehicles or equipment must be qualified by training or experience prior to upgrade.  Employee will be subject to the provisions of Section (a) and (b) above.  (Added 5/1/83)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)          The provisions of Sections (a), (b) and (c) shall also apply to any employee operating a personal vehicle while being compensated by the Company for its use.  (Added 5/1/82)

	
5.4

	
Employees shall be authorized to utilize Company vehicles only for the purpose of performing their assigned duties.  Use of such vehicles for personal reasons is prohibited.

TITLE 6

WORKING HOURS

	
6.1

	
All regular employees shall receive full-time employment for each work week employed provided they physically report for duty at their regularly assigned reporting place in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and are in condition to perform their work.  This is not interpreted to mean that the Company does not have the right to lay off or release employees on account of lack of work or any other valid reason at the end of the work week.

	
6.2

	
(a)          Each employee shall have a regular reporting place, a regularly established schedule of work hours and work days.  Such schedule shall indicate the starting and quitting times, the regularly scheduled meal period and the scheduled non-work days.  The arrangement of such schedule shall be in accordance with the provisions hereafter contained for the classification in which the employee is regularly employed.  Schedules with work periods providing for starting times after 12:00 noon or before 6:00 a.m. shall provide eight (8) consecutive hours of work.

By mutual agreement between the Company and Union, Employees may work under alternate Work Schedule Agreements as defined in Attachment III.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          Employees who are assigned to work away from their regular assigned reporting place will be required to report to work at the established starting time and at the temporary reporting place designated by Company.  When board and lodging are provided by Company, the reporting place will be the lodging designated by Company.  It is understood that the temporary reporting place designated by the Company may change from time to time due to changes in Company's operational requirements.  When necessary, Company shall provide water and sanitation facilities for the employee's use at the temporary reporting place.  When the change of temporary reporting place occurs, the employee(s) will be notified as far in advance as practicable.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          When employees are scheduled for required training, the Company shall be responsible for all travel, training expenses and all out-of-town expenses, subject to Titles 10 and 17.8. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
When employees are scheduled for Company required training, and employees are notified 7 days in advance, the Company may alter the employees’ schedule, for the work week to a Monday through Friday, 8 hour per day schedule or a Monday through Thursday/Tuesday through Friday 10 hour schedule. Work hours for said schedules shall be between 6am and 5pm with no more than a one hour meal period.   However, this clause will not deprive the employee of the opportunity to work the same number of hours during a pay period that he would have worked under his regular schedule. (Added 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
When employees are scheduled for volunteer training, the Company may alter the employees’ schedule, for the work week, to match that of training.  Overtime will only be paid if said employee is required to attend training and/or perform work for more than eight (8) hours on any day or if his total work week (training and work time) goes beyond 40 hours.  No employee will be denied 40 hours of pay for said work week, subject to Title 17.8 or 17.13.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
(d)  Generation employees who are assigned to work in a Headquarters other than their own may be assigned to the scheduled hours and workdays of the group to which they are assigned, subject to Title 17. (Added 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
(e)  Employees who volunteer for special projects may have their scheduled hours and workdays changed to meet the needs of the special project to which assigned. (Added 8/16/2010)

	
6.3

	
The work week shall be defined to be that period of 168 hours comprising seven (7) consecutive calendar days.  For all employees but those in classifications listed in Section 6.13 the work week shall be that period beginning one (1) minute after 11:59 p.m. Sunday and ending 168 hours later.

	
6.4

	
A change in the regularly scheduled lunch period for any reason shall be deemed to require the payment of overtime for work performed during the regular lunch period and the employees may eat their lunch on Company time.  Lunch periods may be advanced or delayed one-half (1/2) hour without the payment of overtime.

 

 

  

5

  

 

	
6.5

	
Employees, including those on Out-of-Town assignment, who are required to report for work on their non-work days, or on holidays which they are entitled to have off, or outside their regular work hours on work days, shall be paid overtime compensation for the actual work time, commencing at the time they physically report at their regularly assigned reporting place, and travel time in the amount of fifteen (15) minutes each way in connection therewith.  An employee who is called out for such work shall be paid overtime compensation for travel time in the amount of thirty (30) minutes from his home and fifteen (15) minutes to return home.  If an employee who is called out for such work outside of his regular work hours on a work day continues to work into or beyond his regular work hours, he shall be paid overtime compensation for actual travel time in the amount of thirty (30) minutes only from his home.  (Amended 1/1/95)

	
  

	
In applying this Section 6.5 to work to be performed at Tracy or Ft. Churchill Steam Plants by those employees whose regularly established headquarters are either the Frank A. Tracy or Fort Churchill Steam Plants, a travel time allowance of "30 minutes" shall be substituted for "15 minutes" wherever it appears in the paragraph next preceding.

	
  

	
In applying Section 6.5, employees whose regular established headquarters is North Valmy Steam Plant but who reside in Winnemucca, will be compensated for "45 minutes" travel time each way and employees residing in Battle Mountain will be compensated for "30 minutes" each way.

	
  

	
The portion of this Title relating to travel time shall not apply to the following situation:

	
  

	
 

	
(a)          Prearranged extended work schedules on regular work days.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
6.6

	
(a)         If an employee is instructed by his Supervisor to report for prearranged overtime on a non-work day, or on a holiday which he is entitled to take off with pay, and the employee reports for work as instructed, the employee shall be paid overtime compensation for a minimum of four (4) hours provided, however, this will not apply to cases in which the employee is prevented from completing the assignment or earning the minimum through no fault of the Company, for reasons such as inclement weather, accidents, illness, or other reasons beyond the control of the Company.  In such cases the employee shall be paid overtime compensation for the actual time worked, but in no event less than the two (2) hour minimum.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)         In the event an employee is instructed to report for prearranged overtime as provided in 6.6(a) above, and such work is canceled, the employee shall be paid overtime compensation for a minimum of four (4) hours, if he has not had notice of such cancellation at least eight (8) hours prior to the designated reporting time.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          If an employee is instructed by his Supervisor to report for prearranged overtime prior to his regular starting time on a scheduled work day, the employee reports for work as instructed and for any reason the work is canceled, the employee shall be paid overtime compensation for actual time worked, but in no event less than a two (2) hour minimum time.  (Added 5/1/91)

	
6.7

	
For the purposes of application of the provisions of this Title, all employees not specifically denoted by Sections 6.13, 6.14 and 6.15 shall be considered to be day employees.  Sections 6.13, 6.14 and 6.15 shall determine the designation of all others.

	
6.8

	
(a)          Day employees' hours of work shall be regularly scheduled as eight consecutive hours not including a one half hour lunch period per 17.1(c). The work day will begin no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 8:00 a.m. Regular work days shall be Monday through Friday. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
1.  

	
Company may change employee(s) start time no more than two (2) times in a calendar year. If split start times are used, equalization of conditions and rotation of assignments will occur. Such rotations for equalization shall not be considered as a change in schedule. (Added 8/16/2010)

 

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          (Deleted March 2007)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          The regular hours of work established herein may be changed by Company at the request or direction of public authorities, provided, however, that before any such change is made Company shall discuss it with Union.  Company shall not be required to pay overtime compensation by reason of any change made as provided in this Section.

	
6.9

	
(a)          Company may schedule employees to work for periods equal in length to their normal work period and overtime, if necessary, at other than their regular hours in any of the following situations:  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
1.

	
The maintenance or repair of any generating plant or substations.  (Amended March 2007)

 

 

  

6

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Work involving cleaning debris from the water intake of a power plant.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
3.

	
Restoration of the Valley Road Gas Plant to operating condition and the production of gas.

	
  

	
4.

	
To provide relief in a regularly scheduled job which has been temporarily vacated by absence of an incumbent.

	
  

	
5.

	
To provide public safety and the protection of Company facilities underground which may be exposed to possible damage by excavating operations performed by other than Company employees.

	
  

	
6.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
  

	
7.

	
Infra-red inspections of outdoor electric facilities.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
8.

	
At the request of the customer, special project construction or unique maintenance requirements of facilities where customer impacts must be minimized.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          In the event such assignment is for four (4) regular work days or less, the employees shall be paid at the rate of one and one-half (1 1/2) times the applicable straight-time rate for all such work except that if the schedule continues beyond four (4) regular work days, the employee shall be paid one and one-half (1 1/2) times the applicable straight-time rate only for the first two (2) days of any such situation, and shall upon the third day, be paid at the straight-time rate for the duration of the assignment.  Where the provisions of Title 10.1(a), (1), (2), (3), and (4) or the paragraph (c) next following are applicable, such day shall not be counted as one (1) of the premium days under this Section 6.9.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          In the event the employee is required to begin work in a temporary "off schedule" assignment with less than forty-eight (48) hours notice he shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate for all work performed on the "off schedule" assignment between the time of notice and the expiration of the forty-eight (48) hour period.  Wherever possible, assignment to an "off schedule" status and return to the regular schedule shall be made in such a manner as to provide the same number of hours off between work periods as is provided by the employee's regular schedule.  Where this is not possible and a change is made with less than the required time interval, the difference between the amount of time off and the required time interval shall require the payment of an additional one-half (1/2) times the straight-time or overtime rate which may be applicable.

	
  

	
1.

	
In the event the employee is given fourteen (14) days notice and the assignment is in excess of four (4) days no penalties as described in (b) & (c) above will apply. (Added 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(d)          Upon completion of the temporary off schedule assignment, which may include scheduled days off, the employee shall be returned to his regular status and schedule.  In all cases an assignment to an "off schedule" status shall not operate to deprive an employee of a forty (40) hour work week.

	
  

	
 

	
(e)          Except for operating employees who are assigned to supplement maintenance employees as provided in (a) above, and for employees who are assigned to relief as provided in (a) above, the employees' regular schedules of days of work shall not be changed.

	
  

	
 

	
(f)          If any such situation extends beyond four (4) weeks, Company and Union may agree to rotate the shift assignments without the additional payment of  penalties as described in (b) and (c) above for such change. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(g)          The application of this Section shall in no way limit the right of the Company to establish schedules which would provide for work hours in excess of eight (8) on a work day, or more than five (5) days in a work week.

	
6.10

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
6.11

	
(a)          This section means that except as noted below, there is a prohibition against requiring an employee to work more than twenty-one (21) consecutive days.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
If an employee has performed any work on each of the twenty-one (21) consecutive days, the employee must be granted the next two (2) days off.  If either of the next two (2) days occur on regular work days for that employee, such employee shall, nonetheless, be granted the day(s) off at the straight-time rate of pay.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          Employees may work beyond the twenty-one (21) day limit only under the following condition:

 

 

  

7

  

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Any work situation involving an immediate hazard to life or property.  This does not include situations limited to a loss of money or revenue only.  (Added 1/1/95)

 

	
6.12

	
The work week and work hours of part-time employees shall be governed by the following rules:

 

	
  

	
 

	
(a)          Company shall notify Union of all part-time employees hired, the work being performed and the schedule of work hours and work days, if any, for such employees.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          Schedules of work hours and work days for part-time employees which would fall within the regular work hours and work days established in Section 6.8(a) may be established at the convenience of the Company.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          (Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
6.13

	
"Shift" employees are as listed below:

Building Services Worker, Lead

Foreman, Shift, Working

Operator, Assistant, Control Room

Operator, Assistant, Distribution System

Operator, Control Room

Operator, Distribution System

Operator, Emergency Relief (Grid)

Operator, Emergency Relief (Steam)

Operator, Emergency Relief ( T&D)

Operator, Grid Reliability

Operator, Service Utility

Operator, Transmission System

Technician, Shift, Instrument & Control

(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(a)          The work week for shift employees shall be regularly scheduled but may be any seven (7) consecutive days.  The normal work week of shift employees may start on any day of the week and at any hour of the day, and shall consist of one (1) eight (8) hour shift for five (5) days. The five (5) work days and two (2) non-work days may be arranged in one, two, three or four (4) week cycles.  The shift employee's work day shall consist of eight (8) consecutive hours.  The starting time of such shifts are presently established at 8:00 a.m., 4:00 p.m., and 12:00 midnight.    The term "shift" shall be defined as a schedule of employee's work days, non-work days, working hours, and the arrangement of work week cycles.

Group schedules when required shall be developed to provide rotation to assignments and equalization of conditions.  Schedules may be established or revised during the term of the Agreement, provided however, that such arrangements, if outside the parameters of (a)1 below, shall be first mutually agreed upon by Company and Union.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
1.  

	
Company may change shift employee(s) normal work week and/or work hours no more than two (2) times in a calendar year. If split work weeks are used, equalization of conditions and rotation of assignments will occur. Such rotations for equalization shall not be considered as a change in schedule. (Added 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)          When generating plant operations personnel are not specifically assigned to operations duties, they may be temporarily assigned to other duties at the generating facilities of the Power Production Department subject to the provisions of Section 4.3. These employees may be assigned to the scheduled hours and workdays of the group to which they are assigned, subject to Title 17.    (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
When assigned to report to their regular generating facility, they may be reassigned to perform duties in any occupational group established in that facility.

	
  

	
The working hours and scheduled work days of operating personnel so assigned may be changed and consist of the hours worked and the scheduled work days of the employees in the Power Production Department Occupational Group to which assigned.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

Such change in working hours and scheduled work days and the return to the regular operations schedule hours and scheduled work days shall require, after proper notice of such change of hours or return to regular hours, twelve (12) hours off between change to temporary hours or return to regular operations schedule hours and scheduled work days.  Where this is not possible and a change is made with less than twelve (12) hours off after proper notice, the difference between the amount of time off and twelve (12) hours shall require the payment of an additional one-half (1/2) times the straight-time or overtime rate which may be applicable.  The provisions of Section 6.9 will not apply.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

 

 

  

8

  

 

 

	
  

	
 

	
(c)          When generating stations are operated on a 3 shift, 24 hour basis, the work periods of shift operating personnel shall be in accordance with Subsection (a) above.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(d)          An employee classified as Emergency Relief Operator shall be regularly scheduled and shall perform the regularly scheduled assignments for operators at generating plants and System Control.  He may be reassigned to any existing schedule for relief assignments in such plants without advance notice.  Such employee shall not, as a result of such relief assignment, be entitled to overtime compensation for work performed during the regularly scheduled hours of such shift, except that, in the event he shall be required to report for work without having had twelve (12) hours off following the end of his last preceding work period, he shall be paid overtime compensation for any time worked in the twelve (12) hour period following the end of his last preceding work period.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)          (Deleted 5/1/87)

	
  

	
 

	
(f)          Employees, when required by the Company to make relief, shall be compensated at the appropriate wage rate.  (Added March 2007)

	
6.14

	
"Service" employees are as listed below:

Apprentice, Fabricator-Welder

Apprentice, Gas Pressure Operator

Apprentice, Mechanic, Plant

Apprentice, Serviceman, Customer

Apprentice, Technician, Communications

Apprentice, Technician, Electrical Plant

Apprentice, Technician, Instrument

Apprentice, Technician, Lab

Coordinator, Fleet Repair/Licensing

Coordinator, Fleet Assets/Special Projects

Electrician, Plant

Fabricator-Welder

Fabricator-Welder, Certified

Foreman, Communication Systems, Working

Foreman, Gas Pressure, System Working

Foreman, Lab, Working

Foreman, Machinist, Working

Foreman, Maintenance, Working

Foreman, Technical, Working

Foreman, Utility Materials, Working

Foreman, Utility Materials, Working (Power Plants)

               Foreman, Utility Fleet, Working

Foreman, Yard, Working

Garageman

Helper

Helper (Power Production Maintenance)

Janitor (Power Plant)

Machinist-Tool Repair

Maintenanceman, Street Light

Mechanic/Machinist, Plant

Mechanic, Plant

Mechanic, Utility Fleet

Mechanic/Welder, Plant

Operator, Gas Pressure

Operator, Yard

Operator, Yard, Senior

Parts Specialist, Utility Fleet

Senior Parts Specialist, Utility Fleet

Serviceman, Customer

Serviceman, Electric

Serviceman, Equipment

Technician, Communications

Technician, Communication Systems

Technician, Electrical Plant

Technician, Electrical/Instrument (Plant)

 

 

  

9

  

 

Technician, Instrument

Technician, Lab

Troubleman

Utilityman, Gas

Utility Materials Specialist

Utility Materials Specialist I

Utility Materials Specialist, Trainee

Utility Materials, Specialist (Power Plants)

Utility Materials, Specialist I (Power Plants

Utilityworker, Communications

(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(a)   The normal work week for each Service Employee shall be regularly scheduled and may be any five (5) consecutive days, starting on any day of the week.  The arrangement of work hours, work days, non-work days and work week cycles, where applicable, shall be considered as the employee's work schedule and shall be developed to provide rotation of assignments and equalization of conditions.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   Hours of work for Service Employees assigned to work schedules providing for one-shift operations shall be regularly scheduled as eight consecutive hours not including a one half hour lunch period per 17.1(c). The work day will begin no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 8:30 a.m.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
1.  

	
Company may change service employee(s) normal work week and/or work hours no more than two (2) times in a calendar year. If split work weeks or start times are used, equalization of conditions and rotation of assignments will occur. Such rotations for equalization shall not be considered as a change in schedule.  (Added 8/16/2010)

 

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Schedules for two-shift operations shall be as follows:  First shift shall consist of any eight (8) consecutive hours not including a one half hour lunch period per 17.1(c) between 6:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.  Second shift shall consist of any eight (8) consecutive hours between 12 noon and 11:00 p.m.  Employees assigned to the No. 2 shift shall be allowed necessary time to eat a meal on the job on Company time.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
The Company agrees to schedule Service Employees on the No. 1 shift to take lunch four (4) hours after his regular starting time.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   Group schedules when required shall be developed to provide rotation to assignments and equalization of conditions.  Schedules may be established or revised during the term of the Agreement, provided however, that such arrangements, if outside the parameters of (a), (b) and (c) above,  shall be first mutually agreed upon by Company and Union.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   New work schedules may be established during the terms of the Agreement, provided, however, that such arrangements shall be first mutually agreed upon by Company and Union.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
6.15

	
(a)   "Office Service" employees are listed below:  These employees may be regularly scheduled to work any eight (8) consecutive hours, exclusive of a 30 minute or 60 minute meal period. Work hours will be between 6:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

Clerk, Remittance Processing, Senior

Foreman, Customer Services, Working

Foreman, Meter Reader, Working-Reno

Foreman,  Technician  Service, Working

Foreman, Support Services, Working

Meter Reader

Operator, Data Entry

Operator, Data Entry, Trainee

Operator, Data Entry, Senior

Operator, PBX

Representative, Accounts Payable

Representative, Accounts Payable, Senior

Representative, Clerical

Representative, Customer Services

 

 

  

10

  

Representative, Customer Services, Senior

Representative, Facilities

Representative, Support Services

Technician, Service

Specialist, Meter Data

(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   The Company will schedule Office Service employees to take lunch during the period from three (3) hours after the employee's regular starting time to five (5) hours after his regular starting time.  Office Service employees, with consent of the Supervisor, may exchange lunch periods on any given day.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   The provisions of Section 6.4 shall not apply to employees covered by this section. Schedules of Office Service Employees may be established or revised during the term of the Agreement.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

1. Company may change employee(s) start time no more than two (2) times in a calendar year. If split start times are used, equalization of conditions and rotation of assignments will occur. Such rotations for equalization shall not be considered as a change in schedule.  (Added 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   Office Service employees may change their working hours and/or lunch period, with prior supervisory approval, by up to two (2) hours within the same work day with no penalty to the Company.  This allows the employee to schedule personal time off while maintaining their regularly scheduled number of work hours, i.e. making time up within the same day of no more than two hours.

	
  

	
A request to change an employee's work schedule must be arranged with the supervisor at least one day prior to the change, other than for emergency situations.

	
  

	
When an employee has requested personal time off, the employee has the option to make up time within the same day by adjusting his or her work schedule, or may use vacation or floating holiday hours, or sick leave (under Title 15 or Family Sick Leave guidelines), or may elect time off without pay.  A minimum of 1/2 hour lunch period must be taken in accordance with Section 6.15, unless required by operational needs.

NOTE: Schedules as referenced by Title 6 are those defined by the CBA and/or a letter of agreement.  (Added 8/16/2010)

TITLE 7

SHIFT PREMIUM

	
7.1  

	
All eight (8) hour work periods regularly scheduled to begin at 4:00 a.m. or thereafter, but before 12:00 noon shall be designated as first shifts.  All eight (8) hour work periods regularly scheduled to begin at 12:00 noon or thereafter, but before 8:00 p.m., shall be designated as second shifts.  All eight (8) hour work periods regularly scheduled to begin at 8:00 p.m. or thereafter, but before 4:00 a.m., shall be designated as third shifts.  No shift premium shall be paid for the first shift.   (Amended  8/16/2010)

2nd Shift                                $1.75

3rd Shift                                $1.95

	
7.2

	
When a shift premium is applicable to time worked at the overtime rate of pay, the overtime rate shall be applied to the applicable shift premium.

	
7.3

	
Shift premiums shall be payable only for hours actually worked, and shall not be paid for non-work time such as holidays, sick leave, vacations, etc.

	
7.4

	
Shift premium shall be paid for meal and travel time at the applicable overtime rate.  (Added 5/1/83)

TITLE 8

LEAVES OF ABSENCE

	
8.1

	
"Leaves of Absence" and "Leaves" signify approved absence without pay.  A leave shall commence on and include the first work day on which an employee is absent and shall terminate upon the agreed-to date of expiration of the leave of absence.  

 

 

  

11

  

 

 

	
 

	
An individual's seniority shall not be affected, except for personal leaves of thirty (30) or more calendar days.  The employee's status as a regular employee shall not be impaired by a leave of absence and the conditions of the leave shall be governed by the provisions herein applicable to the type of leave granted.  Any demotion of an employee caused by a reinstatement of an employee who has been absent on an approved leave of absence shall be governed by the Demotion and Layoff Procedure.  (Amended 1/1/95)

 

Military Leave

	
8.2

	
A leave of absence shall be granted to employees who enter the Armed Forces of the United States, provided, however, that any such leave of absence and the reinstatement of any such employee shall be subject to the terms of any Act of Congress which provides for re-employment.  The seniority rights for employees who are members of the Armed Forces shall accrue while they are absent on military duty.

Union Leave

	
8.3

	
Company shall, at the written request of Union, grant a leave of absence without pay and benefits with the exception of 3. below to an employee who is appointed or elected to any office or position in the Union and whose services are required by the Union, provided adequate arrangements can be made to take care of the employee's duties, without undue interference with the normal routine of work.  Such Union leave shall be subject to the following conditions:  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
1.

	
The term shall be for a fixed period not to exceed three (3) years.  The period shall be stated in the request for leave.

	
  

	
2.

	
The employee shall be returned to employment in his same classification held at the time the leave was granted and at the same headquarters at which he was last employed, or at the nearest headquarters to that location in which a vacancy exists.

	
  

	
3.

	
The seniority, as defined in Title 16.1, of an employee who is granted a leave of absence under the provisions of this Title shall accrue during the period of such leave. (Amended 8/16/2010)

Personal Leave

	
8.4

	
Leaves of absence for urgent, substantial personal reasons may be granted to regular employees provided that mutual agreement is reached thereon by Company and employee, and subject to the following conditions:

	
  

	
1.

	
The leave will not exceed a period of six (6) months, or a six (6) month extension thereof, but in no case shall any leave or extension be granted which extends the total leave of absence beyond a period of one (1) year.

	
  

	
2.

	
The purpose for which the leave is granted will not lead to the employee's resignation.

	
  

	
3.

	
If an employee fails to return immediately on the expiration of the leave of absence, or if he makes application for unemployment benefits, or if he accepts other employment while on leave, he shall thereby forfeit the leave of absence and terminate his employment with the Company.

	
  

	
4.

	
An employee returning from an authorized leave of six (6) months or less shall be reinstated to his former classification and headquarters location.

	
  

	
5.

	
An employee returning from an authorized leave exceeding six (6) months shall be reinstated to his former classification and headquarters provided a vacancy exists in his former classification.  If no such vacancy exists, the employee shall be reinstated in a lower classification thereto in the same Line of Progression.  If such reinstatement in a lower classification is required under this section, the employee will be given preferential consideration over other employees in the filling of vacancies in higher classifications in the line of progression until such time as he is returned to his former classification or rate of pay.  (Amended 5/1/82)

	
8.5

	
The Company will not consider the bid of an employee on a leave of absence.  (Added 5/1/87)

Family and Medical Leave

	
8.6

	
Leaves for care of child, spouse, parent or serious illness of employee in accordance with the Federal Family and Medical Leave Act.

 

 

  

12

  

 

 

	
  

	
 

	
(a)   Employees are eligible if they have attained regular status and have at least six (6) months of continuous service with the Company when the leave begins.  Part-time employees are eligible if they have attained regular status and have worked 1040 hours.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   Eligible employees can take six (6) months unpaid leave of absence for a qualifying reason.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Employees should give thirty (30) days advance written notice of intent to take leave.  The employee should make a reasonable effort to schedule his/her leave so as not to interrupt Company operations.  If an unforeseeable event occurs, employees should give notice as soon as practicable.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   An employee returning from an authorized leave under Section 8.6 will be reinstated to his/her former classification and headquarters location.

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   Employees may be required to provide medical certification from a qualified health care provider.

	
  

	
 

	
(f)   Leave may be denied if adequate notification or proper medical certification is not provided as required.

(Added 1/1/95)

TITLE 9

INCLEMENT WEATHER PRACTICE

	
9.1

	
Regular and probationary employees who are unable to work in the field because of inclement weather, "red" air quality days, as ordered by any air quality regulatory agency, or other similar causes, shall receive pay for the full day, provided they physically report for duty at their regularly assigned reporting place and are in condition to perform their work.  However, they may be held pending emergency calls, and may be given first aid, safety or other instructions, or they may be required to perform miscellaneous work in the warehouses or other sheltered locations.  Temporary employees under the same conditions shall receive pay for time they worked or are held on Company property, or ordered to stand-by.  They shall not be paid in any event for less than four (4) hours.

	
  

	
When "red" air quality days occur, strenuous work activity shall cease within affected areas except when emergencies, and/or public safety or welfare are involved, and in those instances, the Company shall provide appropriate respirators for those employees required to work.  (Added 1/1/95)

	
9.2

	
The employee in charge at the job site shall be responsible for determining whether weather conditions warrant cessation of outside work.  In arriving at a decision with respect to weather conditions, the following shall be taken into account:  (Amended 1/1/98)

1.           Employee safety

2.           Operating requirements

3.           Undue hazards

4.           Service to the public

5.           Job site working conditions

	
  

	
6.

	
Anticipated duration of time required to leave unfinished job in safe condition

7.           Anticipated duration of inclement weather

8.           Distance from job site to operating headquarters

	
  

	
9.

	
Any other pertinent factors which in his opinion should be taken into account in reaching his decision relative to stopping or continuing work.  (Amended 1/1/98)

 

 

  

13

  

TITLE 10

OVERTIME

	
10.1

	
(a)   Overtime is defined as (1) time worked in excess of forty (40) hours in a work week, (2) time worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a scheduled work day, (3) time worked on a non-work day, (4) time worked on a holiday, and (5) time worked outside of regular work hours on a work day.  Overtime shall be computed to the nearest quarter hour.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   Prearranged overtime shall be defined as overtime for which notice has been given prior to the employee's release at the end of the last regularly scheduled work period or an extension thereof, of no more than two (2) hours on that work day.

	
  

	
1.

	
Company may extend prearranged overtime as necessary.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Callout overtime shall be defined as overtime for which prior notice has not been given the employee as per 10.1(b).  (Added 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   Overtime work should be assigned in accordance with the following principles, which are intended to guide the actions of both Supervisors and employees:

	
  

	
1.

	
The nature of the utility business requires the working of overtime and is reflected in the language of this Agreement.

	
  

	
2.

	
The right to determine the importance and necessity of any work assignment rests within the rights of Management.

3.           Refusal shall be supported by a valid reason.

	
  

	
4.

	
A reasonable and sympathetic approach shall be taken by Supervision, with employees receiving as much advance notice as possible in order to allow them to alter their plans.

	
  

	
5.

	
Extenuating circumstances and health of the employees shall be considered.

	
  

	
6.

	
The time necessary to complete the work assignment and the availability and practicability of the use of other employees shall be considered.

	
  

	
7.

	
Above all, the rule of reason shall be used by employees and Supervisors.

	
10.2

	
If an employee is called out by a responsible authority of the Company outside the employee's regularly scheduled hours and works less than two (2) hours, the employee shall receive not less than two (2) hours to be compensated at the applicable overtime rate, for each such call out, provided the employee has finished his first call out and has returned to his home.  If the employee is sent on another job or jobs prior to returning home from the initial call without a break in work time it shall be considered a single call out.  It shall be the policy of the Company to avoid a second assignment except those of such urgency as would ordinarily warrant a call out, but the determination of such urgency shall be determined solely by the Company Representative dispatching the call.

	
  

	
Such minimum call out pay provision shall not apply and the overtime payment shall be made only for actual work time outside regular hours where:

	
  

	
1.

	
The call-out is less than two (2) hours prior to his regular starting time and the work extends into the regular work day.

	
  

	
2.

	
The call-out is an extension of the regular work day or the employee has not left the plant premises when called.  Any employee required to keep a radio-equipped Company vehicle at home when off duty shall, upon completion of a tour of duty, proceed directly to his home.  Any call-out while in transit shall be considered an extension of the regular day without interruption in time.  A call-out received after reaching home and signing off the radio shall be considered a separate call-out.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
10.3

	
(a)   Overtime shall be divided as equally as is practicable over the course of the payroll year, among those employees qualified and available within a classification and headquarters.  All overtime for individuals in each headquarters shall be posted every 30 days. Employees new to a classification or headquarters shall be averaged into that classification and headquarters’ year to date overtime list.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
 

	
(b)   Deviation from the distribution of overtime as stated in Section 10.3 (a) must be established in writing and agreed to by both Company and Union.  (Added 1/1/98)

 

 

 

  

14

  

 

 

	
 

	
(c)   Deviation from the distribution of overtime as stated in Section 10.3 (a) will be allowed in select cases where employees within classification possess special skills (certifications, licenses, or training) unique to that job requirement.  (Added 1/1/98)

	
 

	
(d)   Employees temporarily assigned to a new headquarters (excluding Special Project Agreements) for a period greater than five (5) days shall be placed on the temporary headquarters’ overtime list with one (1) hour more than the employee with the greatest amount of overtime within his classification.

 

	
  

	
He shall work from his new headquarters' overtime list and be removed from the list at his permanent headquarters.

 

	
  

	
Once the employee returns to his permanent headquarters, he shall be placed on his permanent headquarters’ overtime list with all year-to-day overtime worked.  (Added 1/1/03)

  

	
 

	
(e)   First consideration will be given to the employee(s) within a headquarters and within the required job classification(s) for staffing a project within that headquarters.  Second consideration will be given to employee(s) from other headquarters. If employees from other headquarters are used to staff a project and scheduled weekend overtime occurs, the employee(s) (or crew(s) of equal size) will be afforded the opportunity to work an equal amount of scheduled weekend overtime.  (Added 3/1/2007)

	
10.4

	
Nothing contained herein shall be construed to require the payment of overtime compensation under more than one (1) of the foregoing definitions for a single period of operation.

	
10.5

	
(a)   Overtime compensation at the rate of one and one-half (1 1/2) times the straight rate of pay shall be paid to employees for overtime as defined in Section 10.1 (a) (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) and Section 10.1 (b).  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   The time worked in excess of sixteen (16) consecutive hours (which includes unpaid meal period) and continuing until the employee is dismissed from such work shall be paid at the rate of two (2) times the employee's straight rate of pay.  (Amended 5/1/82)

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Prearranged overtime worked in excess of twelve (12) consecutive hours and continuing until the employee is dismissed from such work shall be paid at the rate of two (2) times the employee's straight rate of pay.  (Added 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   If, following an employee's dismissal from work or on an employee's non-work day, the employee is called out for work, he shall be paid at two (2) times his straight rate of pay for all work performed outside his regular work hours or on a non-work day.  (Added 5/1/81)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   (Deleted 5/1/91)

	
10.6

	
(a)   Any regular or probationary employee who, as the result of a call out or a prearranged work assignment, has worked at overtime rates between his regular quitting time and his next regular starting time on regular work days, shall be entitled to a rest period under the following conditions:

	
  

	
1.

	
If he has worked eight (8) hours or more at overtime rates, he shall be entitled to a rest period of nine and one-half (9-1/2) consecutive hours upon completion of such overtime work. (Amended 1/1/03)

	
  

	
2.

	
If he has worked a minimum of two (2) hours at overtime rates and such work extends beyond nine and one-half (9 1/2) hours after his regular quitting time, he shall be entitled to a rest period of nine and one-half (9-1/2) consecutive hours upon completion of such overtime work.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
  

	
3.

	
If he has worked a minimum of two (2) hours at overtime rates and such work commences later than nine and one-half (9 1/2) hours after his regular quitting time, he shall be entitled to a rest period of nine and one-half (9-1/2) consecutive hours upon completion of such overtime work.  The above provisions shall not apply if such work commences later than four (4) hours before his next regular starting time.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
  

	
4.

	
Rest periods, as provided above, shall commence upon completion of the employee's overtime work or the start of his regular work hours, whichever occurs first.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   The provisions of Section 10.6(a) shall apply to an employee who works at overtime rates on his regularly scheduled day off or on a holiday observed by the Company as follows:

	
  

	
1.

	
The overtime must have been worked immediately preceding his regular starting time on the next regularly scheduled work day, and

 

 

 

  

15

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
During the corresponding time period normally observed by him as off-duty hours on consecutive work days.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   If the employee becomes eligible for a rest period in accordance with any of the conditions above, and the Company requires the employee to continue work into his regular work period, the employee shall be paid at two (2) times the standard rate of pay for all hours worked until he is given a rest period.  If, however, the employee is not entitled to a rest period, the employee shall revert to the straight-time rate at the beginning of his regular work period irrespective of whether he continues to work at said overtime work or changes to regular duties.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   If the employee becomes eligible for a rest period and is called back to work during his nine and one-half (9-1/2) hour rest period, the employee shall be paid overtime compensation at the rate of pay equivalent to two (2) times the standard rate of pay for all work performed until he has been relieved from duty for at least nine and one-half (9-1/2) consecutive hours, and a new rest period will commence at the conclusion of such work.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   Should a rest period provided for above extend into his regular work hours, the employee may be required to report for work at the end of said rest period for the remainder of that regular work period.  The employee shall be paid at straight time for any portion of his regular work period which he is allowed to take as a rest period.  He will in any event be paid at the straight-time rate for the said regular work period.

TITLE 11

HOLIDAYS

	
11.1

	
It shall be the policy of the Company to perform only necessary work on any of the holidays observed by the Company.  The necessity for holiday work and the number and choice of employees required to work on the holiday shall be determined by the Company.

	
11.2

	
For regular, provisional and probationary employees, "holiday" as used herein is defined as a day on which each of the following holidays is observed by the Company:  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

New Year's Day

Martin Luther King Day

Memorial Day

Independence Day

*Floating Holiday #1

*Floating Holiday #2

*Floating Holiday #3

Labor Day

Veterans’ Day

Thanksgiving Day

Day After Thanksgiving

Christmas Day

(Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
*An employee, during his first payroll year of employment, shall be entitled to Floating Holidays in accordance with the following table:  (Amended 1/1/98)

Hired From                                      To Inclusive                      Floating Holidays

Beginning of Payroll Year            April 30                                           3

May 1                                              August 31                                      2

September 1                                    End of Payroll Year                       1

	
  

	
Employees shall observe their floating holidays on a workday before the end of the payroll year at the convenience of the Company and the Company will not pay in lieu of unused floating holidays.  In the event an employee is prevented from taking his floating holidays due to operational requirements, he shall be entitled to defer the floating holidays into the next ensuing payroll year.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
11.3

	
If a holiday is observed by Company on a regular or probationary employee's non-working day, the employee shall, during the ensuing twelve (12) months be given a work day off with straight-time pay at the convenience of the Company.  The 

 

 

  

16

  

 

	
 

	
employee may have the option of foregoing the work day off and accepting regular straight-time pay for the holiday if he so desires.

 

	
11.4

	
If a holiday is observed by Company on a regular or probationary employee's scheduled non-work day and the employee works on that day, he shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate for all work performed plus his holiday allowance.

	
11.5

	
If a holiday is observed by Company on a regularly scheduled work day of a regular or probationary employee and he performs no work that day, he shall be given a holiday allowance equal to his regular straight-time pay for the day.

	
11.6

	
If a holiday is observed by Company on a regularly scheduled work day of an employee and he works that day, the employee shall have the option to:

	
  

	
1.

	
be paid the applicable overtime rate for all work performed plus his holiday allowance of eight (8) hours straight-time pay, or

	
  

	
2.

	
be paid the applicable overtime rate for all work performed and carry over the holiday, to be observed at another time, subject to the provisions of Section 11.3 of the Agreement.  (Amended 5/1/83)

	
11.7

	
(a)   If a holiday falls on a Saturday, the Company shall observe the holiday on Friday.  If a holiday falls on a Sunday, the Company shall observe the holiday on Monday.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   If a holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, employees regularly scheduled to work that day shall observe the actual holiday rather than the Company observed holiday.

	
11.8

	
If an employee takes off any of the days observed by the Company as holidays and is absent without bona fide reason on the work day either immediately preceding or following such day observed by the Company as holiday, he shall not receive holiday pay.

TITLE 12

VACATIONS

	
12.1

	
All active employees except temporary employees begin accumulating vacation time upon employment.  Vacation time shall be computed from the employee's continuous service date and will be credited bi-weekly.

	
  

	
 

	
(a)   An employee's continuous service date shall be his/her most recent date of hire which may be adjusted subject to the provisions of Title 8.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   When an employee's accrual rate changes as stated in 12.2 below, the new accrual rate will be effective at the beginning of the pay period in which the continuous service date falls.  (Amended 5/1/87; Effective 1/1/88)

	
12.2

	
Full-time employees except temporary employees earn vacation time as follows and subject to the provisions of Title 20:

	
  

	
(a)   First (1st) through Fifth (5th) year of continuous service:

	
  

	
From one (1) day through sixty (60) months from your continuous service date you begin accruing 3.076 hours biweekly for a total of ten (10) days' vacation per year.

	
  

	
(b)   Sixth (6th) through Twelfth (12th) year:

	
  

	
At the completion of five (5) full years (60 months) from your continuous service date you begin accruing 4.615 hours biweekly for a total of fifteen (15) days' vacation per year.

	
  

	
(c)   Thirteenth (13th) through Nineteenth (19th) year:

	
  

	
At the completion of twelve (12) full years (144 months) from your continuous service date you begin accruing 6.153 hours biweekly for a total of twenty (20) days' vacation per year.

	
  

	
(d)   Twentieth (20th) through Twenty-sixth (26th) year:

	
  

	
At the completion of nineteen (19) full years (228 months) from your continuous service date you begin accruing 7.692 hours biweekly for a total of twenty-five (25) days' vacation per year.

 

 

  

17

  

 

 

	
  

	
(e)   Twenty-seven (27) or more years:

	
  

	
At the completion of twenty-six (26) full years (312 months) from your continuous service date you begin accruing 9.230 hours biweekly for a total of thirty (30) days' vacation per year.

(Amended 5/1/91; Effective 4/28/91)

	
12.3

	
Each employee who has completed five (5), ten (10), fifteen (15), twenty (20) years, etc., of continuous service with the Company will be credited with five (5) days vacation (40 hours) in the pay period in which the continuous service date falls.  (Amended 5/1/87; Effective 1/1/88)

	
12.4

	
Part-time employees except temporary employees shall earn vacation time as stated in Section 12.2 and 12.3, but adjusted as follows and subject to the provisions of Title 20.

	
  

	
(a)   Vacation time credits shall be prorated as outlined in Section 3.5.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
12.5

	
An employee must complete six (6) months of continuous service to be eligible to take vacation.  After completion of six (6) months of continuous service, vacation may be taken as earned, subject to operational needs of the Company and by mutual agreement of Company and employee.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
12.6

	
Vacation time shall be paid at the straight-time rate of pay.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
12.7

	
All vacation shall be taken on consecutive days unless otherwise mutually agreed upon between Company and the employee.

	
  

	
(a)   An employee may, upon his request, and with the consent of his Supervisor, take a vacation of less than five (5) consecutive work days, providing that:

	
  

	
1.

	
Such request is submitted as far in advance as is possible.

	
  

	
2.

	
Such request is no less than 1⁄4 hour.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
12.8

	
Earned vacation which is not used by an employee may be allowed to accumulate.  Such vacation may be carried over from one (1) payroll year to the next following payroll year provided that the carryover vacation does not exceed a maximum amount based on years of continuous service as stated below:  (Amended 1/1/98)

Years of Continuous Service                                      Maximum Carryover Vacation

1st through 5th year                                                    20 days or 160 hours

6th through 12th year                                                  30 days or 240 hours

13th through 19th year                                                40 days or 320 hours

20th through 26th year                                                50 days or 400 hours

27 years or more                                                           60 days or 480 hours

	
  

	
(a)   All vacation carried over from one (1) payroll year to the next following payroll year in excess of the maximum as stated in 12.8 above will be forfeited.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
12.9

	
When an employee is required to carry over a vacation from one (1) payroll year to the next payroll year due to an approved absence from work because of an extended illness or industrial injury, such vacation will be taken at the convenience of the Company and at such time as not to interfere with vacation schedules of other employees.  Such vacation will not be subject to forfeiture as stated in 12.8(a).  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
12.10

	
When an employee's approved scheduled vacation is canceled by the Company due to unforeseen emergency conditions, or an employee foregoes his/her vacation for the convenience of the Company, the employee shall be allowed to reschedule his vacation by mutual agreement between Company and the employee.  If such vacation must be carried over to the next following payroll year, it shall not be subject to forfeiture as stated in 12.8(a).  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
12.11

	
If a holiday is observed by the Company on a work day within an employee's vacation period, the holiday shall not be considered a vacation day.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
12.12

	
Company shall not require an employee to take his vacation in lieu of sick leave or leave of absence on account of illness.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
12.13

	
Regular, provisional and probationary employees whose employment with the Company has been terminated for any reason shall receive vacation pay for all accrued vacation time in lieu of any vacation allowance.  (Amended 5/18/99 by Letter of Agreement)

 

 

  

18

  

 

	
12.14

	
Before April of each year, there will be a sign-up in each department so that the employees may designate their choice of vacation periods.  The Company shall prepare the annual vacation schedule on the basis of such sign-up, effecting whenever possible the selections of the employees within each classification in the order of Company seniority.

	
  

	
(a)   If, in accordance with 12.7, an employee has arranged to take his vacation in two (2) or more periods the use of seniority as a factor in securing preferential consideration over other employees shall be limited to one (1) of such periods.

	
  

	
(b)   Service employees shall be allowed to include one (1) night shift in their first choice vacation period.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
  

	
(c)   Shift employees are front-loaded scheduled holidays.  When these holidays are scheduled in blocks of two (2) days or more and subject to Title 12.14, the Company will cover with overtime, when necessary.  (Added March 2007)

	
12.15

	
Vacation lists shall be posted on or before April 15 of each year.  Scheduled vacation shall be taken as posted unless otherwise agreed to by Company.  Any request for changes in scheduled vacation shall be submitted by the employee in writing and subject to written approval by Company.  Such request shall include the alternate date(s) proposed by the employee.  (Amended 5/1/87)

TITLE 13

SAFETY

Working SAFELY prevents suffering, loss of wages to ourselves and families, and damage to property and injury to others.

An important part of everyone's acceptance of employment is to accept responsibility to do his work in accordance with the latest safety practices and to cooperate with other employees with whom he works to carry out safety rules and practices.  Therefore, every employee of this Company is automatically pledged to study the safety rules and put them into effect for every applicable circumstance.

Every employee must be familiar with the special safety rules and regulations pertaining to his particular classification, in addition to the general overall safety rules.

	
13.1

	
Company shall make reasonable provisions for the safety of employees in the performance of their work.  Union shall cooperate in promoting the realization of the responsibility of the individual employee with regard to the prevention of accidents.

	
13.2

	
The Company will draft reasonable safety rules for employees and it will be the responsibility of all employees to observe these rules.  A copy of the rules will be furnished the Union.

	
13.3

	
The Company shall hold not less than eight (8) safety meetings each year at practical points throughout the system.  When practicable, such meetings shall be scheduled to permit as many employees as possible to attend.  Employees shall be required to attend safety meetings except for good cause.  The programs of the safety meetings shall be arranged by the Company and in general will cover material appropriate to each group.

	
13.4

	
The Company will promptly notify the Union Business Representative of any accident resulting in death or serious injury to an employee.  The Union Business Representative of Local 1245 shall be a member of the Company Incident  Prevention Board.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
13.5

	
The Company and Union recognize the importance of timely, well-documented investigative reports for any serious accident/incident determined to be worth investigating.  To this end, the Company and Union agree that a Committee comprised of not more than twelve (12) members of the Bargaining Unit and twelve (12) members of Management will be selected by their respective parties to receive special training from the Safety Department in the appropriate methods of conducting accident investigations -- such training to be provided on Company time at Company expense.

	
  

	
Thus, when an accident/incident occurs, there will be a trained group of personnel from who to select the Joint Accident Investigating Committee members as described in the remainder of this section.  Selection to serve as a member of the Joint Accident Investigating Committee shall be based on the knowledge and experience of the individual committee members so that, to the extent practicable, the Committee will be comprised of members experienced in the field of work in which the accident/incident occurred.  In no case shall the members of the Joint Accident Investigating Committee be selected from the reporting place in which the accident/incident has occurred, unless mutually agreed between the Company and Union.  (Amended 1/1/03)

 

 

 

  

19

  

 

	
  

	
At the request of either the Company or the Union, any accident/incident of a serious nature shall be investigated by a Joint Accident Investigating Committee.  The Joint Accident Investigating Committee shall consist of not more than four (4) employees, two (2) of whom shall be appointed by the Company and two (2) by the Union.

	
  

	
If such investigation is requested by the Company, the Company will pay wages at the appropriate hourly wage rate, for approved hours so worked by the Union committee members.  Normal out of pocket expenses required for the proper conduct of the investigation will also be paid by the Company.

	
  

	
If such investigation is requested by the Union, the Company will not be liable for any lost wages or expenses incurred resulting from the Union member’s participation in the investigation.

	
  

	
After investigating a serious accident/incident, the Joint Committee may, at its discretion, file a joint or separate report or reports with the Company covering its recommendations for prevention of the recurrence of accidents of similar nature.  It is understood and agreed that the Company is not obligated or required to accept the committee's recommendations.  If the Company accepts or rejects any or all such recommendations, Company will give written explanation to the Joint Accident Investigating Committee within 30 days.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
13.6

	
A Department Safety Committee shall be established consisting of three (3) non-Supervisory employees.  A "chairman", "co-chairman" and "member" shall be selected by the members of the committee.  Each year the chairman moves off the committee, the co-chairman moves to chairman, and the member becomes co-chairman, and a new member will be appointed.  In establishing said committee, it is specifically recognized and acknowledged that the employer is obligated to provide to the employees a safe and healthy place of employment and that the operation and/or establishment of the aforementioned committee shall in no way relieve the employer of that obligation.  The Department Safety Committee shall be established to function in the prevention of accidents by ascertaining unsafe working conditions and recommending measures to be taken for correction thereof.  Such recommendations shall be in the form of written reports, copies of which will be sent to the appropriate Supervisors, Safety Manager and each member of the Safety Committee.  Within ten (10) working days from receipt of such recommendations, a written reply from the Manager will be returned to the Chairman of the Committee with a copy to the Safety Manager.  There shall be as many such Committees in each district as may be warranted by the extent of the territory of such district and the number of employees therein.  District Supervisors and Department Heads shall make appointments to the Safety Committees for their respective districts and departments.  Union shall have the right to suggest names for appointment to such committees.  In April and October each Committee shall make inspections of Company's properties, vehicles, equipment, and activities in its designated territory.  Members of such committees will have time off with pay for the purpose of making said inspections and shall be reimbursed by Company for expenses incurred therefore.

	
13.7

	
The Company Safety Manager or their representative will meet with the Department Safety Committee at such times and places as may mutually be agreed upon.  At such meetings the Department Safety Committee may submit suggestions to Company concerning the revision and enforcement of safety rules.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
13.8

	
If the Company requires any employee to wear steel-toed safety shoes (as defined in ANSI Standard Z.41), the Company will provide the shoes. The employee is then required to wear in the performance of his duties, steel-toed safety shoes recognized as such by ANSI Standard Z.41.  (Added 5/1/91)

TITLE 14

UNION ACTIVITY

	
14.1

	
The Union will use one-half (1/2) of the Company's regular bulletin boards and Company shall designate by lettering the portion of the Board reserved for Union use.

	
14.2

	
The Company shall not discriminate against an employee because of his or her membership in the Union or his or her legal activity on behalf of the Union, and the Union agrees not to discriminate against any employee because of his non-affiliation with the Union.  (Amended March 2007)

	
14.3

	
The Union's use of bulletin boards shall be limited to the posting thereon of official notices of meetings and similar matters relating to official Union business, and Union shall not post thereon any matter relating to the solicitation of employees to join Union or the collection of dues, or any matter derogatory to Company.

	
14.4

	
At the request of the Union, the Company shall issue a temporary pass, renewable yearly, to any representative of the Union authorizing him to enter any Company property where any employee within the Bargaining Unit is employed.

 

 

  

20

  

 

	
14.5

	
All employees hired by Company in the State of California after May 1, 1990 shall after thirty (30) days of employment (1) become a member of the Union; or (2) in the alternative, an employee must tender a registration fee to the Union in such an amount as the Union may prescribe (but in no event to exceed the initiation fee required of Union members) and shall tender, monthly, an agency fee as established by the Union in an amount not to exceed the amount of the monthly dues and per capita fees required of BA members in his wage rate.

	
14.6

	
(a)

	
IPB Member:  It has been agreed that the I.B.E.W. Business Representative will become a member of the Incident Prevention Board ( IPB).  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
(b)

	
E-Mail: E-Mail will be made available to the Union for Union communications.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	

New Employee Orientation:  I.B.E.W. Business Representative will be allowed to participate in the New Employee Orientation.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Employee Electronic Access to Information: Company shall post on the Company Intranet and make available the CBA, Grievance Resolutions, Letters of Agreement and any other beneficial communications unless excluded by mutual agreement between the Company and Union, to be fully implemented by 12/31/05.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
14.7

	
The Company and Union agree to hold Labor/Management Committee meetings to discuss matters which are covered by the Agreement and/or of importance to both parties.  These meetings will be held on Company premises during work hours, at Company expense and shall be held in accordance with established Committee Charter.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
14.8

	
Upon 72 hours request, employees may be granted time off to conduct Union business.  The Company, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to deny such request.  If such request is granted, the Union will reimburse the Company for the employee's salary plus fringe benefit costs while the employee is off.  (Added 8/16/2010)

TITLE 15

SICK LEAVE

	
15.1

	
A regular employee shall, in addition to any accumulated unused sick leave with pay to which he may be entitled as of May 1, 1968, also be entitled to accumulate further unused sick leave with pay at the rate of one (1) day of sick leave for each month worked subsequent to May 1, 1969, and calculated biweekly.  An unlimited number of working days of sick leave may be accumulated in this manner, subject to the provisions of Section 20.1.  (Amended 5/1/86)

	
15.2

	
The Company may require satisfactory evidence of an employee's illness or disability before sick leave will be granted.  If it is found that the employee is using sick leave for reasons other than a bona fide personal sickness or disability, said employee shall forfeit all sick leave accumulated up to that date.  As soon as an employee determines that he will be unable to report for work, he must notify his Supervisor or arrange for his Supervisor to be so notified.  Such notification must be provided prior to normal starting time.  In the event an employee is unable to determine when he will be able to return to work, he must, on each day of his illness or disability, notify his Supervisor that he will be unable to report for work.  When the employee does become aware of the date when he will be capable of returning to work, he must give as much advance notice of this fact as possible to the Supervisor.  Lack of notification will result in denial of sick pay benefits.

	
15.3

	
If a holiday is observed by the Company on a work day within the sick leave period of an employee who is entitled to holidays off with pay, the holiday shall not be charged to the employee's sick leave (see 11.5).

	
  

	
Except as provided in Section 15.4, nothing in the foregoing Title shall be interpreted to entitle the employee to sick leave while on vacation, temporarily laid off by the Company, upon severance of employment, or while receiving industrial compensation.

	
15.4

	
If an employee is confined to a hospital during his vacation period, upon request he will be granted sick leave for the period of confinement.

15.5             (Deleted 5/1/83)

15.6             (Deleted 5/1/83)

15.7             (Deleted 5/1/83)

	
15.8  

	
Sick leave time may be granted in 1⁄4 hour increments.

(Added 1/1/98)

 

 

  

21

  

 

	
15.9

	
Sick Leave Payoff

	
  

	
Pursuant to the agreements reached during 1983 General Negotiations relative to the deletion of Sections 15.5, 15.6 and 15.7, Title 15, the following applies to payback of unused sick leave:

	
  

	
A.

	
The eligibility requirements and future payoffs will be based on the following guidelines:

	
  

	
1.

	
An employee whose years of continuous service plus age total sixty-five (65) or more shall upon retirement or death be paid for 40% of his unused sick leave.

	
  

	
2.

	
An employee who terminates his employment with the Company shall be paid for 20% of his unused sick leave provided he has a minimum of ten (10) years' continuous service.

	
  

	
3.

	
Any employee who is terminated by the Company for disciplinary reasons shall receive NO pay for unused sick leave.

	
  

	
4.

	
In the event an employee dies leaving unused sick leave, payback under the provisions of item 1 or 2 above shall be paid to the beneficiary designated in the employee's Company sponsored Group Life Insurance Policy, or if no such beneficiary is designated then to his or her estate.

	
  

	
B.

	
The hours accrued between date of hire and the date of ratification will be "frozen" and will be the only hours included in the payoff calculation.

	
  

	
C.

	
Payoffs will be based on the provisions of Paragraph A, items 1 and 2 above.

	
  

	
D.

	
The rate to be used for unused sick leave payback in Paragraph A, items 1 and 2, shall be the employee's final average pay as outlined in the terms of the Retirement Plan.

	
  

	
E.

	
Employees who terminate prior to meeting the eligibility requirements of Paragraph A above will not receive any payback.

	
  

	
F.

	
Employees transferring out of the Bargaining Unit will not be eligible for any payback.

	
  

	
G.

	
If an employee uses any part of the "frozen" hours, the payoff calculation will be based on the hours remaining at the time of retirement or termination.

	
  

	
H.

	
An employee may replace sick leave used from his "frozen" hours from future sick leave accumulation; however, under no circumstances will the employee be allowed to replace more than those sick leave hours originally "frozen".  In other words, the hours "frozen" as of September 6, 1983, will never be increased.

	
15.10

	
Family Sick Leave Program

	
  

	
The parties, in an effort to meet the needs of employees while maintaining sick leave usage at an acceptable level, hereby agree to the following:

	
  

	
A.

	
Employees may be granted up to thirty-two (32) hours sick leave per payroll year (assuming sufficient hours of accrued sick leave) for immediate family illness/emergency.  The accrual rate remains unchanged.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
  

	
B.

	
Family illness/emergency is any situation involving the employee's immediate (as defined in the Company's funeral leave policy) family requiring the employee's personal attention which cannot be attended to outside normal work hours.

	
  

	
C.

	
Family sick leave time may be granted in 1⁄4 hour increments.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
  

	
D.

	
Proven abuse will be handled pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.2

	
  

	
E.

	
Employees at any stage of progressive discipline for attendance related problems are not eligible.

	
  

	
F.

	
It is recognized that this program does not provide an additional benefit to employees.  Time is provided, as described above, at the sole discretion of the Supervisor.

 

 

  

22

  

 

	
  

	
G.

	
The Company will communicate this program to Supervisors in a manner designed to foster consistency and understanding.  (Amended 1/1/95)

	
  

	
H.

	
Family sick leave usage will not be a consideration in employee performance appraisals.  (Added 1/1/98)

TITLE 16

SENIORITY

	
16.1

	
There shall be two (2) types of seniority, namely, Occupational Group Seniority and Company Seniority.  Company Seniority shall be defined as total length of continuous service with the Company as determined in accordance with 3.7.  Company Seniority shall be used as the basis for determining such benefits as sick leave, retirement, vacations and protection against demotion and lay-off.  Occupational Group Seniority shall be defined as the total length of service in one (1) of the occupational groups shown in Exhibit C attached hereto.  Occupational Group Seniority shall be used in determining the preferred bidder within an occupational group and line of progression in the sequence outlined in 16.5.  Attached hereto and made a part hereof is Exhibit C, an appendix outlining the "Occupational Groups" and "Lines of Progression" to be used for promotion and demotion.  It is understood that the Occupational Groups have no relationship to "departments" as used in prior contracts between the parties nor shall Exhibit C be construed to limit in any way the right of the Company to choose any form of organizational arrangement it prefers.

	
16.2

	
Company shall make up and post on bulletin boards, a Company seniority list and an occupational seniority list every six (6) months.  If no opposition shall be made in writing within thirty (30) days after posting, the respective seniorities shall be considered as correct as listed.  A copy shall be furnished the Union.

	
16.3

	
(a)   The seniority status of employees as of July 1, 1959, shall be that shown on the personnel records of the Company, and seniority shall accumulate in the occupational group where then employed.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   An employee who, after May 1, 1974, bids or is transferred from one occupational group to another or is transferred out of the Bargaining Unit shall, for a period of six (6) months following the date he is awarded his new job in the new occupational group, or out of the Bargaining Unit, be assumed to be continuing in the occupational group from which he transferred and shall have no seniority in the group to which he transferred.  At the end of the six (6) month period specified, he shall be credited with six (6) months of seniority in the new group, and shall retain in the group from which he bid or was transferred, the seniority he had earned in that group as of the beginning of the six (6) month period specified.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   An employee who is transferred out of the Bargaining Unit on a temporary assignment shall be considered to be continuing in the occupational group and classification from which he has been transferred.  Assignments of a temporary nature which are expected to continue beyond twelve (12) months shall first be discussed with the Union.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   Such employee may not use the previous group seniority for bidding on posted jobs in the previous group, but if he is re-transferred to the previous group he may use the seniority to re-establish himself in that group.

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   All non-Bargaining Unit employees who are used on the job for training purposes shall be exempt from the provisions of this Agreement.

	
  

	
They shall be assigned to fully manned and supervised crews and for periods not to exceed ninety (90) calendar days.

	
16.4

	
When an employee is temporarily transferred from the occupational group in which he is regularly employed to another occupational group, his seniority will continue to accumulate in his regular occupational group while he is temporarily working elsewhere.

	
16.5

	
When new jobs are created as provided in 4.4, additional jobs and vacant jobs will be posted on the bulletin boards and the Company’s intranet website by the Company for a period of ten (10) calendar days.  It shall be the duty of the Company to set forth in said bulletin the date of postings, the nature of the job, its duties, qualifications required and the rate of pay.  The Company shall furnish the Union with a list of bidders on all jobs and it shall be the duty of the Company within ten (10) working days of the close of the bidding period to post on bulletin boards the name of the applicant, if any, awarded the job, and mail a copy of such notice to the Union.  If no bids are received for the job classification during the bidding period, the Company may fill the job from any source whatsoever.  After a period of six (6) months, if Company has not hired an applicant to fill the posted vacancy, Company shall re-post the job vacancy if such vacancy still exists.  If a job is filled and the job again becomes vacant within forty-five (45) days from the date the job was last filled, it shall not be necessary to again post the job.  If the job was awarded to a qualified bidder and becomes vacant within forty-five (45) days from the date the job was last filled it shall be awarded to the next highest bidder.  If the next highest bidder has been 

 

 

  

23

  

 

 

	
 

	
awarded another job, he shall have the option to accept either job.  The vacant position shall be filled by the next highest bidder.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

 

	
  

	
Attached hereto and made a part hereof and numbered Exhibit B are the "Job Descriptions and Qualifications" of those jobs coming within the scope of the bidding procedure.  Bids to all job vacancies, except apprenticeships, will be given preferential consideration in the following manner.  Subject to 16.7 and 16.10, the employee with the greatest occupational group seniority shall be awarded the job, except under (c) and (e) below, the Company seniority shall be used:  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
 

	
(a)   Bids from employees within the same occupational group in the same classification or classifications higher than the existing vacancy.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   If there are no bidders under (a), all bids from employees in the next lower classification within that occupational group.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Where no bids are received under (a) and (b), all bids from employees in another occupational group with the same classification.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   If there are no bids received under (a), (b) or (c), all bids from employees within the occupational group in which the vacancies exist.

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   Should there be no bids from any employee under (a), (b), (c) or (d), all other bids from any employee in any occupational group, regardless of classification and subject to 16.7 and 16.10, the bidder with the greatest Company seniority shall be awarded the job.  (Amended 5/1/87)

	
  

	
1.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
2.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
3.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
4.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010) (Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
5.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
6.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
7.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
8.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
16.6

	
(a)   When the occupational group seniority is identical for two (2) or more employees whose bids are entitled to equal consideration under paragraph (a),(b), or (d) of Section 16.5, preferential consideration shall be given to the employee with the greatest Company seniority, subject to the provisions of Sections 16.7 and 16.10.  (Amended 4/6/00 by Letter of Agreement)

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   When there is a tie between bidders for the same job(s) and it is decided that to award the job(s), the tie must be broken.  The person representing the Company and a representative of the Union will meet and make a list of the tied bidders in order of employee number. The Company representative will provide a deck of playing cards, which are indistinguishable when placed face down and which have all non-suited cards i.e. jokers and advertisements removed. The Union representative will then thoroughly shuffle the cards and spread them face down on a desk. The Company and Union representative will then alternately pick a card for each employee in the order of employee number. The employee(s) with the highest card(s) will be awarded the position. Cards will be ranked from the Ace being the highest to the deuce being the lowest, suits will be ranked: spades (highest), hearts, diamonds and clubs (lowest).  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
16.7

	
(a)   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as limiting the right of the Company to determine the number of employees required in each classification nor shall it be construed as limiting the right of the Company to determine whether a vacancy shall be filled.  Except as provided in Section 16.7(b), awards to jobs posted for bid shall be made in accordance with Section 16.5.  However, whenever a vacancy occurs in any job classification, Company may, in its discretion, temporarily fill such vacancy.  Any such temporary appointment shall, if practicable, be given to an employee who would be eligible to bid therefore under the seniority and job bidding provisions of this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Sections 16.7(b) and 16.10(a).

 

 

  

24

  

 

 

 

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   In filling vacancies in jobs hereinafter collectively referred to in Subsection 16.7(c) as "Working Foreman jobs," Company shall consider the appointment of employees to any such vacancy as herein provided, and where the Company determines that the following qualifications are relatively equal, seniority shall govern:

	
1.  

	
The quality of the employee's performance on his current job.

	
  

	
2.

	
His background of education and experience in similar or related work.

	
  

	
3.

	
The amount of special preparation for the new job, if any is necessary or pertinent, which the employee has completed at the time the bid is made.

	
  

	
4.

	
His previous demonstrations of leadership and progress.

	
  

	
It is the intent of the parties that the Union shall not have the right to arbitrate the "judgment" of the Company, but that the Union shall have the right of appeal if it believes there was not a fair submission of facts upon which that judgment was made.

	
  

	
After selecting an applicant on the above basis, the Company shall notify the Union by letter.  During a period of fifteen (15) calendar days following the receipt of such notification, the Union may investigate the facts used by the Company in making its selection.  If, after such investigation, the Union feels that it would serve a useful purpose to further review the matter, the Union may request a meeting with an officer of the Company or his representative.  The Union Representative at such meeting shall not have participated actively in the original investigation.  The Union and Company representatives would review the facts used by the Company in making the selection.  Company's initial decision will stand unless, after such review of the facts, Union and Company representatives agree that the decision was arbitrary.  In any event, the Union and Company representatives shall, within thirty (30) days, dispose of the case and their decision shall be final and binding upon the Company, the Union, and the employees involved.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   The term "Working Foreman" as used in this Section 16.7 shall be construed to include any of the following: (Amended 5/1/86)

  1.           Crew Chief

  2.           Facilities Locator, Senior (LOA 05/30/03*)

  3.           Foreman, Working (All Classifications)

  4.           Inspector, Gas

  5.           Inspector, Electric

  6.           Inspector, Transmission (Traveling)

  7.           Investigator, Revenue Protection

  8.           Operator, Assistant Distribution System (LOA 06/16/03*)

  9.           Operator, Distribution System (LOA 06/16/03*)

     10.         Operator, Emergency Relief (All Classifications)

 11.           Operator, Grid Reliability (LOA 06/16/03*)

 12.           Operator, Transmission System (LOA 06/16/03*)

 13.           Representative, Accounts Payable, Senior (LOA 04/25/05*)

 14.           Representative, Customer Services, Senior

 15.           Specialist, Meter Data

 16.           Technician, Instruction/Standards

 17.           Trainer, Lines (LOA 11/17/08*)

18.           Trainer, Substation (LOA 2/25/10*)

 19.           Utilityman, Maintenance, Senior

(Amended 8/16/2010)  *LOA = Letter of Agreement

	
16.8

	
(a)   An employee promoted to a higher classification shall be given a qualifying period of not more than six (6) months.  Such period shall be for determining whether he can meet the job requirements.  If the employee fails to demonstrate his ability to perform the job or lacks the ability to progress during the six-month trial period, he shall be returned to his former job classification and rate of pay.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   In the event it is necessary for the Company to demote a "Working Foreman," as defined in Subsection 16.7(c) for failure to discharge the duties of his position, the identical procedures of notice to Union, investigation and review procedure for appointment as outlined in Subsection 16.7(b), shall be used prior to completion of demotion.

	
16.9

	
All bids shall be submitted on-line. The Company will not consider any bid submitted later than 11:59 p.m. on the closing date.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

 

 

  

25

  

 

	
16.10

	
(a)   Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Company need not consider the bid of any employee who does not possess the knowledge, skill, efficiency, adaptability and physical ability required for the job on which the bid is made.

	
  

	
 

	
(b)   Company need not consider the bid of any employee for a posted vacancy in another District or sub-District of the Company, if the employee has not worked for a minimum of six (6) months in his present classification within the District or sub-District in which he is currently employed.  The provisions of Section 16.10 (b) are not to be construed as placing any time limitation upon the subsequent advancement of an employee within the line of progression in the District or sub-District to which he is qualified to bid.

	
  

	
 

	
(c)   Company need not consider the bid of any employee for a posted job vacancy in another occupational group, if the employee has not worked for a minimum of six (6) months in his present classification within the occupational group in which he is currently employed.  The provisions of Section 16.10 (c) are not to be construed as placing any time limitation upon the subsequent advancement of any employee within the line of progression in the occupational group to which he is qualified to bid.

	
  

	
 

	
(d)   Company will not consider the bid of any employee in an Apprentice classification for a posted job vacancy in another Apprentice classification.  (Amended 1/1/95)

	
  

	
 

	
(e)   Company will not consider the bid of any employee for an apprenticeship who has not met the requirements of the Apprentice Pre-Qualification Pool Agreement.  The requirements are described in the Supplementary Agreement titled, Administration of Apprenticeship Programs.  (Added 5/1/83)

	
  

	
 

	
(f)   Company need not consider the bid of a Lineman, who has completed an apprenticeship in any headquarters other  than  Reno, for any other Lineman vacancy outside his headquarters for a period of four (4) years following his attainment of Journeyman status. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
Company need not consider the bid of a Journeyman Lineman hired from outside the Company for any other Lineman vacancy outside his district or sub-district until he has worked for a period of one (1) year in his present district.  (This Section will not apply to incumbents [5/1/79])

	
  

	
 

	
(g)   Company need not consider the bid of a Service Employee for a posted non-service job vacancy in their present district, if the employee has not worked for a minimum of one (1) year in his/her present classification within the occupational group in which he/she is currently employed. The provisions of Section 16.10(g) are not to be construed as placing any time limitation upon the subsequent advancement of any employee within the line of progression in the occupational group to which he is qualified to bid.

	
  

	
 

	
Note:  All current incumbents that come under the Service Employee designation will not be affected by the above proposal. This section applies to the Electric Department Occupation Group only.  (Added 5/1/91)

	
  

	
 

	
(h)   The Company will not consider the bid of an employee for any position if the employee has an overall unsatisfactory appraisal in their current classification.  (Added 1/1/95)

16.11             (Deleted 5/1/82)

	
16.12

	
The seniority rights of employees who are members of the Armed Forces shall accrue while they are absent on military duty.

	
16.13

	
Both the Company and Union recognize that there will arise situations with respect to partially incapacitated employees, employees displaced by new technologies or revisions of operational procedures, employees who are temperamentally unsuited to their jobs, employees returning from military service (other than annual field training) or employees who are displaced either directly or indirectly by other employees returning from military service with the Armed Forces of the United States (other than annual field training) who have been granted leaves of absence by the Company under Section 8.2 of the Agreement, and that in such cases the bidding procedure may be waived by mutual agreement in order to properly protect the seniority of employees who have given long and faithful service.  The Company will discuss such cases with the Union as far in advance as possible with the object of avoiding any inequitable situations which might result.  Both parties will endeavor to provide for retention of employees in the Company, in jobs suitable to their capabilities, first in the areas where they are employed at the time, or secondly in other areas of the Company's operations.  If after full discussion of such cases and survey of all possibilities available to the solution of the problem, the Union and the Company are unable to agree on a satisfactory solution, the Company shall have the right to make changes or layoffs as it may deem necessary, consistent with the provisions of the Agreement.  Should a partially incapacitated employee, an employee displaced by new technologies or revisions of operational procedures, or an employee who is temperamentally unsuited to his job, or employees returning from military service (other than annual field training) or employees who are displaced either directly 

 

 

 

  

26

  

 

	
16.13

	
or indirectly by another employee returning from military service with the Armed Forces of the United States (other than annual field training) who have been granted leaves of absence by the Company under Section 8.2 of the Agreement, agree to be transferred to work falling outside of the Bargaining Unit, and should the employee not prove to be satisfactory in this assignment, Company and Union may mutually agree to waive the bidding procedure and return the employee to a Bargaining Unit job suitable to his capabilities, under the provisions of this Section.

 

	
  

	
Employees requesting a limited duty assignment must first obtain a release to do so from their physician.  The Company will make every reasonable effort to identify and make available, limited duty work assignments to employees that cannot perform some or all of the essential functions of their classification due to illness or injury.  When possible, such work will be made available in the employee's own headquarters.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
16.14

	
After attainment of journeyman status through the Apprenticeship Program, the Company need not consider the journeyman’s bid back into another Apprentice Program for a period of one year.  (Added 1/1/98)

TITLE 17

EXPENSES

This Title is amended and restated as of March 2007.

Overtime Meals (Titles 17.1 through 17.7)

 

	
17.1

	
(a)   The Company will provide adequate meals or a meal allowance and allow employees to procure adequate meals when an employee has earned a meal according to Sections 17.1 through 17.6.  Adequate meals are defined as those which are appropriate at the time and adequate in quantity and quality. Nourishment provided by the Company, but not considered adequate shall not be considered as a meal taken.

 

	
  

	
(b)   The provisions of this Title shall be applied in a reasonable manner by the Company and the Union to conform to the intent of the parties, namely, that the Company will provide adequate meals when employees are prevented from observing their normal meal practices, and such other meals as provided for in this Title.  Time necessary to consume the meals provided shall be considered as time worked.  Union will cooperate with the Company to insure that the time necessary to consume meals will not be excessive.  Company shall have right to consider excessive time taken to consume meals as time not worked.

(c)    “Normal Meal Practice":

	
  

	
Breakfast:  The two (2) hour period immediately preceding the  time corresponding to an employee's regular starting time on regular work days.

	
  

	
Lunch:  From four (4) hours after the time corresponding to an employee's regular starting time on regular work days to five (5) hours after this starting time.

	
  

	
Dinner:  From one and one half (11⁄2) hours after the time corresponding to an employee's regular quitting time on regular work days to two and one half (21⁄2) hours after this quitting time.

The meal practices observed on work days shall prevail on non-work days.

(d)      In connection with all assignments, except those designated as Out-Of-Town assignments, employees shall be paid a meal allowance for each meal earned and not provided by the Company.  The meal allowance will be paid through the payroll system on the employee’s next paycheck.  The will be $27.95. All meal allowances include taxes and tip.

The value of such allowance shall  be reviewed an updated annually.  The basis for such adjustment shall be the change in the appropriate Consumer Price Index for the preceding calendar year.

(e)    Meal cards may only be used when crews of 3 or more employees dine together.  The amount of the meal allowance defined in 17.1(d) shall not be exceeded per employee. (Subject to Title 17.1(g))

 

 

	
  

	
(f)   Any amounts exceeding the meal allowance will be billed to the employee whose card was used. When using a meal card, receipts must be attached to the timesheet of the employee using the meal card with the name(s) of each employee covered by the receipt. If the use of a meal card is not supported by a valid receipt, the entire amount will be billed to the employee who used the card. If such billings are not paid by the employee within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of said billings, the Company shall have the right to deduct such amounts from the employee's paycheck.

 

 

  

27

  

 

 

	
  

	
(g)   Upon prior approval of Management, meal allowance limits may be exceeded.

 

	
  

	
(h)Parties recognize that certain meals may take more or less than thirty (30) minutes to consume.  Any excessive time may be subject to justification.

	
17.2

	
If the Company requires an employee to perform work for one and one-half (11⁄2) hours beyond regular work hours, the employee will earn a meal at that time and every four (4) hours thereafter for as long as the employee continues to work.

	
17.3

	
(a)  On callout overtime, outside of regular hours on work days, the employee will earn:

	
1)  

	
Breakfast, if callout work begins prior to two (2) hours before the time corresponding to the employee's regular starting time on regular work days.

	
2)  

	
Lunch, if callout work begins prior to two (2) hours before the time corresponding to the employee's regular starting time on regular work days and he has qualified for a lunch through time worked.

	
3)  

	
Neither breakfast nor lunch, if callout work begins two (2) hours or less before the time corresponding to the employee's regular starting time on regular work days, unless the employee has not been allowed sufficient time by his Supervisor, at the Supervisor's discretion, to eat his breakfast and prepare his lunch before reporting for work.

	
4)  

	
Other meals at intervals of four (4) hours as long as the employee continues to work. Where any such work extends into regular work hours the normal meal practice as defined in Section 17.1(c) shall apply.

	
  

	
(b)

	
   On callout overtime on non-work days, the employee will earn:

A meal at intervals of four (4) hours as long as the employee continues to work.  A meal as soon as the work time encroaches upon a meal period as defined in Section 17.1(c), unless the employee has earned a meal in the preceding four (4) hours.

Normal meal practice shall prevail for work performed during those hours described in Section 17.1.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
17.4

	
(a)   On prearranged overtime assignments, the employee will earn a meal if such work begins prior to two (2) hours before the time corresponding to the employee's regular starting time on work days and non-work days.  If such work begins two (2) hours or less before the time corresponding to the employee's regular starting time on a work day or a non-work day the normal meal practice relating to work days shall prevail.  If such work continues, the employee will earn meals in accordance with Section 17.2 for the duration of the assignment.

(b)  If such prearranged overtime is wholly outside of regularly scheduled work hours on work days or anytime on non-work days, the employee shall provide one (1) meal on the job and shall be allowed thirty (30) minutes for consumption of such meal, approximately four (4) but not more than five (5) hours after beginning work, to be considered as time worked.  If such work continues, Section 17.2 or 17.3 will be applicable.  (Amended 6/18/04 by Letter of Agreement)

	
17.5

	
An employee will earn a meal whenever an employee’s normal meal practice, as defined in 17.1(c), is disrupted.

	
17.6

	
An employee who has earned a meal(s) based on Sections 17.1 through 17.5 but elects not to eat the meal(s) on Company time shall be compensated with thirty (30) minutes at the applicable overtime rate and one meal allowance for each meal missed.    This thirty (30) minutes compensation requirement shall not apply to lunches earned on regular work days or on prearranged overtime assignments.

All thirty (30) minute periods shall be used in calculating eligibility for a rest period. Rest period, if earned, will commence after all compensation for time worked and meals missed has ended.

All thirty (30) minute periods shall be used in calculating consecutive hours when determining the rate of pay as it applies to Title 10.5 (b) and (c).  (Amended 8/16/2010)

Out-Of-Town Expenses (Titles 17.7 through 17.12)

	
17.7  

	
Nothing in the preceding Sections of this Title shall be construed as altering in any way the lunch time provisions set forth in Title 6.

	
17.8

	
(a) Regular employees who are assigned to temporary work at such distance from their headquarters that it is impractical for them to return thereto, shall be allowed actual personal expense for meals and lodging for the duration of such assignment, provided they lodge at places to be designated by Company.  Under such circumstances, the Company designated lodging will be the reporting place.

 

 

  

28

  

 

	
  

	
 (b) An employee may elect to provide his own regular meals on an out-of-town work assignment requiring overnight stay. In such cases, employees will be paid a daily meal-only subsistence for providing their own meals.    (Amended 8/16/2010)

Any overtime meals which occur while on an out-of-town assignment shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 17.1 through 17.7.

(c) Upon the approval of the Company, an employee may elect to provide living accommodations and meals in lieu of those provided by the Company.  In such cases, employees will be paid a meal and lodging subsistence allowance for each day of the work assignment.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

On the last day of the whole aforementioned assignment, the subsistence allowance will be one half (1⁄2) of that provided above.

The dollar amounts for meal-only and meal and lodging subsistence allowances prescribed above in Sections 17.8(b) and 17.8(c) will be adjusted based on Section 274 of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations and Administrative Interpretations.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

Employees working a five (5) day week and electing to remain within the project area on their two (2) non-work days will not be entitled to the meal and lodging subsistence allowance for the non-work days.  If assigned to work six (6) days during the week, the meal and lodging subsistence allowance will be granted for each of the seven (7) days in the week.  In this situation, an employee may elect not to take the extra day(s) of meal and lodging subsistence in lieu of traveling home and back in a Company vehicle and on Company time.  Specific to this title and the examples below, the week will be Sunday through Saturday.  (Amended 8/16/2010 )

Example 1:

An employee assigned to work out of town Monday through Saturday would be eligible for subsistence for the previous Sunday.  (Added 8/16/2010)

Example 2:

An employee assigned to work out of town Sunday through Friday would be eligible for subsistence for Saturday following.  (Added 8/16/2010)

An employee shall not be entitled to the meal and lodging subsistence allowance for any day he is absent from duty for personal reasons.

In the event of the illness of an employee, meal and lodging subsistence allowance shall be granted only for the first regularly scheduled work day.  If such illness exceeds one (1) regularly scheduled work day, employees shall be encouraged to seek proper medical attention at facilities properly equipped to render same.

Transportation and allowances shall be provided to employees by the Company in accordance with the terms of Sections 17.8(a) and 17.9 of the Agreement, except that time spent by employees traveling in their personal vehicles to the project at the beginning of the employee's assignment and from the project at the end of the employee's assignment shall not be considered as time worked.

A travel allowance equal to that provided for under Title 5, Section 5.1, for  one (1) round trip, will be allowed each employee providing his own meals and lodging under the following conditions:  (Amended 1/1/95)

1. Travel to the project at the beginning of the employee's assignment and from the project at the end of the employee's assignment.

2. Travel from one (1) temporary reporting place designated by Company to another such Company designated temporary reporting place within the project for the purpose of relocating an employee's personal living accommodations.

Employees will be required to report for work at the established starting time and at the temporary reporting place designated by Company.  It is understood that the temporary reporting place designated by Company may change from time to time due to changes in Company's operational requirements.  Such changes shall occur at Company's option.

Employees receiving the meal and lodging subsistence allowance in accordance with the foregoing provisions shall report for work on the first scheduled work day of the work week, at the established starting time, at the temporary reporting place designated by Company.

 

 

  

29

  

 

Employees providing their own meals and lodging shall accept full responsibility for the health, welfare and safety of any family members or personal property taken with them while on this job assignment.  Employees shall hold the Company harmless of any and all liability involving family members, friends, personal property or equipment.  (Amended 5/1/82)

(d)Employees who are assigned to temporary out-of-town, overnight work assignments, as outlined in Sections 17.8(a), 17.8(b) and 17.8(c), shall be paid an additional $2.00 per hour out-of-town premium, commencing on departure the first work day and ending on the start of the last work day after the last night's stay.  Such premium shall be paid for the duration of the assignment, excluding days not worked, even though such assignment may be interrupted by weekends or authorized days off during which the employee returns to his headquarters.  (Amended 1/1/95)

When out-of-town premium is applicable to time worked at the overtime rate of pay, the overtime rate shall be applied to the out-of-town work premium.

Out-of-town premium shall be applicable only for hours considered time worked and shall not be paid for non-work time such as sick leave, time off own accord, etc.  (Added 5/1/83; Effective 5/1/84)

	
17.9

	
If on their non-work days any such employees remain at such designated places, their expenses for meals and lodging on such days shall be paid by Company, but if they go elsewhere for their personal convenience Company shall not reimburse them for any expense they incur thereby.  If any such employees return to their headquarters on their non-work days, Company at its option shall (1) allow them the equivalent of any saving it realizes in their meals and lodging costs, or (2) reimburse them for the expenses of round-trip transportation by public carrier, or (3) provide round-trip transportation by Company vehicle, if such travel is at Company's request.

	
17.10

	
An employee who is required to change his residence from one (1) locality to another for the Company's convenience, shall be eligible for authorized relocation expenses (Company reserves the right to select approved expenses) consistent with the current Company policy/procedure if the employee's place of residence is at least 50 miles from his/her new headquarters.  This benefit does not apply if the move results from an employee exercising his/her rights under Title 16, except when there is only one qualified bidder for a journeyman or above job, qualified moving expenses, not to exceed $2,000 with a limit on availability to said bidder once every five years, will be available.  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
17.11

	
(Deleted 5/1/91)

	
17.12

	
Insofar as possible, the Company will give at least one (1) day's notice to an employee who is to be sent out of town for work in order that the employee may have time to prepare for the trip.  The cost of Company provided meals for which the employee qualifies during each day of such assignments shall not exceed meal allowances specified in Section 17.8(b) for such meals.

	
  

	
Meal cards may only be used when employees are given an out-of-town assignment and do not have sufficient time to request and receive the up-front meal allowance. The amount of the meals charged to the card will be limited to the appropriate per diem amount for the location of the assignment.

	
17.13

	
On optional or voluntary training related travel out of Sierra’s service territory, the following shall apply.

	
·  

	
Company to reimburse for actual expenses.

	
·  

	
Out-of-town premium will not be in effect.

	
·  

	
No overtime will be paid; however, Company Management to be sympathetic to travel connections and delays.  (Added 1/1/98)

TITLE 18

APPRENTICESHIP

	
  

	
18.1

	
(a)   A committee, known as the Joint Apprenticeship Training Committee, shall be established for the purpose of working out apprenticeship problems.

	
  

	
(b)   The committee shall be composed of four (4) members appointed by the Company and four (4) members appointed by the Union.  (Amended 1/1/95).

	
  

	
(c)   The committee members shall serve from the date of their appointment until their successors are duly selected.

	
  

	
(d)  The Project Administrator, Apprenticeships shall be the committee chairman and the secretary will be selected from the Union Representatives on the Committee.

 

 

  

30

  

 

	
  

	
(e)    The chairman will be responsible for an agenda of, and presiding over scheduled meetings.  The secretary shall record the minutes of each meeting and distribute them to all appropriate persons.

	
  

	
(f)   Committee meetings shall be held once a month or as designated by the chairman.  (Amended 5/1/82)

	
18.2

	
The JATC shall have the responsibility for selecting apprentices, developing new apprenticeship programs, amending existing apprenticeship programs, and investigating problems related to such areas as entrance requirements, standards of progress, methods of testing and scoring, apprenticeship working conditions, and procedures for removal or freezing when apprentices fail to meet established requirements.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
18.3

	
The Company shall not be liable for lost time or expenses of the Union appointed members of the Apprenticeship Committee.

	
18.4

	
Any programs or plans which may be agreed upon by the Committee with reference to items listed in 18.2 shall be reduced to writing and upon approval and acceptance by the President of the Company and the Business Manager of the Union, such supplemental agreements shall constitute an amendment to this Agreement as of the date specified in such supplementary agreement.

	
18.5

	
The Company may post and fill Apprentice Lineman job vacancies within any District of the Company, subject to the provisions of Title 16.  When an Apprentice Lineman has completed six (6) months at the top step of the Lineman Apprentice wage progression and has successfully met all requirements for advancement to Journeyman status, he shall automatically be reclassified to the classification and wage rate of a Lineman within the Headquarters in which his apprenticeship has been served, and the Company shall not be required to post a Journeyman vacancy.  When an Apprentice Lineman has reached the thirty-six (36) month step of the Lineman Apprentice wage progression and has successfully met all requirements for advancement to Journeyman status, he may be, at Company's discretion, reclassified to the classification and wage of a Journeyman Lineman within the Headquarters in which his apprenticeship has been served, and the Company shall not be required to post a Journeyman vacancy.  Apprentice Linemen shall be required to serve their entire apprenticeship training period in one (1) Headquarters of the Company unless otherwise agreed to by Company and Union.  (Amended 5/1/91)

	
18.6

	
When an apprentice in any formalized Apprenticeship Training Program has completed six (6) months at the top step of his apprentice wage progression and has successfully met all requirements for advancement to Journeyman status, he shall automatically be reclassified to the classification and wage rate of a Journeyman within the Department in which his apprenticeship has been served, and the Company shall not be required to post a Journeyman vacancy.  When an apprentice has reached the top step of his wage progression and has successfully met all requirements for advancement to Journeyman status, he may be, at Company's discretion, reclassified to the classification and wage rate of Journeyman within the Department in which his apprenticeship has been served, and the Company shall not be required to post a Journeyman vacancy.  (Amended 5/1/81)

	
18.7

	
All apprenticeship job vacancies will be filled in accordance with the provisions  outlined below:  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
a)  

	
When apprenticeships are posted, the top six (6) applicants (if available) from the apprenticeship pool (based on items 4 through 8 below) shall be selected. Upon selection of the six (6), points for seniority and Field Orientation (if offered) are applied. After which these candidates are interviewed by the JATC with the points from the interview added to the total and the candidate with the highest points shall be awarded the apprentice position.  The JATC may set minimum, required point totals, for each State approved apprenticeship, that a candidate must achieve in order to receive a job award.

	
1)  

	
Should multiple apprenticeships in the same classification be posted simultaneously a minimum of two (2) candidates per posted position (minimum six (6) candidates if available) shall be selected and evaluated as described above.

	
2)  

	
All ties shall be awarded to the employee with the most Company seniority.

	
b)  

	
A quorum, defined as a minimum of six (6), of the eight (8) appointed members of the JATC, as described in 18.1(b) above, shall interview and select apprentices based on a one hundred (100) point system. The JATC shall oversee development of the standard criteria for each State approved apprenticeship program. The points system shall include:

	
1)  

	
 20% of score based on interview.

	
2)  

	
 20% of score based on seniority.

	
a)  

	
 Most senior selected applicant receives 20 points.

	
b)  

	
 Least senior selected applicant receives 10 points.

	
c)  

	
 Other 4 applicants scored at 2 point intervals.

	
3)  

	
 10% of score based on Field Orientation. (if offered)

 

 

  

31

  

 

 

	
a)  

	
 Each member of the training team present at the training shall score the candidates on a 0 to 10 scale.  Scoring shall be based on standard criteria approved by the JATC for the Field Orientation associated with each State approved apprenticeship program.

	
4)  

	
 5% of score based on experience from prior employment.

	
5)  

	
 15% of score based on relevant education.

	
6)  

	
 10% of score based on experience within NV Energy.

	
7)  

	
 15% of score based on completion of a published, recommended training criteria set by the JATC.

	
8)  

	
 5% of score based on last performance appraisal.  Score to be provided by People Resources based on criteria approved by the JATC.

 

 

	
  

	
The JATC may modify point system above as they deem necessary. (Subject to 18.4)

	
c)  

	
The ten (10) day award period required by Title 16.5 shall not be applicable to apprenticeship bids.  Rather, the Company shall post the name of the applicant awarded the bid within ten (10) business days of the award made per the procedure above.

(Added 8/16/2010)

TITLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS

	
19.1

	
No employee shall be required to be "on call."  An employee placed on standby duty shall be considered working and shall receive pay as such.  Provisions to this section do not apply to the Emergency Response Program (Attachment VIII).  (Amended 1/1/98)

	
19.2

	
(Deleted 5/1/80)

	
19.3

	
The Company has the right to subcontract work.  The Company agrees that is will not subcontract work normally performed by the bargaining unit where as a direct result of such subcontracting, bargaining unit employees will be laid off.

	
  

	
If due to lack of work, the Company chooses to reduce staffing levels and it has contract employees performing the same type of work normally performed by bargaining unit employees, the Company will lay off the contract employees prior to bargaining unit employees; provided the bargaining unit employees are qualified to perform the work and willing to accept reassignment.  This paragraph and restriction will not apply to subcontracts or contracts covering a defined scope of work or to contracts which are bid and accepted on a basis other than a per hour per employee cost.

	
  

	
Upon request of the Union, the Company will review on a quarterly basis, in the labor management committee, the status of the outside contracts.  (Amended March 2007)

	
19.4

	
This Agreement sets forth all benefits which the Company has agreed to provide.  However, the Company shall not, by reason of the execution of this Agreement, abrogate or reduce the scope of any present plan or rule providing a benefit to current employees if:  1) such benefit is set forth in a signed, written Agreement between the parties or meets all the legal elements of a binding past practice; and 2) is not inconsistent with this Agreement.  All benefits are only agreed to be furnished during the term of this Agreement.  No provision of this agreement will apply to any employee who retired prior to the commencement date of this agreement. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
19.5

	
Job descriptions are not intended to be so restrictive as to prohibit performance of work not specifically mentioned in the job descriptions themselves.  Such work assignments shall be in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Agreement.

	
  

	
Employees will perform any and all tasks for which they are properly trained and can competently and safely perform.  The employee has discretion in determining his ability to perform the work safely.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
  

	
When the Company proposes that employee(s) perform tasks in another job description, the Company will provide task specific and related safety training.  The Company will ask for volunteers for such training and periodic retraining.  An employee’s decision not to volunteer will not affect his performance evaluation or his opportunity to advance.  The Company and Union will reach mutual agreement prior to implementation of such tasks or training.  This training is not intended to replace a journeyman or qualified employee, nor shall it impact overtime.  (Added 1/1/03).

	
19.6

	
Nothing herein contained shall be construed as to limit the right of the Company to determine the character, extent and methods of its operations, the amount of production, the number of employees required in total and in the specific classifications of work.

 

 

  

32

  

 

	
19.7

	
The Company will furnish for use by employees all special tools it deems necessary that may be required by any classification in the performance of the job therein.  The Company will replace all personal hand tools, as normally purchased by the Company, which are worn out in the service of the Company and are turned in to the Company for replacement.

	
19.8

	
If any part or portion of this contract should be invalid or be superseded by either state or Federal law, the remaining portions of the contract shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect.

19.9             (Deleted 1/1/98)

	
19.10

	
Severance benefits shall be provided pursuant to the Sierra Pacific Power Company Bargaining Unit Employees Severance Pay Plan, which became effective January 1, 1995, for employees laid off through the application of Title 23.  (Added 1/1/95)

BARGAINING UNIT EMPLOYEES SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

Severance Provision (if laid off for lack of work):

# of Weeks for Each

   Full Year of

Continuous Service                                               Minimum # of Weeks                                    Maximum # of Weeks

 (Max. 17 Years)                                                        +   of Severance                                            =    of Severance

 One (1)                                                                            One (1)                                                             Eighteen (18)

	
  

	
For the duration of the severance benefit period, employees will receive medical/dental/vision benefits based on whatever plan they were enrolled in at the time of layoff provided that they make any required premium contributions.  (Amended 1/1/98)

19.11           Enhanced Severance & Retirement Bridge Program

Employees are eligible for the “enhanced severance & retirement bridge program” options as defined below if they are determined to be no longer required due to displacement as a result of a sale, divestiture, merger, or any other significant business event (e.g., the closing of an office or the termination of an operation).  Affected employee is defined as an employee in a specific classification and location.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

(See 19.11(g), Enhanced Severance & Retirement Bridge Program Flow Chart.)

	
  

	
A.

	
NOTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUALS:  Company will notify Union and employees affected by an event as soon as possible.

	
  

	
B.

	
PLACEMENT:  Company and Union will work to place affected employees in available positions for which they are qualified:

	
  

	
1.

	
Volunteers will be requested and selected by company seniority.  If there are no volunteers, reverse seniority will be used to select employees for enhanced severance and retirement bridge program.

	
  

	
2.

	
Employee offered comparable position [defined as the same headquarters location (i.e., located within a 35-mile radius of the previous location) and same wage (i.e., comparable or higher wage if qualified)], it will be offered to the affected employee(s).  The employee will have five (5) working days to notify the Company of their decision.  If the employee accepts the position, it will be awarded to them at the appropriate wage rate.  If the employee refuses the position, he/she will be terminated with no severance.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
3.

	
Employee offered non-comparable position (defined as a new headquarters located more than a 35-mile radius from the previous headquarters and/or wage reduction):  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
a)

	
the employee will have five (5) days to notify the company of his/her decision to accept the offer at the appropriate wage rate.

	
  

	
b)

	
if employee accepts and is awarded the position, he/she will be eligible for retraining, if required, and up to $2000 relocation expense.

	
  

	
c)

	
Employees covered under the Retirement Plan Traditional Formula are eligible for either the Enhanced Severance or the Retirement Bridge Program options.

	
  

	
Employees covered under the Retirement Plan Cash Balance Formula are eligible for the Enhanced Severance and the years of service points provisions for the Post Retirement Medical described in the Retirement Bridge Program only (i.e., no pension enhancements).  (Added 8/16/2010)

 

 

  

33

  

 

	
  

	
d)

	
if employee declines, he/she will be eligible for:

1.   Enhanced Severance defined as:

	
·  

	
two (2) weeks of pay for each year of service, with a maximum of 52 weeks

	
·  

	
a lump sum payment of $4,500 for training or outplacement services

	
·  

	
six (6) months of company-paid COBRA  (Amended 8/16/2010)

OR

2.     Retirement Bridge Program options:

	
  

	
a)

	
An affected employee who has achieved 80 (eighty) points in combination of age and credited service at the time they are affected will not have to reach the minimum age 55 requirement for retirement or post retirement medical.  The employee’s retirement benefit will be reduced by 4% per year for each year under age 62.

_For example, an employee who is age 49 with 31 years of service (for a total of 80 points) at the time they are affected would be eligible to “retire” and receive post retirement medical regardless of their minimum age and would receive the benefit of the 4% reduction for each year under age 62 rather than the previous 6% reduction for each year under age 65.

	
  

	
OR

	
  

	
b)

	
An affected employee may add the following schedule of points to either their age or service or a combination thereof to affect their retirement eligibility.  The employee must achieve a minimum age of 55 (including points) with at least 10 years of service to be eligible to retire and receive post retirement medical.

Years of Service                                           Points

0-9                                                                  0

10-14                                                              3

15-19                                                              4

20+                                                                 5

	
·  

	
For example, an employee who is age 52 with 28 years of service at the time they are affected can add 3 points to their age and effectively become age 55 and 2 points to service, which gives them 85 points, which qualifies them for full retirement at the time they retire.

Retirement-bridge points can be applied to an employee’s age and/or years of credit service (or a combination thereof) to achieve eligibility for retirement and post-retirement medical and/or to improve an employee’s pension benefit:

	
·  

	
For example, an employee who is age 58 with 19 years of service at the time they are affected can add 4 points to his age to achieve age 62, which qualified him for an unreduced pension benefit, OR 4 points to his service to achieve 23 years of credited service, whichever combination provides the most advantage to the employee.  (Added 4/11/00 by Letter of Agreement)

	
  

	
e)

	
Employees can select only one option - either Severance OR Retirement Bridge.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
f)

	
If employee declines Enhanced Severance and Retirement Bridge Program options, they will be eligible for consideration under Title 23, Demotion and Layoff Procedure (bumping).  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
g)

	
Title 19.10 severance calculation will apply with one (1) week per year with a minimum of one (1) week of severance, i.e., a one year employee would receive two (2) weeks of severance pay.  Rehire rights will be limited to one year.  The IBEW 1245 will be responsible for monitoring the program.  The Company will provide the list of affected employees and listings of job openings as they occur.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
h)

	
When an employee exercises Title 23, Demotion and Layoff Procedure (bumping), the affected employee (bumped employee) will start at the “placement” step of the enhanced severance and retirement bridge program options.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

  

34

  

Section 19.11(g), Enhanced Severance & Retirement Bridge Program Flow Chart

(this chart should only be used as a guide when reviewing Section 19.11)

 

  

35

  

	
19.12

	
In the event Company seeks protection from bankruptcy, it shall as soon as practical thereafter file with the bankruptcy court a motion to assume this agreement, and it shall take every reasonable step in support of the motion.  (Added 1/1/03)

TITLE 20

SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS FOR

INDUSTRIAL INJURY

	
20.1

	
When an employee is absent by reason of injury which comes within the application of the Nevada Industrial Insurance Act, the Nevada Occupational Diseases Act, or the Workman's Compensation and Insurance Chapters of the State of California Labor Code, he shall be entitled to supplementary benefits for the duration of such temporary disability.  Benefits shall begin with the first work day of absence following the day of injury.  The amount of Supplemental benefit payable for each day of absence shall be 85% of the employee's basic daily wage less the sum of any payments to which he may be entitled under the aforementioned acts or any other acts applying to the case.  The Company will investigate any employee off work on industrial injury.  If there is reason to believe that the intent and/or benefits of this section are being abused, the supplemental benefit will be terminated.  After six (6) months off on industrial injury the employee will no longer accrue vacation or sick leave until such time as he reports back to work.  Reference is hereby made to Section 16.13, relative to employees permanently injured in the Company's services.

TITLE 21

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

This Title is amended and restated as of 8/16/2010

	
21.1

	
Prior to the filing of a formal grievance, the employee and /or the Union Shop Steward should attempt to resolve workplace disputes by meeting informally with the involved supervisor. If the workplace dispute cannot be resolved informally, the employee and/or the Union Shop Steward shall use the following procedures to resolve the matter.

	
21.2

	
Any grievance which may arise between Union or any employee in a Bargaining Unit classification and Company with respect to the interpretation or application of any of the terms of this Agreement and with respect to such matters as the alleged discriminatory or arbitrary discharge, discipline or demotion of an individual employee shall be processed through the procedure set forth in the following paragraphs of this Title. The Union Steward shall present a grievance form citing the alleged discriminatory or arbitrary discharge, discipline or demotion of an individual employee or the article or articles allegedly violated by the Company. The grievance form shall be submitted to the appropriate supervisor.

	
  

	
1. An Investigating Committee shall be established and shall consist of at least two (2) members, one (1) appointed by Union and one (1) by Company. The Investigating Committee shall serve at the discretion of the Grievance Committee. Time allotted for completion of an investigation and resources allowed shall be dictated by the Grievance Committee.

	
  

	
a) The Investigating Committee shall make a complete investigation of all the facts pertinent to the grievance and shall strive to reach agreement on disposition of the grievance. Their agreement shall be recorded and shall be final and binding on Company, Union and the aggrieved employee. If the Investigating Committee is unable to reach agreement, it shall refer the grievance back to the Grievance Committee with a complete copy of the investigation including a list of facts agreed to and a written statement of each party’s position.

	
21.3

	
Time limits contained in this grievance procedure are mandatory. The parties may, by mutual written agreement, extend time limits.  The Company and Union may also, by mutual written agreement, waive any step in the procedure. Doing so does not change the procedures to be followed in later grievances.

	
  

	
Grievances shall be introduced at the initial step of the grievance procedure not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the incident or action complained of which is the basis of the grievance, or in a situation beyond the control of the employee, thirty (30) calendar days after the date the employee or the Union knew or should have known of said incident or action.

	
1)  

	
A grievance involving the alleged discriminatory or arbitrary discharge of an employee shall be introduced at Step 2 of the grievance procedure not later than ten (10) calendar days after an employee discharge becomes effective.

	
  

	
The Union’s failure to adhere to the timelines set forth in 21.4 and 21.5 will result in a procedural forfeit of the grievance unless within 5 working days of the grievance timeline the Union Business Manager (or designee) sends a written notice to 

 

 

  

36

  

 

	
  

	
the Vice President of People Resources (or designee) referring the grievance to the next step of the grievance procedure no further than Step 3.  If the company does not adhere to the timelines set forth in 21.4 and 21.5, then the Union may advance the grievance to the next step of the grievance procedure.

 

	
21.4

	
STEP ONE (UNION STEWARD-SUPERVISOR):

	
  

	
The Union Shop Steward shall schedule an appointment with the supervisor to discuss the alleged grievance. The Union Steward shall present a written grievance form citing the alleged discriminatory or arbitrary discharge, discipline or demotion of an individual employee or the article or articles allegedly violated by the Company. The grievance form shall be submitted to the appropriate supervisor.  Discussions between Union Shop Steward and the Supervisor may be on Company time but shall be at such time and place as not to interfere with the work in progress. The Supervisor shall have ten (10) calendar days from the meeting to give his/her written response.

	 	
If the issue is not resolved at Step One, the grievance may be referred, in writing, by the Union to the next level of the grievance process within ten (10) working days of the Step One response.

	
21.5

	
STEP TWO (Grievance Committee):

	
  

	
A standing monthly meeting shall be set and attended by a People Resources Representative and a Union Business Representative. All grievances, which were not resolved at Step I, shall be forwarded to this meeting. The Union Steward and the Manager (or designee), to whom the Step I Supervisor reports, shall present their positions relative to the specific grievance(s).  The People Resources Representative and Union Business Representative shall consider grievances presented and shall conscientiously endeavor to reach settlement. If a settlement cannot be reached, either party may refer the grievance to an Investigating Committee and/or Step III within ten (10) working days of the meeting. Minutes shall be kept of these proceedings and disposition.

	
21.6

	
STEP THREE (Grievance Review Committee):

	
  

	
The Vice President of People Resources (or designee) shall within ten (10) calendar days of request for a Union/Company meeting  schedule a meeting with the Union Business Manager (or designee). This group shall endeavor to make a decision based on the record referred to it. It may at its discretion conduct a hearing on any grievance that is submitted to it. If the members agree on a disposition of a grievance a statement to that effect shall be signed by the members. This joint decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

	
  

	
If a satisfactory settlement cannot be reached under the foregoing procedure the Union Business Manager (or designee) may refer the case to Step Four by notifying the Vice President of People Resources (or designee) in writing within (45) calendar days of the conclusion of the meeting.

	
21.7

	
STEP FOUR (Arbitration)

	
  

	
Within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the notice of intent to arbitrate, the Company will request the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service to furnish a list of five (5) arbitrators from Region 2, Northern Nevada sub region of the United States.  Selection shall be accomplished by the Union and the Company striking one (1) name from the list in turn until only one (1) name remains.  As an alternative to the foregoing procedure, an Arbitration Board list and the procedure for arbitrator selection may be formed upon the mutual agreement of both parties. The arbitrator shall be limited to resolving grievable matters as defined in this Article as raised in the formal grievance originally filed by the employee.  The arbitrator shall examine the case to the extent and manner justified.  The conclusions of the arbitrator will be final and binding.  However, the arbitrator shall have no power to alter, change, detract from, or add to the provisions governing the labor relations of the Company and its employees, including, but not limited to, the NLR Act, NRS, and this Agreement.

	
  

	
The fees and expenses for arbitration including the court reporter shall be shared equally by the Union and the Company. Both parties shall be responsible for the cost of preparing and presenting their positions at arbitration and the wages and expenses necessary for witnesses.

	
  

	
The parties mutually agree that they may resolve a dispute at any step in the process; however, resolution at Step 2 or below is without prejudice to the position of either party, unless mutually agreed to otherwise.

	
  

	
GRIEVANCE SETTLEMENT

	
  

	
The Company will make every reasonable effort to effectuate remedies provided for in a grievance settlement within thirty (30) calendar days of such settlement after receipt of all necessary information and/or documentation.  The Company shall pay the grievant within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of all necessary information and/or documentation, any monetary compensation provided for in the grievance settlement.  If the Company fails to effectuate the grievance remedy within thirty (30) calendar days, the Union may file a grievance concerning that failure.

  

37

  

TITLE 22

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PROGRAMS

The Company maintains the right to make administrative changes to any benefit plan that will not materially adversely affect the employee’s benefit or cost of such benefit, but may reduce the Company’s obligation.  These changes will be reviewed and discussed with the Joint Benefits Committee.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

Except in the event of the election of a different funding medium by Company, if any Benefit Plan is terminated the Union or Company shall have the right to open negotiations for the purpose of negotiating a replacement plan or program but for no other purpose.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

22.1        Retirement Plan(This Title is amended and restated as of  8/16/2010.)

	
A.  

	
Traditional Plan Components

The "NV Energy Retirement Plan", hereinafter referred to as "Retirement Plan", which became effective July 1, 1958, and last amended December 31, 2008, is the Plan Document filed with the Department of Labor.  For more detailed information regarding the “Retirement Plan” refer to the formal Plan Document or Summary Plan Description.

While this Contract is in effect, the Company will not change or discontinue the Retirement Plan unless terminated through the election of a different funding medium by NV Energy, or by operation of law, in which event the rights theretofore accruing to participants under said Retirement Plan shall not be adversely affected.

APPLICABILITY OF TRADITIONAL RETIREMENT PLAN COMPONENT:  Beginning December 31, 2010, the traditional retirement plan component shall apply only to active participants who, as of December 31, 2010, have at least 75 “points” (age plus vesting service) and who elect (during a one-time election period established by the Company) to remain in the traditional retirement plan component.  For employees, if any, who satisfy such requirements, Retirement Plan benefits will be provided in accordance with the terms of the traditional retirement plan component as set forth in the Retirement Plan document.

	
  

	
The Traditional Plan contains the following provisions:

	
1.  

	
Unreduced retirement benefit available at age 62 with at least 10 years of Service; at age 65 with one year of Service; or upon achieving age 55 and a total of 85 points when age and Service are added together.  All service will be counted toward the 85 points, including those years for which an employee did not make contributions.  (Amended 4/11/00 by Letter of Agreement)

	
2.  

	
Reduced early retirement benefit available upon attaining a minimum age of 55 with at least 10 years of Credited Service.  Early Retirement benefits are reduced by 4% for each year under age 62.

	
3.  

	
Service recognizes the first year of Service.

	
4.  

	
Credited Service recognizes all Service prior to age 21, except for those years during which the participant did not make the necessary contributions to the Retirement Plan when the Plan was contributory.  The first year of service, however, shall be considered as “credited”, whether the employee was contributory or not as the employees were not eligible to contribute.  (Amended 4/11/00 by Letter of Agreement)

	
5.  

	
Covered Compensation includes:  1) Base Pay; 2) Incentive Compensation; 3) Out of Town Premium; 4) Upgrade; and 5) Shift Pay.

	
6.  

	
Effective January 1, 2005, sick leave accrued at retirement (excluding frozen sick leave hours) will be added to years of Credited Service for vested participants.  Frozen sick leave under Title 15.9 remains unchanged.  (Amended 1/1/03)

B.         Cash Balance Plan

Effective December 31, 2010, a cash balance plan component will be implemented under the Retirement Plan.  The accrued benefits of all current participants (other than participants who satisfy the “75 Point” requirement described below and who elect to continue in the traditional retirement plan component) will be converted to an account under the cash balance plan component to be maintained for the participant.  All eligible employees who are hired or rehired, or who transfer to a union position, on or after commencement date will be covered under (and, if applicable, converted to) the cash balance plan component.

The conversion from the traditional retirement plan component to the cash balance plan component will be calculated by the actuary for the Retirement Plan based on legal requirements and reasonable actuarial factors.  In connection with the conversion, actuarial adjustments based on the “Rule of 85” under the traditional retirement plan component will be applied to the traditional retirement plan component accrued benefit as of December 31, 2010, only for participants who satisfy the “Rule of 85” age plus benefit accrual service requirements.  Thus, for participants who have not satisfied the “Rule of 85” requirements at the time of the cash balance conversion, the actuarial increase, if any, resulting from the 

 

 

  

38

  

 

 

application of the “Rule of 85” will be effective at the time of retirement, assuming the “Rule of 85” requirements are met at the time.  Additionally, although the interest factor used in the conversion calculations will not include any “wear away” assumptions, benefits will be subject to “wearing away” in the future, based on a number of factors, including interest rates and time of retirement.

Benefits under the cash balance plan component will be funded entirely by the Company.  A participant’s cash balance account will be credited with contribution credits and interest credits.  Beginning December 31, 2010, contribution credits will be made monthly (the first contribution credit to be made in February 2011).  For active participants as of August 16, 2010, the contribution credit rate will be equal to a specified percentage of the participant’s eligible earnings as follows.

Total Age + Service                                                      Percentage of Eligible

at December 31, 2010                                                                Earnings

Under 55                                                                                          4%

55-59                                                                                                 5%

60-64                                                                                                 6%

65-69                                                                                                 7%

70 or above                                                                                      8%

The contribution credit rate for new hires, rehires and transfers, on or after August 16, 2010, will be 4%.

Interest credits will be subject to legal requirements set forth in the Internal Revenue Code.

Eligible Earnings in the Cash Balance Plan shall be defined as:

	
·  

	
Base Pay (including Rest Period)

	
·  

	
Incentive Pay

	
·  

	
Out of Town Pay

	
·  

	
Upgrade Pay

	
·  

	
Shift Premium

	
·  

	
Overtime Pay

Active participants who, as of December 31, 2010, have at least 75 “points” (age + vesting service) will have a one-time opportunity (during an election period established by the Company) to elect to remain in the traditional retirement plan component of the Retirement Plan.

All active participants who transition to the cash balance plan and who are employed as of August 16, 2010 and continue to be employed on December 31, 2010 will receive a one-time contribution in the amount of $4,000 to be credited to their cash balance account.   This one-time contribution will be made as soon as reasonably practical after December 31, 2010.

	
C.

	
General Provisions Applicable To Cash Balance Plan Component And Traditional Retirement Plan

Retirement Plan provisions relating to eligibility, vesting, and benefit distributions are set forth in, and governed by, the terms of the Retirement Plan document.  During the term of this Agreement, such provisions shall not be modified in a manner that results in a material diminution in the value of Retirement Plan benefits for employees covered by this Agreement.  The Company may amend the Retirement Plan in any manner necessary to maintain its tax qualified status.

22.2    Post Retirement Medical (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
1.  

	
Current employees hired prior to commencement date of this labor agreement who “retire” after commencement date under the qualified Retirement Plan (minimum age 55 with at least 10 years of service), are eligible for Post Retirement Medical benefits. Employees hired after 8/16/2010 who “retire” under the qualified Cash Balance Plan (who are a minimum age 55 with at least 20 years of service), are eligible for Post Retirement Medical benefits up until age 65.

	
2.  

	
Eligible pre age 65 employees who retire after the commencement date of this contract are eligible for same plans as active L1245 employees until reaching the age of 65.

	
3.  

	
Upon reaching age 65, eligible employees who retire after the commencement date of this contract are eligible for retiree plans substantially comparable in design to the current Medicare and Medicare Value plans.

 

 

 

  

39

  

 

	
4.  

	
Employees who did not transition into the defined dollar retiree medical plan and who are under age 65 and retire on or after July 1, 1998, will pay 20% of the applicable Medical Plan premium (including Dental and Vision); plus an additional 4% of the applicable Medical Plan premium (including Dental and Vision) for each year less than 20 full years of Credited Service.  (Amended March 2007)

	
5.  

	
Employees who did not transition into the defined dollar retiree medical plan and who are age 65 or over and retire on or after July 1, 1998, will pay 15% of the applicable Medical Plan premium (including Dental and Vision); plus an additional 4% of the applicable Medical Plan premium (including Dental and Vision) for each year less than 20 full years of Credited Service.

	
6.  

	
All employees who are age 65 and over who retire after the commencement date of this agreement are required to enroll in and pay the cost of Medicare Part “B”.  Employees who retire after the commencement date of this agreement may choose to waive their medical coverage at the time of retirement or any time thereafter.  However, they may not re-join the plan after they waive medical coverage.

	
A.)  

	
Explanation of defined dollar post retirement medical plan $260/$130 to 35 Years of Service:

	
o  

	
This benefit is applicable to employees hired on or after January 1, 1998 and those employees who transitioned into the defined dollar post-retirement medical.

	
o  

	
Employees must be 55 years of age and have 10 years of service to qualify for Post Retirement Medical.

	
o  

	
This benefit is capped at 35 Years of service.

	
o  

	
The post-retirement calculation for the employer contribution is as follows:

	
a)  

	
For employees who retire from the Company prior to reaching age sixty-five (65), the Company will contribute $260 per year of service.  If an employee retires prior to reaching age sixty-two (62) and has not obtained 85 points as outlined in the Retirement Plan, the $260 is reduced by 5% for each year under age sixty-two (62). Upon reaching age sixty-five (65), the $260 is reduced to $130 per year of service.

	
b)  

	
For employees who retire from the Company on or after reaching age sixty-five (65), the Company will contribute $130 per year of service.

Examples:

	
o  

	
Employee retires at age 60 with 25 Years of Credited Service would receive $6500 annually to purchase offered medical benefits. $260X25=$6500

	
o  

	
Employee retires on or after age 65 or subsequently becomes age 65 would receive $3250 annually to purchase offered medical benefits. $130X25=$3250.

	
o  

	
Employee retires with 35 years or more of service would receive $9100 annually if under age 65 and $4550 upon reaching age 65. $260X35=$9100 and $130X35=$4550.

	
o  

	
Employee retires at age 60 with 22 years of service (did not reach 85 points) would receive $5148 annually and $2574 upon reaching age 65. ($260X22)-10%=$5148 and ($130X22)-10%=$2574

22.3           Voluntary Investment Plan [401(k) Plan]

	
1.

	
The NV Energy 401(k) Plan formerly known as the "Voluntary Investment Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees of Sierra Pacific Power Company", hereinafter referred to as 401(k), which became effective January 1, 1987, and last amended January 1, 2009, is the Plan in effect during the term of this Contract.  For more detailed information regarding  401(k) refer to the formal Plan Document or Summary Plan Description.(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
2.

	
The Company will pay the normal administrative fee (excluding loan and other individual transaction costs) for all plan participants.

	
3.

	
The maximum contribution of employee earnings is the IRS limit.  They are defined as:

a)     Base Pay

b)     Incentive Compensation

c)     Out of Town

d)     Upgrade

e)     Shift Premium

f)     Overtime

 

 

  

40

  

 

 

g)     Rest Period

h)     Pager Pay

i)               Any other cash earnings.

Employees hired after March 1, 2007 and those employees who choose to forego the employee discount will receive a Company match of $1 for each $1 up to 6% of qualified earnings.  All new hires will automatically enroll at 6% of qualified earnings. Employees who have retained their employee discount will receive a match of $.50 for each dollar the employee contributes up to six (6) percent of qualified earnings.  Company match will begin the first full pay period following hire date.  (Amended  8/16/ 2010)

	
4.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
5.  

	
If an employee reaches the IRS limit, at any time during the tax year, and their company match is negatively affected, their company match will be made whole as soon as administratively possible after the end of the plan year.(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
6.  

	
Please see the Summary Plan Description for Local 1245 or the Vanguard Website (www.vanguard.com) for the investment options available.(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
7.  

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
8.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
9.  

	
Maximum employee contributions for pre/post tax and catch-up contributions will be subject to IRS provisions.  Company match will apply to all employee contributions to a maximum of 6% of qualified earnings. (Amended March 2007)

22.4     Medical, Dental, and Vision

	
1.

	
The "Medical and Dental Benefit Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees", hereinafter referred to as "Medical Plan", which became effective January 1, 1993, and last amended January 1, 1998, is the Medical Plan in effect during the term of this Contract.  For more detailed information regarding the “Medical Plan” refer to the formal Plan Document or Summary Plan Description.

	
2.

	
While this Contract is in effect the Company will not change or discontinue the Medical Plan.  If by operation of law the Medical Plan is terminated the rights accruing to participants shall not be materially adversely affected.(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
3.

	
Effective January 1, 1998, a Cafeteria Plan, as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 125, is established to allow pre-tax premium contributions.  Health Care and Dependent Care Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA’s) are also available on a pre-tax basis.

	
4.

	
The Medical Plan provides the following three (3) options.  The options are outlined in Exhibit D.(Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	
a)

	
Preferred Provider Organization at 80% (Local 1245 Union PPO Plan Advantage)

b)      Self Funded HMO

 

c)           (Deleted 10/3/07)

	
  

	
d)

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

e)           No coverage

(Amended  March 2007)

The Company reserves the right to discontinue HMO coverage if the HMO plan(s) lose their economic viability.  If this occurs, the Company will substitute a substantially comparable plan.  (Added March 2007)

New employees will be eligible for medical coverage on the first day of the month following the date of hire.  (Added March 2007)

	
5.

	
Elections of medical plan options will be made each year during an open enrollment period.  The election remains in effect for the entire Plan Year, unless the employee incurs a "Family Status Change" as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 125, Cafeteria Plan.  If an employee fails to enroll, he will default to previous year's coverage for himself and his dependents.

	
6.

	
Under option 4(a) when services are rendered in a community where the PPO is available and there is more than one (1) PPO physician available to perform the services, the employee will be subject to PPO provisions. (Amended 8/16/2010)

 

 

  

41

  

 

	
7.

	
Under option 4(a) employees and their dependents are eligible under the provisions of the Preferred Provider Organization (PPO) to receive payment of 80% of usual, reasonable and customary charges when: (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
  

	 

	
  

	
a)

	
PPO services are not available within thirty (30) miles of the community in which the employee and dependents reside or;

1.    For employees residing in the communities of North Lake Tahoe, South Lake Tahoe, Minden and Carson City this provision shall be fifteen (15) miles. (LOA 3/14/05)

	
  

	
b)

	
Employee has an eligible dependent attending school away from home and there is not a PPO provider available or;

	
  

	
c)

	
Employee or dependent is traveling away from home and PPO services are not available or;

	
  

	
d)

	
Employee is required to work away from their principle residence and PPO services are not available.

	
  

	
(Amended March 2007)

	
8.

	
Self-funded Dental and Vision benefits are included in options 4(a) and (b). (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
(a)  

	
(Deleted 8/16/20100

	
(b)  

	
Deleted 8/16/2010

	
9.

	
Employees who enroll in an HMO must abide by the provisions of the HMO.

	
10.

	
(Deleted 10/3/07)

	
11.

	
The rate structure for the Medical Plan options shall consist of four-tiers:  employee only; employee plus spouse; employee plus children; and, employee plus spouse and children.  Employee contributions will be made semi-monthly on a pre-tax basis.

	
12.

	
The rates for the  plans will be actuarially determined each plan year, based on previous year’s claims experience.    (Amended  8/16/2010)

	
13.

	
Employees will contribute 18% of the premiums.  (Amended  8/16/2010)

	
14.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
15.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
16.

	
The Joint Benefits Committee shall evaluate claims experience and actuarially determined rates in each year of the Collective Bargaining Agreement.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
17.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
18.

	
The lifetime maximum benefit for all medical plans is unlimited. The Company reserves the right to increase the specific stop-loss coverage or eliminate it by self-insuring this provision.  (Amended 8/16/ 2010)

	
19.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
20.

	
Coverage under the Medical Plan for any participant shall immediately terminate on the earliest of the following dates:

	
  

	
a)

	
The last day of the calendar month during which the participant voluntarily terminates or is dismissed from the employment of the Company, or otherwise ceases active work for the Company, except:

	
  

	
1)

	
In the event of retirement, the participant is eligible for continuance of coverage on the date of his retirement, provided he was covered under the Plan on the day prior to his retirement.  However, a participant who terminates employment with the Company with vested retirement rights in the Company's Retirement Plan and later retires upon reaching normal retirement age, is not eligible for coverage under this Plan;

	
  

	
b)

	
The last day of the calendar month during which the participant enters full-time military service;

	
  

	
c)

	
The last day of the calendar month for which contributions were last paid;

	
                d)  

	
The date the Plan terminates.

22.5           (Deleted 8/16/2010)

22.6           Group Term Life Insurance

	
1.

	
All regular, full-time, Bargaining Unit employees shall have Group Life Insurance coverage with a basic benefit level of $50,000.  Current employees who “retire” under the qualified Retirement plan after 8/16/2010 will receive a life insurance benefit in the amount of $10,000.  Employees hired or rehired after 8/16/2010 are not eligible for this $10,000 life insurance benefit upon retirement. (Amended 8/16/2010)

  

42

  

	
2.

	
Company will provide Bargaining Unit employees the opportunity to purchase optional life insurance (in excess of the base amount provided at no cost by the Company) which will be portable at employee cost.  This will be in the form of Group Term Life subject to any underwriting restrictions and premium schedules set by the insurance carrier.  Employee contributions will be made semi-monthly on a post-tax basis.  If the Company changes insurance carriers, it shall include full portability as a condition of coverage by any new carrier.

	
  

	
(Amended  8/16/2010)

22.7           Employee Discount

	
1.

	
Regular Bargaining Unit employees hired prior to March 1, 2007 and who have chosen to retain their employee discount receive a 50% discount on electric service and a 25% discount on natural gas service.  These discounts apply only to services provided by Sierra Pacific Power Company, d/b/a NV Energy.  Employees will pay any applicable taxes levied by the Internal Revenue Service as established each year for the following year.  Employees who have retained their employee discount may choose, in any future open enrollment, to forgo the discount and increase their 401k match to $1 for $1 up to 6% of wages. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
2.

	
  (Deleted 8/16/2010)

22.8           Long-Term Disability Income Plan

	
1.

	
Company will provide Bargaining Unit employees the opportunity to purchase optional long-term disability income insurance at employee cost. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
2.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
3.

	
Coverage amount is equal to 60% of monthly base pay, effective February 1, 2003.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
4.

	
Maximum benefit amount is $10,000 per month, effective February 1, 2003.  (Amended 1/1/03)

	
5.

	
The "own occupation" disability period is twenty-four (24) months.

	
6.

	
The option to enroll or terminate participation will be limited to an annual open enrollment "window".

	
7.

	
Premiums will be paid on post-tax basis.

	
8.

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
9.

	
When LTD benefits begin, the employee status changes to plan participant, and they are no longer an employee as defined in Title 3.1. ( Added 8/16/2010)

	
10.

	
LTD plan participants returning to work prior to the completion of twelve (12) months on LTD will be returned to their previous classification and headquarters. ( Added 8/16/2010)

22.9           Benefits for Part-Time Employees

	
1.

	
The following provisions apply to part-time employees hired on or after January 1, 1995, and to part-time employees who assume full-time status and subsequently revert to part time on or after January 1, 1995, and to full-time employees who become part-time on or after January 1, 1995.

	
  

	
a)

	
Allowance for vacation, sick leave, holidays and other nonproductive time will be prorated as described in Title 3.5(a).

	
  

	
b)

	
To participate in the benefits programs, employees must work a minimum of 20 hours per week.

	
  

	
c)

	
All welfare benefits will have the appropriate premium allocation between Company and the employee based on the following formula:

	
  

	
1.

	
Twenty (20) hours per week = one-half (1/2) time.

	
  

	
2.

	
More than twenty (20) but less than thirty-one (31) hours per week = three-quarter (3/4) time.

	
  

	
3.

	
Thirty-one (31) or more hours per week = full time.

  

43

  

22.10           Joint Benefits Committee

	
1.

	
A Joint Benefits Committee was established as of January 1, 1995, for the purpose of reviewing Medical, Benefit and Dependent Care costs, issues and trends and to make non-binding recommendations for improving savings and enhancing Medical, Benefit and Dependent Care Programs/Policies and to assist employees in dealing with Child/Elder Care issues.  The Joint Benefits Committee meets at least quarterly unless mutually agreed to meet more often when necessary.  Direct payroll costs for Bargaining Unit members are shared equally by Local #1245 and Company.  (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
2.  

	
The Committee will consist of the Union Business Representative and four (4) Union members and the Representative of the Vice President- People Resources and four (4) MPA employees assigned by the Vice President.  The Committee will be chartered to review health and welfare plans, pension and 401(k) plans during the term of the contract.  (Amended  8/16/2010)

 

	
3.  

	
Deleted 1/1/03

 

TITLE 23

DEMOTION AND LAYOFF PROCEDURE

This Title is amended and restated as of 8/16/2010

	
23.1

	
General Rules

	
1.  

	
An employee's Company seniority shall be as defined in Titles 3.7 and 8.1.

	
2.  

	
An employee may not displace another employee whose Company seniority is equal to or greater than his own.  An employee may not displace an employee in a classification having a wage rate higher than that of his own classification.

	
3.  

	
In all demotions, layoffs, and/or rehires the employees demoting, transferring or rehired into a different classification must be qualified, able and willing to perform the duties of the job.

	
4.  

	
All ties in Company seniority, within a classification and headquarters, shall be broken using the procedure in Title 16.6(b).

	
5.  

	
For this procedure the “E” Bidder list shall be considered an occupational group.

	
6.  

	
Any preference, election or selection for assignment made by an employee (including volunteers) during any time frame described in this Title is final and irrevocable.

	
7.  

	
All time limits set forth in this Title are specific and cannot be extended or modified without written agreement of the parties.

	
8.  

	
In all demotions and/or layoffs, the employees demoting or transferring into a lower classification shall be paid at the top wage of that lower classification.

	
9.  

	
Journeymen who can displace apprentices shall retain Journeyman status, and the least senior apprentice within the headquarters shall be considered an employee selected for lay off and may begin the process outlined in the provisions of this Title.

	
23.2

	
Demotion

	
  

	
When a demotion is to be made in a job classification at a Company headquarters other than for cause or as referenced in title 16.8, the employee(s) with the least seniority in such classification at such headquarters shall be the one(s) demoted.

	
  

	
Company will notify an employee as to the classification to which he is to be demoted. Within five (5) business days after notification, the employee shall notify Company of his intent to accept the demotion.  If the employee accepts the demotion, it will become effective at the beginning of the next regular pay period.

	
  

	
If the employee does not accept the demotion, the employee will be considered to have been selected for lay off and subject to the provisions of this Title.

	
23.3

	
Layoff

 

 

  

44

  

 

	
  

	
The Company shall notify the Union at the initial step of a layoff.  Company will identify the classification(s) and headquarters of the employees to be laid off. “Volunteers for Title 19.11.B.3.d.1 enhanced severance” will be solicited within  all occupational group(s) by posting on bulletin boards, Company Intranet and Leadership announcements within the affected Occupational Group(s)  for a period of five (5) business days and employees wishing to volunteer shall do so on the Companies Intranet.

“Volunteers for severance” who are displaced during a layoff will receive the Enhanced Severance as described in Title 19.11.B.3.d.1 upon signing a standard Company agreement and release of claims form.

	
1.  

	
Volunteers for severance within the targeted classification and headquarters shall be exhausted prior to any layoffs.

	
2.  

	
 When a lay off is to be made in a job classification at a Company headquarters, the employee(s) with the least Company seniority in such classification and headquarters shall be selected for lay off.

	
3.  

	
After notifying an employee that they may  be selected  for lay  off, the Company shall provide a list of  option(s):

	
a.  

	
Any vacancies available.

	
b.  

	
Any positions with volunteers for severance, within their occupational group.

	
c.  

	
Positions within the employee’s headquarters and occupational group to which he may demote (bump).

	
d.  

	
Positions with less senior employee in current classification in the same occupational group at any headquarters (bump).

	
e.  

	
Positions with less senior employee within each lower classification in the same occupational group at any headquarters (bump).

	
f.  

	
Last position held, different occupational group (bump).

	
g.  

	
Accept layoff.

	
  

	
Within five (5) business days after receipt of the list, the employee shall notify Company of his election(s) and indicate the job locations in the order of his preference.

	
4.    

	
If the employee selected for lay off is unable or does not elect to fill a vacancy, the following process shall be followed in accordance with the General Rules contained in Section 23.1:

	
(a)  

	
If a “volunteer for severance” in the same classification and headquarters exists, Company shall notify the employee selected for lay off that he will remain in his current position and Company shall notify the volunteer that his employment shall be terminated and he shall receive severance.  The termination shall be effective fourteen (14) calendar days from the date of notification of the volunteer.

	
  

	
Volunteers shall be selected for severance in order by Company Seniority.

	
(b)  

	
If there is no “volunteer for severance” in (a) above, the employee selected for lay off shall have the following options:

	
1.  

	
Elect to accept Layoff, or

	
2.  

	
Elect to displace the least senior employee in each lower classification in his same occupational group and headquarters, or

	
3.  

	
Elect to displace a less senior employee in current classification in the same occupational group at any headquarters, or

	
4.  

	
Elect to displace a less senior employee within each lower classification in the same occupational group at any headquarters, or

	
5.  

	
Elect to displace a “volunteer for severance” in his same, equal or lower classification  company wide in his same occupational group.

	
  

	
If options #2 through #5 are not available to the employee, then they shall have the option to

	
6.  

	
Elect to displace an employee in the last classification held, different occupational group. The employee must pass all current tests, provide documentation for required licenses and certifications, and demonstrate current required job skills prior to their effective date of transfer.  If this last classification is in an occupational group that has current, defined advancement training standards, the employee shall bump into the lowest classification in their previous line of progression, with the opportunity for automatic progression to their previous classification as they demonstrate proficiency in the current training standards.

 

 

  

45

  

 

	
(c)  

	
Preferential consideration shall be given to employees in the order of their Company seniority.  While Company shall endeavor to give effect to an employee's preference in the order he has indicated, Company seniority shall be the determining factor where two (2) or more employees express a preference for a single job classification or headquarters location.  Company shall notify an employee as to the specific location to which he will be transferred and the effective date of the transfer. Such date shall allow a minimum of fourteen (14) days prior to reporting.

 

	
(d)  

	
If the employee fails to effect or cannot effect an election for any reason, Company shall notify him that he shall be laid off and he shall receive severance according to the provisions of Section 19.10. The lay off shall be effective fourteen (14) calendar days from the date of notification of the employee.  Employees attempting to effect option #6 above, but who fail to meet the requirements, shall be laid off.  In this case, the effective date of lay off shall be the same as the effective date of transfer described in (c) above.

	
5.        

	
Any displaced employees shall be considered an employee selected for lay off and may begin the process outlined in the provisions of this Title.

	
23.4

	
Preferential Bidding Rights

	
  

	
For the purpose of enabling employees who have been demoted or transferred under the provisions of this procedure, and for the term of twenty-four (24) months, Company will give preferential bidding rights to the affected employees for bids to their former job classification and/or headquarters.   Such employees, who wish to be considered for preferential bidding rights, must apply for the position on the Company website and indicate on their application that they are eligible for preferential bidding rights.

	
  

	
In considering bids received from two (2) or more enabled employees on the same job, Company shall give preferential consideration to the bid made by the enabled employee who has the greatest Company seniority.

	
23.5

	
Rehire Rights

	
  

	
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, a regular employee who has been laid off for lack of work or economic reasons pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, for a period not in excess of eighteen (18) months and who had one or more years of service at the time of layoff shall be entitled to preferential rehire on the basis of Company seniority at the time of layoff. All jobs will be posted and filled, if possible, through the internal bidding process prior to rehiring laid off employees.

	
1.  

	
Laid off employees who wish to be considered for rehire must apply for a position through the Company website.  Former employees will need to indicate on their application that they were employees who were laid off.

	
2.  

	
Employees who are rehired under this process shall be considered for rehire in the occupational group that they were in when they were laid off.

	
3.  

	
If a regular employee is laid-off because of lack of work or economic reasons and is subsequently offered and accepts reemployment within eighteen (18) months after layoff, the employee shall resume the status of regular employee and shall be credited with Company seniority and related benefits previously accrued for which employee was not compensated at time of layoff. Employees who are rehired in a classification previously held, or for one in which they are qualified, will not be required to serve another probationary period. Employees rehired into a classification previously held will be paid at the wage step last held.

	
23.6

	
Enabler

	
  

	
By written agreement between Company and Union, special provisions may be substituted for the provisions of this procedure.

	
  

	
By written agreement Company and Union may modify the bidding process to address issues created by Volunteers for Severance.

  

46

  

TITLE 24

TERM OF AGREEMENT

	
24.1

	
This Agreement shall take effect as of August 16, 2010..  The term of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until August 15, 2013 and thereafter from year to year unless written notice of change or termination shall be given by either party ninety (90) days prior to the expiration date above or the expiration date of any year thereafter.  In order to terminate this agreement, either party must have given notice to terminate ninety (90) days prior as described above and then either party must give, on or after the expiration date of the contract, an additional written notice of at least thirty (30) days stating its intention to terminate the Agreement.  During such 30-day period, the parties will continue to negotiate and all provisions of the contract will remain in effect.   (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
24.2

	
Whenever notice is given for changes, the nature of the changes desired must be specified in the notice, and until a satisfactory conclusion is reached in the matter of such changes, the original provision shall remain in full force and effect.

	
24.3

	
This Agreement shall not be amended or supplemented except by agreement of the parties hereto, reduced to writing and duly signed by each.

	
24.4

	
This Agreement cancels and supersedes that certain Agreement and Exhibits attached thereto, entered into on January 1, 2003, by the parties hereto.  (Amended March 2007)

  

47

  

 

AGREEMENT BETWEEN SIERRA PACIFIC POWER COMPANY

AND LOCAL UNION 1245 OF THE

INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD OF ELECTRICAL WORKERS, AFL-CIO

 August 16, 2010 through August 15, 2013

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written, acting by and through their duly authorized officers.

 

	
SIERRA PACIFIC

	  	
LOCAL UNION 1245 OF THE

	
POWER COMPANY

	  	
INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD

	
d/b/a

	  	
OF ELECTRICAL WORKERS,

	
NV Energy

	  	
AFL-CIO

	  	  	  
	/s/ Michael W. Yackira	  	/s/ Tom Dalzell
	
Michael W. Yackira

	  	
Tom Dalzell, Business Manager

	
Chief Operating Officer

	  	  
	  	  	  
	  	  	/s/ Michael Davis
	  	  	
Michael Davis, President

	/s/ Punam Mathur	  	  
	
Punam Mathur,

	  	  
	
People Resources

	  	  
	  	  	  
	  	  	/s/ Randy Osborn
	  	  	
Randy Osborn, Business Representative

	  	  	  
	  	  	  
	  	  	
APPROVED:

	  	  	  
	  	  	  
	  	  	/s/ Edwin Hill
	  	  	
Edwin Hill

	  	  	
International President

	  	  	  

  

48

  

 

2009 NEGOTIATING COMMITTEE MEMBERS

COMPANY                                       UNION

R. Dick, Chair                                     D. Seyfer, Assistant Business Manager

F. Andersen                                       R. Osborn, Business Representative

A. Anderson                                      G. Bailey

S. Bianco                                            T. Cornell

J. Christensen                                    R. Gross

R. Connolly                                        S. Hildebrand

B. Costello                                          L. Kelly

T. Eggen                                             D. Lyday

G. Galbraith                                        M.  Benuzzi

T. Gunning

F. Larger

G. McDonald

Z. Randall

E. Ricci

  

49

  

ATTACHMENT I

EXHIBIT "A" (1)

(As Amended August 16, 2010)

WAGES

	
  

	
-

	
Annual increases

-          2010           Base           2.5% (Effective 8/16/2010)

-          2011           Lump           2%    (Paid within 30 days of 8/16/2011)

           Note: The wage rate used in this calculation will be based upon 

           the hourly rate in effect twelve months from commencement 

          date of the agreement. Part time employees will receive a

          pro-rated amount based upon hours worked. The lump sum 

          amount will be paid within 30 days of the anniversary  date 

          of the commencement of the agreement.

-         2012             Base                      2%    (1st pay period after 8/16/2012)

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STIP)

Each contract year there will be up to a 3.5% Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP) bonus potential.  The STIP will be paid upon achievement of corporate and business unit goals as defined by the Company.  The corporate and business unit goals will be identical for all employees, including MPAT, and will change each year.  If the corporate financial target is not achieved in a contract year, the STIP will not be funded.  The financial target is the trigger.  Extraordinary events affecting performance of a goal may be considered by the CEO in determining the size and existence of the award.

Eligibility

	
-  

	
Must be employed on the last day of the fiscal year

	
-  

	
Regular full-time or part-time employees

	
-  

	
Temporary employees are not eligible

	
-  

	
Employees must complete a six (6) month (and/or 1040 hours) probationary period by the last day of the year-end payroll period.

Calculation

	
-  

	
STIP will be calculated using the employee’s hourly rate as of the end of the payroll year, multiplied by the actual regular/straight time hours worked, not to exceed 2080 hours.  Once earned, annual award will be paid on or before April 15th for the prior year’s performance.

	
-  

	
(Straight time hours X base hourly wage) X Achievement Percentage.  Achievement Percentage = STIP Opportunity of 3.5% X Performance Results.

Proration

The Company will prorate the STIP for the following reasons:

	
-  

	
Employee retires

	
-  

	
Deceased

	
-  

	
Company initiated severance

The Company will also prorate the STIP if an employee transfers from one bargaining unit to another (i.e., from IBEW 1245 to IBEW 396, or vice versa), or from a MPAT position to a bargaining unit position or vice versa.

The current STIP model for 2003 has a 40% weighting for financial (earnings per share or E.P.S.), a 40% weighting for Customer Satisfaction, and a 20% weighting for IBEW Local 1245 Performance.  If these weightings or categories change, the Company and Union will meet to discuss the changes.

(Amended 1/1/03)

  

50

  

Attachment I – Exhibit A (1)

(As amended August 16, 2010)

Bargaining Unit Wage Rate

*Upgrade Only

	
Job Class

	
Job Title

	
Wage Step

	
 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)

	
2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	
2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7653

	
App, Comms Tech

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.76

	
 $                   32.76

	
 $                    33.42

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  33.77

	
 $                   33.77

	
 $                    34.45

	  	  	
42 Months

	
 $                  35.66

	
 $                   35.66

	
 $                    36.37

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7635

	
App, Construction Repairman

	
Start

	
 $                  26.35

	
 $                   26.35

	
 $                    26.88

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.15

	
 $                   27.15

	
 $                    27.69

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  27.97

	
 $                   27.97

	
 $                    28.53

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  28.61

	
 $                   28.61

	
 $                    29.18

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  29.42

	
 $                   29.42

	
 $                    30.01

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.69

	
 $                   30.69

	
 $                    31.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7684

	
App, Cust Serviceman

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.17

	
 $                   29.17

	
 $                    29.75

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.49

	
 $                   30.49

	
 $                    31.10

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7641

	
App, Electrician

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.76

	
 $                   32.76

	
 $                    33.42

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  33.77

	
 $                   33.77

	
 $                    34.45

	  	  	
42 Months

	
 $                  35.66

	
 $                   35.66

	
 $                    36.37

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7645

	
App, Electrician Maint

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.75

	
 $                   32.75

	
 $                    33.41

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7681

	
App, Fabricator/Welder

	
Start

	
 $                  26.35

	
 $                   26.35

	
 $                    26.88

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.15

	
 $                   27.15

	
 $                    27.69

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  27.97

	
 $                   27.97

	
 $                    28.53

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  28.61

	
 $                   28.61

	
 $                    29.18

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  29.42

	
 $                   29.42

	
 $                    30.01

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.69

	
 $                   30.69

	
 $                    31.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  

 

 

  

51

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	  2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7691

	
App, Fitter

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7692

	
App, Fitter/Welder

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7651

	
App, Instrument Tech

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.75

	
 $                   32.75

	
 $                    33.41

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7631

	
App, Lineman

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.75

	
 $                   32.75

	
 $                    33.41

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  33.78

	
 $                   33.78

	
 $                    34.46

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7685

	
App, Machinist

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.17

	
 $                   29.17

	
 $                    29.75

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.49

	
 $                   30.49

	
 $                    31.10

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7652

	
App, Mech, Diesel/Turbine

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.75

	
 $                   32.75

	
 $                    33.41

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7680

	
App, Mechanic

	
Start

	
 $                  26.35

	
 $                   26.35

	
 $                    26.88

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.15

	
 $                   27.15

	
 $                    27.69

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  27.97

	
 $                   27.97

	
 $                    28.53

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  28.61

	
 $                   28.61

	
 $                    29.18

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  29.42

	
 $                   29.42

	
 $                    30.01

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.69

	
 $                   30.69

	
 $                    31.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7687

	
App, Meterman, Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.17

	
 $                   29.17

	
 $                    29.75

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.49

	
 $                   30.49

	
 $                    31.10

 

 

  

52

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	  2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7693

	
App, Oper, Gas Pressure

	
Start

	
 $                  27.49

	
 $                   27.49

	
 $                    28.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  28.51

	
 $                   28.51

	
 $                    29.08

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  29.89

	
 $                   29.89

	
 $                    30.49

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  30.89

	
 $                   30.89

	
 $                    31.51

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  32.64

	
 $                   32.64

	
 $                    33.29

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7689

	
App, Plant Mechanic

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.17

	
 $                   29.17

	
 $                    29.75

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.49

	
 $                   30.49

	
 $                    31.10

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7632

	
App, Tech, Electrical Plant

	
Start

	
 $                  26.54

	
 $                   26.54

	
 $                    27.07

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.70

	
 $                   27.70

	
 $                    28.25

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.84

	
 $                   28.84

	
 $                    29.42

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.61

	
 $                   29.61

	
 $                    30.20

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.77

	
 $                   30.77

	
 $                    31.39

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7690

	
App, Tech, Lab

	
Start

	
 $                  26.36

	
 $                   26.36

	
 $                    26.89

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.46

	
 $                   28.46

	
 $                    29.03

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.17

	
 $                   29.17

	
 $                    29.75

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.49

	
 $                   30.49

	
 $                    31.10

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  31.84

	
 $                   31.84

	
 $                    32.48

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  34.30

	
 $                   34.30

	
 $                    34.99

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7673

	
App, Tech, Meter

	
Start

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.47

	
 $                   27.47

	
 $                    28.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.70

	
 $                   28.70

	
 $                    29.27

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.29

	
 $                   29.29

	
 $                    29.88

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  32.76

	
 $                   32.76

	
 $                    33.42

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  33.77

	
 $                   33.77

	
 $                    34.45

	  	  	
42 Months

	
 $                  35.66

	
 $                   35.66

	
 $                    36.37

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8051

	
Chief, Crew

	
Start

	
 $                  34.37

	
 $                   34.37

	
 $                    35.06

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  35.94

	
 $                   35.94

	
 $                    36.66

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9730

	
Clerk, Remittance Prcssng, Sr (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  23.78

	
 $                   23.78

	
 $                    24.26

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8640

	
Coord, Fleet Assets/Special Projects

	
Start

	
 $                  31.07

	
 $                   31.07

	
 $                    31.69

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8640

	
Coord, Fleet Repair/Licensing

	
Start

	
 $                  31.07

	
 $                   31.07

	
 $                    31.69

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8944

	
Draftsman

	
Start

	
 $                  18.73

	
 $                   18.73

	
 $                    19.10

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  19.82

	
 $                   19.82

	
 $                    20.22

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  20.95

	
 $                   20.95

	
 $                    21.37

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  22.06

	
 $                   22.06

	
 $                    22.50

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  23.13

	
 $                   23.13

	
 $                    23.59

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  24.21

	
 $                   24.21

	
 $                    24.69

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  25.39

	
 $                   25.39

	
 $                    25.90

 

 

 

  

53

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
8380

	
Draftsman, Land

	
Start

	
 $                  29.09

	
 $                   29.09

	
 $                    29.67

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.45

	
 $                   31.45

	
 $                    32.08

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  32.94

	
 $                   32.94

	
 $                    33.60

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8390

	
Draftsman, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  29.09

	
 $                   29.09

	
 $                    29.67

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.45

	
 $                   31.45

	
 $                    32.08

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  32.94

	
 $                   32.94

	
 $                    33.60

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8770

	
Driver, Transport

	
Start

	
 $                  30.05

	
 $                   30.05

	
 $                    30.65

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6385

	
Driver, Transport, Heavy

	
Start

	
 $                  32.74

	
 $                   32.74

	
 $                    33.39

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8970

	
Driver, Truck

	
Start

	
 $                  26.88

	
 $                   26.88

	
 $                    27.42

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8845

	
Driver, Truck, Heavy

	
Start

	
 $                  29.34

	
 $                   29.34

	
 $                    29.93

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7340

	
Electrician

	
Start

	
 $                  40.59

	
 $                   40.59

	
 $                    41.40

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7338

	
Electrician, Facilities

	
Start

	
 $                  35.25

	
 $                   35.25

	
 $                    35.96

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7310

	
Electrician, Maint

	
Start

	
 $                  37.54

	
 $                   37.54

	
 $                    38.29

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7325

	
Electrician, Plant

	
Start

	
 $                  38.01

	
 $                   38.01

	
 $                    38.77

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7615

	
Fabricator/Welder

	
Start

	
 $                  32.52

	
 $                   32.52

	
 $                    33.17

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7545

	
Fabricator/ Const/ Maint, Welder Certified

	
Start

	
 $                  37.03

	
 $                   37.03

	
 $                    37.77

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8620

	
Facilities, Locator

	
Start

	
 $                  30.08

	
 $                   30.08

	
 $                    30.68

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  30.69

	
 $                   30.69

	
 $                    31.30

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.82

	
 $                   31.82

	
 $                    32.46

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8625

	
Facilities, Senior Locator

	
Start

	
 $                  34.38

	
 $                   34.38

	
 $                    35.07

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7620

	
Fitter

	
Start

	
 $                  32.98

	
 $                   32.98

	
 $                    33.64

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7460

	
Fitter/Welder

	
Start

	
 $                  36.07

	
 $                   36.07

	
 $                    36.79

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6022

	
Frmn, Comm Sys, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.04

	
 $                   45.04

	
 $                    45.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6281

	
Frmn, Const, Wkg, Heavy

	
Start

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6394

	
Frmn, Const, Wkg, Light

	
Start

	
 $                  36.22

	
 $                   36.22

	
 $                    36.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6031

	
Frmn, Control, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.04

	
 $                   45.04

	
 $                    45.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6825

	
Frmn, Cust Svcs Rep, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  26.49

	
 $                   26.49

	
 $                    27.02

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6825 New

	
Frmn, Cust Svcs Rep, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  25.01

	
 $                   25.01

	
 $                    25.51

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6277

	
Frmn, Gas Pres Sys, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

 

 

  

54

  

 

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
6275

	
Frmn, Gas, Meter Shop, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  35.75

	
 $                   35.75

	
 $                    36.47

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6025

	
Frmn, Gas, Welding, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  39.34

	
 $                   39.34

	
 $                    40.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6001

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Comm Sys, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  49.51

	
 $                   49.51

	
 $                    50.50

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6002

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Const, Heavy, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.65

	
 $                   41.65

	
 $                    42.48

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6003

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Const, Light, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  39.82

	
 $                   39.82

	
 $                    40.62

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6004

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Control, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  49.51

	
 $                   49.51

	
 $                    50.50

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6005

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Cust Serv Rep, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  29.13

	
 $                   29.13

	
 $                    29.71

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6010

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Equip, Heavy, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.65

	
 $                   41.65

	
 $                    42.48

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6009

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Gas Meter Shop Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.65

	
 $                   41.65

	
 $                    42.48

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6007

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Gas Pres Sys, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.65

	
 $                   41.65

	
 $                    42.48

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6008

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Gas Welding, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  43.24

	
 $                   43.24

	
 $                    44.10

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6046

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Heavy, Wkg (B/G) (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  34.10

	
 $                   34.10

	
 $                    34.78

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6042

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Heavy, Wkg (E/G)

	
Start

	
 $                  41.65

	
 $                   41.65

	
 $                    42.48

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6012

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Lab, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  44.33

	
 $                   44.33

	
 $                    45.22

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6047

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Light, Wkg (B/G) (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  32.65

	
 $                   32.65

	
 $                    33.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6043

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Light, Wkg (E/G)

	
Start

	
 $                  39.82

	
 $                   39.82

	
 $                    40.62

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6013

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Wkg (Upgrade Only)

	
Start

	
 $                  49.08

	
 $                   49.08

	
 $                    50.06

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6014

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Machinist, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  42.01

	
 $                   42.01

	
 $                    42.85

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6015

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Maint, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.39

	
 $                   45.39

	
 $                    46.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6016

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Mech, Dsl/Trbn Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.39

	
 $                   45.39

	
 $                    46.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6024

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Meterman, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.39

	
 $                   45.39

	
 $                    46.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6023

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Mtr Rd, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  25.97

	
 $                   25.97

	
 $                    26.49

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6026

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Scrub, Shift, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  38.89

	
 $                   38.89

	
 $                    39.67

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6019

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Serv Utilitym, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  29.13

	
 $                   29.13

	
 $                    29.71

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6027

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Shift, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  47.09

	
 $                   47.09

	
 $                    48.03

 

 

 

  

55

  

 

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
6006

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Support Svcs, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  27.58

	
 $                   27.58

	
 $                    28.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6037

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Tech, Meter, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.39

	
 $                   45.39

	
 $                    46.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6036

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Technical, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  45.39

	
 $                   45.39

	
 $                    46.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6038

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Trans Line, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  49.08

	
 $                   49.08

	
 $                    50.06

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6039

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Utility Mtrls, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  37.54

	
 $                   37.54

	
 $                    38.29

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6018

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Wkg, Utility Fleet

	
Start

	
 $                  42.73

	
 $                   42.73

	
 $                    43.58

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6040

	
Frmn, Gnrl, Yard, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  39.82

	
 $                   39.82

	
 $                    40.62

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6283

	
Frmn, Heavy, Equip, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6041

	
Frmn, Lab, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  40.30

	
 $                   40.30

	
 $                    41.11

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6398

	
Frmn, Light, Wkg (B/G) (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  29.66

	
 $                   29.66

	
 $                    30.25

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6051

	
Frmn, Line, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  44.66

	
 $                   44.66

	
 $                    45.55

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6375

	
Frm, Fabricator/Construction/Maintenance,Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

	
6375

	
formly Frm, Machinist, Wkg

	  	  	  	  
	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6061

	
Frmn, Maint, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.30

	
 $                   41.30

	
 $                    42.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6020

	
Frmn, Mech, Utility Fleet, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  38.89

	
 $                   38.89

	
 $                    39.67

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6813

	
Frmn, Meter Reader, Wkg (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  23.62

	
 $                   23.62

	
 $                    24.09

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  26.12

	
 $                   26.12

	
 $                    26.64

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6813 New

	
Frmn, Meter Reader, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  25.01

	
 $                   25.01

	
 $                    25.51

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6815

	
Frmn, Technician Service, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  26.49

	
 $                   26.49

	
 $                    27.02

	  	
Formerly Frmn, Service Utilityman, Wkg

	  	  	  	  
	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6091

	
Frmn, Shift, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  42.80

	
 $                   42.80

	
 $                    43.66

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6820

	
Frmn, Support Services, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  24.57

	
 $                   24.57

	
 $                    25.06

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  25.08

	
 $                   25.08

	
 $                    25.58

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6082

	
Frmn, Tech, Meter, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.30

	
 $                   41.30

	
 $                    42.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6101

	
Frmn, Technical, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  41.30

	
 $                   41.30

	
 $                    42.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6053

	
Frmn, Trans Line, Wkg (Travel)

	
Start

	
 $                  44.66

	
 $                   44.66

	
 $                    45.55

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6450

	
Frmn, Utility Materials, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  32.53

	
 $                   32.53

	
 $                    33.18

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  34.14

	
 $                   34.14

	
 $                    34.82

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6284

	
Frmn, Wkg, Heavy (B/G)

	
Start

	
 $                  35.25

	
 $                   35.25

	
 $                    35.96

 

 

  

56

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
6280

	
Frmn, Wkg, Heavy, Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  37.85

	
 $                   37.85

	
 $                    38.61

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6397

	
Frmn, Yard, Wkg

	
Start

	
 $                  36.22

	
 $                   36.22

	
 $                    36.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8956

	
Garageman

	
Start

	
 $                  24.60

	
 $                   24.60

	
 $                    25.09

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  26.04

	
 $                   26.04

	
 $                    26.56

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  26.51

	
 $                   26.51

	
 $                    27.04

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  27.22

	
 $                   27.22

	
 $                    27.76

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9240

	
Ground Maintenanceman I

	
Start

	
 $                  17.14

	
 $                   17.14

	
 $                    17.48

	  	
Formerly Helper, B/ G

	
6 Months

	
 $                  18.51

	
 $                   18.51

	
 $                    18.88

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  19.84

	
 $                   19.84

	
 $                    20.24

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  21.56

	
 $                   21.56

	
 $                    21.99

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8709

	
Ground Maintenanceman II

	
Start

	
 $                  22.10

	
 $                   22.10

	
 $                    22.54

	  	
Formerly Gounds Maintenanceman

	
6 Months

	
 $                  22.65

	
 $                   22.65

	
 $                    23.10

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  23.42

	
 $                   23.42

	
 $                    23.89

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  24.37

	
 $                   24.37

	
 $                    24.86

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9239

	
Helper

	
Start

	
 $                  20.95

	
 $                   20.95

	
 $                    21.37

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  22.58

	
 $                   22.58

	
 $                    23.03

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  24.21

	
 $                   24.21

	
 $                    24.69

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  26.31

	
 $                   26.31

	
 $                    26.84

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7405

	
Inspector, Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  34.46

	
 $                   34.46

	
 $                    35.15

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  36.93

	
 $                   36.93

	
 $                    37.67

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7410

	
Inspector, Construction

	
Start

	
 $                  34.46

	
 $                   34.46

	
 $                    35.15

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  36.22

	
 $                   36.22

	
 $                    36.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7210

	
Inspector, Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  41.23

	
 $                   41.23

	
 $                    42.05

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7130

	
Inspector, Substation Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  41.35

	
 $                   41.35

	
 $                    42.18

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7200

	
Inspector, Trans (Traveling)

	
Start

	
 $                  41.23

	
 $                   41.23

	
 $                    42.05

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8395

	
Instrumentman

	
Start

	
 $                  29.09

	
 $                   29.09

	
 $                    29.67

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.45

	
 $                   31.45

	
 $                    32.08

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  32.94

	
 $                   32.94

	
 $                    33.60

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7050

	
Investigator, Rev Protection

	
Start

	
 $                  34.46

	
 $                   34.46

	
 $                    35.15

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8610

	
Janitor (Pwr Plts)

	
Start

	
 $                  16.57

	
 $                   16.57

	
 $                    16.90

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  17.67

	
 $                   17.67

	
 $                    18.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  18.74

	
 $                   18.74

	
 $                    19.11

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  19.86

	
 $                   19.86

	
 $                    20.26

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9378

	
Laborer (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  14.19

	
 $                   14.19

	
 $                    14.47

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  15.13

	
 $                   15.13

	
 $                    15.43

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  16.04

	
 $                   16.04

	
 $                    16.36

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.99

	
 $                   16.99

	
 $                    17.33

 

 

 

  

57

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
9379

	
Laborer (Bldg/Grds) (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  13.56

	
 $                   13.56

	
 $                    13.83

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.47

	
 $                   14.47

	
 $                    14.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  15.34

	
 $                   15.34

	
 $                    15.65

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.25

	
 $                   16.25

	
 $                    16.58

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9450

	
Laborer, Temporary (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  12.87

	
 $                   12.87

	
 $                    13.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7330

	
Lineman, Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  40.59

	
 $                   40.59

	
 $                    41.40

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7332

	
Lineman, Trans (Traveling)

	
Start

	
 $                  40.59

	
 $                   40.59

	
 $                    41.40

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7580

	
Machine/Tool, Repairman

	
Start

	
 $                  34.06

	
 $                   34.06

	
 $                    34.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8690

	
Maintman, Street Light

	
Start

	
 $                  32.75

	
 $                   32.75

	
 $                    33.41

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7350

	
Mech, Diesel/Turbine

	
Start

	
 $                  37.54

	
 $                   37.54

	
 $                    38.29

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7360

	
Mech, Machinist

	
Start

	
 $                  38.55

	
 $                   38.55

	
 $                    39.32

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7496

	
Mech, Plant

	
Start

	
 $                  34.08

	
 $                   34.08

	
 $                    34.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  36.83

	
 $                   36.83

	
 $                    37.57

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7600

	
Mech, Utility Fleet

	
Start

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  35.37

	
 $                   35.37

	
 $                    36.08

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9162

	
Meter Reader/Collector (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  15.25

	
 $                   15.25

	
 $                    15.56

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  16.34

	
 $                   16.34

	
 $                    16.67

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  17.38

	
 $                   17.38

	
 $                    17.73

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  18.46

	
 $                   18.46

	
 $                    18.83

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  19.39

	
 $                   19.39

	
 $                    19.78

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  20.46

	
 $                   20.46

	
 $                    20.87

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  21.47

	
 $                   21.47

	
 $                    21.90

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9162 New

	
Meter Reader/Collector

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.37

	
 $                   14.37

	
 $                    14.66

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  16.44

	
 $                   16.44

	
 $                    16.77

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  18.51

	
 $                   18.51

	
 $                    18.88

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9162 HH

	
Meter Reader/Collector (see footnote1)

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.37

	
 $                   14.37

	
 $                    14.66

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  16.44

	
 $                   16.44

	
 $                    16.77

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  18.51

	
 $                   18.51

	
 $                    18.88

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7370

	
Meterman

	
Start

	
 $                  38.01

	
 $                   38.01

	
 $                    38.77

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7605

	
Meterman, Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7525

	
Oper, Acro

	
Start

	
 $                  34.31

	
 $                   34.31

	
 $                    35.00

	  	  	
Upgradeable

	
 $                  35.74

	
 $                   35.74

	
 $                    36.45

 

 

 

  

58

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7090

	
Oper, Control Room

	
Start

	
 $                  39.12

	
 $                   39.12

	
 $                    39.90

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9785

	
Oper, Data Entry (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  13.89

	
 $                   13.89

	
 $                    14.17

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.74

	
 $                   14.74

	
 $                    15.03

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  15.54

	
 $                   15.54

	
 $                    15.85

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.33

	
 $                   16.33

	
 $                    16.66

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  17.14

	
 $                   17.14

	
 $                    17.48

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  17.94

	
 $                   17.94

	
 $                    18.30

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  18.73

	
 $                   18.73

	
 $                    19.10

	  	  	
42 Months

	
 $                  19.74

	
 $                   19.74

	
 $                    20.13

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9535

	
Oper, Data Entry, Sr (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  22.02

	
 $                   22.02

	
 $                    22.46

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9910

	
Oper, Data Entry, Trn (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  12.73

	
 $                   12.73

	
 $                    12.98

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  13.54

	
 $                   13.54

	
 $                    13.81

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7575

	
Oper, Diesel/Turbine

	
Start

	
 $                  29.12

	
 $                   29.12

	
 $                    29.70

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  31.38

	
 $                   31.38

	
 $                    32.01

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  33.05

	
 $                   33.05

	
 $                    33.71

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7510

	
Oper, Distribution System, Assistant

	
Start

	
 $                  39.10

	
 $                   39.10

	
 $                    39.88

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  39.64

	
 $                   39.64

	
 $                    40.43

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  40.17

	
 $                   40.17

	
 $                    40.97

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7219

	
Oper, Distribution System

	
Start

	
 $                  40.17

	
 $                   40.17

	
 $                    40.97

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  40.71

	
 $                   40.71

	
 $                    41.52

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7213

	
Oper, Emerg Relief (Scrubber)

	
Start

	
 $                  35.81

	
 $                   35.81

	
 $                    36.53

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7260

	
Oper, Emerg Relief (Steam)

	
Start

	
 $                  41.80

	
 $                   41.80

	
 $                    42.64

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7222

	
Oper, Emergency Relief (Grid)

	
Start

	
 $                  48.97

	
 $                   48.97

	
 $                    49.95

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7223

	
Oper, Emergency Relief

	
Start

	
 $                  45.16

	
 $                   45.16

	
 $                    46.06

	  	
 (Transmission & Distribution)

	  	  	  	  
	
8772

	
Oper, Equip, Heavy

	
Start

	
 $                  32.79

	
 $                   32.79

	
 $                    33.45

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  33.47

	
 $                   33.47

	
 $                    34.14

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8466

	
Oper, Equip, Heavy (Traveling)

	
Start

	
 $                  33.47

	
 $                   33.47

	
 $                    34.14

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8776

	
Oper, Equip, I

	
Start

	
 $                  27.69

	
 $                   27.69

	
 $                    28.24

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  29.05

	
 $                   29.05

	
 $                    29.63

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8774

	
Oper, Equip, II

	
Start

	
 $                  29.38

	
 $                   29.38

	
 $                    29.97

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8771

	
Oper, Serv, Equip II (Service)

	
Start

	
 $                  29.38

	
 $                   29.38

	
 $                    29.97

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  30.74

	
 $                   30.74

	
 $                    31.35

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8773

	
Oper, Equip, III

	
Start

	
 $                  32.98

	
 $                   32.98

	
 $                    33.64

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8115

	
Oper, Gas Pressure

	
Start

	
 $                  34.36

	
 $                   34.36

	
 $                    35.05

 

 

  

59

  

 

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7221

	
Oper, Grid Reliability

	
Start

	
 $                  44.30

	
 $                   44.30

	
 $                    45.19

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  46.07

	
 $                   46.07

	
 $                    46.99

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  47.87

	
 $                   47.87

	
 $                    48.83

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9840

	
Oper, Mail Inserter (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  17.41

	
 $                   17.41

	
 $                    17.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  17.68

	
 $                   17.68

	
 $                    18.03

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  17.94

	
 $                   17.94

	
 $                    18.30

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  18.18

	
 $                   18.18

	
 $                    18.54

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  18.52

	
 $                   18.52

	
 $                    18.89

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  18.99

	
 $                   18.99

	
 $                    19.37

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9818

	
Oper, PBX (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  12.02

	
 $                   12.02

	
 $                    12.26

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  13.03

	
 $                   13.03

	
 $                    13.29

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  13.96

	
 $                   13.96

	
 $                    14.24

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  14.86

	
 $                   14.86

	
 $                    15.16

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  15.82

	
 $                   15.82

	
 $                    16.14

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  16.74

	
 $                   16.74

	
 $                    17.07

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  17.76

	
 $                   17.76

	
 $                    18.12

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8750

	
Oper, Service Utility

	
Start

	
 $                  21.43

	
 $                   21.43

	
 $                    21.86

	  	
Integration Plan

	
6 Months

	
 $                  23.67

	
 $                   23.67

	
 $                    24.14

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  25.99

	
 $                   25.99

	
 $                    26.51

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  27.60

	
 $                   27.60

	
 $                    28.15

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  28.57

	
 $                   28.57

	
 $                    29.14

	  	  	
Upgradeable

	
 $                  31.38

	
 $                   31.38

	
 $                    32.01

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.00

	
 $                   30.00

	
 $                    30.60

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8750

	
Oper, Service Utility

	
Start

	
 $                  21.43

	
 $                   21.43

	
 $                    21.86

	  	
1% Integration  Plan

	
6 Months

	
 $                  23.90

	
 $                   23.90

	
 $                    24.38

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  26.25

	
 $                   26.25

	
 $                    26.78

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  27.88

	
 $                   27.88

	
 $                    28.44

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  28.85

	
 $                   28.85

	
 $                    29.43

	  	  	
Upgradeable

	
 $                  31.69

	
 $                   31.69

	
 $                    32.32

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.30

	
 $                   30.30

	
 $                    30.91

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8750

	
Oper, Service Utility

	
Start

	
 $                  21.43

	
 $                   21.43

	
 $                    21.86

	  	
2% Integration Plan

	
6 Months

	
 $                  24.14

	
 $                   24.14

	
 $                    24.62

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  26.52

	
 $                   26.52

	
 $                    27.05

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  28.16

	
 $                   28.16

	
 $                    28.72

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  29.14

	
 $                   29.14

	
 $                    29.72

	  	  	
Upgradeable

	
 $                  32.00

	
 $                   32.00

	
 $                    32.64

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  30.60

	
 $                   30.60

	
 $                    31.21

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7220

	
Oper, Transmission System

	
Start

	
 $                  41.90

	
 $                   41.90

	
 $                    42.74

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  43.11

	
 $                   43.11

	
 $                    43.97

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8511

	
Oper, Yard, Sr  (Equity)

	
Start

	
 $                  33.47

	
 $                   33.47

	
 $                    34.14

	  	  	  	  	  	  

 

 

 

  

60

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	  2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
9624

	
Parts, Specialist, Utility Fleet

	
Start

	
 $                  19.80

	
 $                   19.80

	
 $                    20.20

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  20.73

	
 $                   20.73

	
 $                    21.14

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  21.72

	
 $                   21.72

	
 $                    22.15

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  23.29

	
 $                   23.29

	
 $                    23.76

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8885

	
Patrolman, Line

	
Start

	
 $                  29.05

	
 $                   29.05

	
 $                    29.63

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7595

	
Patrolman, Line, Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  36.49

	
 $                   36.49

	
 $                    37.22

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9777

	
Rep, Accounts Payable (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.42

	
 $                   14.42

	
 $                    14.71

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  15.34

	
 $                   15.34

	
 $                    15.65

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.26

	
 $                   16.26

	
 $                    16.59

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  17.99

	
 $                   17.99

	
 $                    18.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  19.73

	
 $                   19.73

	
 $                    20.12

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  21.47

	
 $                   21.47

	
 $                    21.90

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9725

	
Rep, Accts Payable, Sr (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  23.78

	
 $                   23.78

	
 $                    24.26

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9861

	
Rep, Clerical (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  12.46

	
 $                   12.46

	
 $                    12.71

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  14.42

	
 $                   14.42

	
 $                    14.71

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  15.35

	
 $                   15.35

	
 $                    15.66

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  16.26

	
 $                   16.26

	
 $                    16.59

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  17.20

	
 $                   17.20

	
 $                    17.54

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  18.12

	
 $                   18.12

	
 $                    18.48

	  	  	
42 Months

	
 $                  19.33

	
 $                   19.33

	
 $                    19.72

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9861 New

	
Rep, Clerical

	
Start

	
 $                  12.46

	
 $                   12.46

	
 $                    12.71

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  14.42

	
 $                   14.42

	
 $                    14.71

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  16.26

	
 $                   16.26

	
 $                    16.59

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9861 HH

	
Rep, Clerical (see footnote1)

	
Start

	
 $                  12.46

	
 $                   12.46

	
 $                    12.71

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  14.42

	
 $                   14.42

	
 $                    14.71

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  16.26

	
 $                   16.26

	
 $                    16.59

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9776

	
Rep, Cust Service

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	
(Hired before March )

	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.42

	
 $                   14.42

	
 $                    14.71

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  15.34

	
 $                   15.34

	
 $                    15.65

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.26

	
 $                   16.26

	
 $                    16.59

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  17.99

	
 $                   17.99

	
 $                    18.35

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  19.73

	
 $                   19.73

	
 $                    20.12

	  	  	
3 Years

	
 $                  21.47

	
 $                   21.47

	
 $                    21.90

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9776 New

	
Rep, Cust Service

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.37

	
 $                   14.37

	
 $                    14.66

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  16.44

	
 $                   16.44

	
 $                    16.77

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  18.51

	
 $                   18.51

	
 $                    18.88

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9776 HH

	
Rep, Cust Service (see footnote1)

	
Start

	
 $                  13.49

	
 $                   13.49

	
 $                    13.76

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.37

	
 $                   14.37

	
 $                    14.66

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  16.44

	
 $                   16.44

	
 $                    16.77

 

 

 

  

61

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	 2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	 	 	 2 Years	
 $                  18.51

	 $                   18.51	$                    18.88
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
9735

	
Rep, Cust Service, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  23.78

	
 $                   23.78

	
 $                    24.26

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9735 New

	
Rep, Cust Service, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  22.76

	
 $                   22.76

	
 $                    23.22

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9850

	
Rep, Facilites

	
Start

	
 $                  21.47

	
 $                   22.76

	
 $                    23.22

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8966

	
Rep, Support Services

	
Start

	
 $                  13.95

	
 $                   13.95

	
 $                    14.23

	  	
(replaces, print shop clerk

	
6 Months

	
 $                  14.75

	
 $                   14.75

	
 $                    15.05

	  	
outside messanger, clerk and UMS)

	
1 Year

	
 $                  15.54

	
 $                   15.54

	
 $                    15.85

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  16.34

	
 $                   16.34

	
 $                    16.67

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  17.13

	
 $                   17.13

	
 $                    17.47

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  17.93

	
 $                   17.93

	
 $                    18.29

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8716

	
Repairman, Construction

	
Start

	
 $                  32.70

	
 $                   32.70

	
 $                    33.35

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8530

	
Repairman, Tool

	
Start

	
 $                  32.07

	
 $                   32.07

	
 $                    32.71

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8535

	
Repairman, Tool (Power Prod)

	
Start

	
 $                  29.01

	
 $                   29.01

	
 $                    29.59

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7485

	
Serviceman, Cust

	
Start

	
 $                  36.70

	
 $                   36.70

	
 $                    37.43

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8730

	
Serviceman, Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  26.96

	
 $                   26.96

	
 $                    27.50

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.74

	
 $                   27.74

	
 $                    28.29

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  29.77

	
 $                   29.77

	
 $                    30.37

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8720

	
Serviceman, Equip

	
Start

	
 $                  28.57

	
 $                   28.57

	
 $                    29.14

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9745

	
Specialist, Meter Data (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  20.26

	
 $                   20.26

	
 $                    20.67

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  22.45

	
 $                   22.45

	
 $                    22.90

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6035

	
Sr Parts Spec, Utility Fleet

	
Start

	
 $                  34.14

	
 $                   34.14

	
 $                    34.82

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8847

	
Storekeeper

	
Start

	
 $                  26.40

	
 $                   26.40

	
 $                    26.93

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  27.51

	
 $                   27.51

	
 $                    28.06

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  28.59

	
 $                   28.59

	
 $                    29.16

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  29.34

	
 $                   29.34

	
 $                    29.93

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8848

	
Storekeeper/Buyer/Planner (FC)

	
Start

	
 $                  26.76

	
 $                   26.76

	
 $                    27.30

	  	
(March 2007 Hire)

	
6 Months

	
 $                  29.34

	
 $                   29.34

	
 $                    29.93

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.94

	
 $                   31.94

	
 $                    32.58

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8055

	
Surveyor

	
Start

	
 $                  36.83

	
 $                   36.83

	
 $                    37.57

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8780

	
Surveyor, Leak

	
Start

	
 $                  27.70

	
 $                   27.70

	
 $                    28.25

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  29.20

	
 $                   29.20

	
 $                    29.78

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  30.93

	
 $                   30.93

	
 $                    31.55

 

 

 

  

62

  

 

 

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	   2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7133

	
Tech, Comm Sys

	
Start

	
 $                  42.11

	
 $                   42.11

	
 $                    42.95

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  42.99

	
 $                   42.99

	
 $                    43.85

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  44.30

	
 $                   44.30

	
 $                    45.19

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7146

	
Tech, Communications

	
Start

	
 $                  39.55

	
 $                   39.55

	
 $                    40.34

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  41.51

	
 $                   41.51

	
 $                    42.34

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7075

	
Tech, Control

	
Start

	
 $                  39.55

	
 $                   39.55

	
 $                    40.34

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  41.51

	
 $                   41.51

	
 $                    42.34

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7110

	
Tech, Electrical Plant

	
Start

	
 $                  38.56

	
 $                   38.56

	
 $                    39.33

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7156

	
Tech, Electrical/Instrument

	
Start

	
 $                  40.49

	
 $                   40.49

	
 $                    41.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7073

	
Tech, Instruction/Standards

	
Start

	
 $                  38.89

	
 $                   38.89

	
 $                    39.67

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7150

	
Tech, Instrument

	
Start

	
 $                  38.56

	
 $                   38.56

	
 $                    39.33

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7515

	
Tech, Lab

	
Start

	
 $                  35.98

	
 $                   35.98

	
 $                    36.70

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8946

	
Tech, Mapping I

	
Start

	
 $                  18.73

	
 $                   18.73

	
 $                    19.10

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  19.71

	
 $                   19.71

	
 $                    20.10

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  20.87

	
 $                   20.87

	
 $                    21.29

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  22.06

	
 $                   22.06

	
 $                    22.50

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  23.22

	
 $                   23.22

	
 $                    23.68

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  24.35

	
 $                   24.35

	
 $                    24.84

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8945

	
Tech, Mapping II

	
Start

	
 $                  25.48

	
 $                   25.48

	
 $                    25.99

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  26.83

	
 $                   26.83

	
 $                    27.37

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  28.24

	
 $                   28.24

	
 $                    28.80

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8391

	
Tech, Mapping Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  29.74

	
 $                   29.74

	
 $                    30.33

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.30

	
 $                   31.30

	
 $                    31.93

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  32.94

	
 $                   32.94

	
 $                    33.60

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7165

	
Tech, Meter, I

	
Start

	
 $                  38.01

	
 $                   38.01

	
 $                    38.77

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  38.27

	
 $                   38.27

	
 $                    39.04

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7170

	
Tech, Meter, II

	
Start

	
 $                  38.89

	
 $                   38.89

	
 $                    39.67

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7175

	
Tech, Meter, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  40.00

	
 $                   40.00

	
 $                    40.80

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7125

	
Tech, Regulator Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  33.89

	
 $                   33.89

	
 $                    34.57

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  36.01

	
 $                   36.01

	
 $                    36.73

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7015

	
Tech, Relay Control, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  42.11

	
 $                   42.11

	
 $                    42.95

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  42.99

	
 $                   42.99

	
 $                    43.85

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  44.30

	
 $                   44.30

	
 $                    45.19

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8888

	
Technician, Service

	
Start

	
 $                  23.08

	
 $                   23.08

	
 $                    23.54

	  	
Formerly Utilityman, Service

	
6 Months

	
 $                  23.75

	
 $                   23.75

	
 $                    24.23

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  25.16

	
 $                   25.16

	
 $                    25.66

 

 

  

63

  

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	  2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7155

	
Tech, Shift, Instrmt/Ctrl

	
Start

	
 $                  38.27

	
 $                   38.27

	
 $                    39.04

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  39.16

	
 $                   39.16

	
 $                    39.94

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  39.96

	
 $                   39.96

	
 $                    40.76

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7052

	
Tech, Substation

	
Start

	
 $                  42.11

	
 $                   42.11

	
 $                    42.95

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6052

	
Trainer, Lines

	
Start

	
 $                  44.66

	
 $                   44.66

	
 $                    45.55

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6030

	
Trainer, Substation

	
Start

	
 $                  45.04

	
 $                   45.04

	
 $                    45.94

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7225

	
Troubleman, Electric

	
Start

	
 $                  41.21

	
 $                   41.21

	
 $                    42.03

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9115

	
Utility Material Specialist

	
Start

	
 $                  20.26

	
 $                   20.26

	
 $                    20.67

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  22.10

	
 $                   22.10

	
 $                    22.54

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  23.23

	
 $                   23.23

	
 $                    23.69

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  24.42

	
 $                   24.42

	
 $                    24.91

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  25.54

	
 $                   25.54

	
 $                    26.05

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  26.72

	
 $                   26.72

	
 $                    27.25

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8842

	
Utility Material Specialist I

	
Start

	
 $                  28.39

	
 $                   28.39

	
 $                    28.96

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  29.34

	
 $                   29.34

	
 $                    29.93

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9116

	
Utility Material Specialist-GN

	
Start

	
 $                  19.78

	
 $                   19.78

	
 $                    20.18

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  22.10

	
 $                   22.10

	
 $                    22.54

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  23.23

	
 $                   23.23

	
 $                    23.69

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  24.42

	
 $                   24.42

	
 $                    24.91

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  25.54

	
 $                   25.54

	
 $                    26.05

	  	  	
30 Months

	
 $                  26.72

	
 $                   26.72

	
 $                    27.25

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9118

	
Utility, Material Spec, Trn

	
Start

	
 $                  19.78

	
 $                   19.78

	
 $                    20.18

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8655

	
Utilityman, Gas

	
Start

	
 $                  31.60

	
 $                   31.60

	
 $                    32.23

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8420

	
Utilityman, Maint, Sr

	
Start

	
 $                  28.57

	
 $                   28.57

	
 $                    29.14

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  29.43

	
 $                   29.43

	
 $                    30.02

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  30.08

	
 $                   30.08

	
 $                    30.68

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  31.67

	
 $                   31.67

	
 $                    32.30

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7601

	
Utilityman, Substation

	
Start

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
8890

	
Utilityworker, Comm (Equity)

	
Start

	
 $                  28.58

	
 $                   28.58

	
 $                    29.15

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  30.00

	
 $                   30.00

	
 $                    30.60

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  31.51

	
 $                   31.51

	
 $                    32.14

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  33.08

	
 $                   33.08

	
 $                    33.74

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9585

	
Utilityworker, Universal

	
Start

	
 $                  24.81

	
 $                   24.81

	
 $                    25.31

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  26.05

	
 $                   26.05

	
 $                    26.57

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  27.35

	
 $                   27.35

	
 $                    27.90

	  	  	
18 Months

	
 $                  28.71

	
 $                   28.71

	
 $                    29.28

	  	  	
2 Years

	
 $                  30.15

	
 $                   30.15

	
 $                    30.75

 

 

 

  

64

  

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  

Job Class

	  

Job Title

	  

Wage Step

	  2010 Wage 2.5% (Aug 16, 2010 to Aug 15, 2011)	  

2011 Lump Sum 2% (Aug 16, 2011)

	  

2012 Wage 2% (Aug 16, 2012 to Aug 15, 2013)

	
7380

	
Welder/Mechanic

	
Start

	
 $                  38.55

	
 $                   38.55

	
 $                    39.32

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
9250

	
Worker, Building Service, Ld (March 2007 Hire)

	
Start

	
 $                  19.75

	
 $                   19.75

	
 $                    20.15

	  	  	
6 Months

	
 $                  20.40

	
 $                   20.40

	
 $                    20.81

	  	  	
1 Year

	
 $                  21.56

	
 $                   21.56

	
 $                    21.99

	
 

1Hiring Hall employees will be given an option of receiving extra pay in lieu of medical benefits, pretax, to be used to purchase medical benefits.  If Hiring Hall employees use less than the pretax credit to purchase medical coverage, then the remainder will be paid as wages and subject to applicable taxes.  This additional hourly amount will be 82% of the Employee and Spouse HMO premium.

  

65

  

 

ATTACHMENT II

EXHIBIT "B" (1)

(as Amended March 2007)

CLASSIFICATIONS AND JOB DESCRIPTIONS

Note:             Classifications preceded by an (*) are subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e).

7653             *APPRENTICE, TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to, or under the general direction of, employees in higher classifications within the Telecommunications department while training for journeyman Telecommunications Technician.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone, or under direct supervision, on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee’s educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining journeyman status.  The employee must possess any one of the following, a FCC General Radio Telephone Operator License, National Association of Business and Educational Radio (NABER) certificate, or National Association of Radio and Telecommunications Inc. (NARTI) certificate.

7635             *APPRENTICE, CONSTRUCTION REPAIRMAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an Assistant to, or under the general direction of, employees in higher rated classifications within the Construction Department while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7684             *APPRENTICE, CUSTOMER SERVICEMAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Serviceman, Customer, while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.  Must be able to write legibly and maintain a neat, clean appearance and must be qualified to work with the public.

	
  

	
An Apprentice, Customer Serviceman shall be required by Company to reside within a thirty-five (35) mile radius of the Company headquarters to which they regularly report.

7641             *APPRENTICE, ELECTRICIAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of employees in higher rated classifications within the general Measurement and Test Department Occupational Group while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7645             *APPRENTICE, ELECTRICIAN, MAINTENANCE

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to, or under the general supervision of, a Journeyman Maintenance Electrician.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  His education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7642             *APPRENTICE, ELECTRICIAN, UNDERGROUND

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to, or under the general direction of an Underground Electrician while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  Employee's education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7681             *APPRENTICE, FABRICATOR/WELDER

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Fabricator/Welder while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, the apprentice may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which the employee has been trained and instructed.  The general qualifications and educational experience must be such that the apprentice must be considered capable of Journeyman status.

  

66

  

7691             *APPRENTICE, FITTER

	
  

	
An employee who installs and maintains gas pipes, mains and accessories under the general direction of a Foreman, Fitter, or other experienced and qualified personnel while training for a Journeyman classification.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of obtaining Journeyman status.  Before obtaining Journeyman status, he must qualify by test and demonstrate an ability to handle tools and operate equipment, such as earth boring machines, line stopping and tapping machines, pipe locators, gas leakage detection equipment, holiday detectors, compressors and other equipment commonly used in the trade.

7692             *APPRENTICE, FITTER/WELDER

	
  

	
An employee who installs and maintains gas pipes, mains and accessories under the general direction of a Foreman, Fitter/Welder or other experienced and qualified personnel while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.  Before attaining Journeyman status he must qualify by test under the requirements for gas and electric arc welding for certification in accordance with Department of Transportation regulations.  Before obtaining Journeyman status, he must qualify by test and demonstrate an ability to handle tools and operate equipment, such as earth boring machines, line stopping and tapping machines, pipe locators, gas leakage detection equipment, holiday detectors, compressors and other equipment commonly used in the trade.  Employees with one (1) year or more Company experience as a Fitter transferring into this classification will be given credit for completion of six (6) months time in the classification and shall not suffer a wage reduction.

7651             *APPRENTICE, INSTRUMENT TECHNICIAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the same general direction of an Instrument Technician while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7631             *APPRENTICE, LINEMAN

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Lineman while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7685             *APPRENTICE, MACHINIST

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Machinist while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7680             *APPRENTICE, MECHANIC

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Mechanic, while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7652             *APPRENTICE, MECHANIC, DIESEL/TURBINE

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Diesel-Turbine Mechanic while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7687             *APPRENTICE, METERMAN, GAS

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of a Meterman, Gas while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

  

67

  

7693             *APPRENTICE, OPERATOR, GAS PRESSURE

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of employees in higher classifications within the general Gas Production Occupational Group while training for Gas Pressure Operator.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under the direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  May be assigned to other duties as required to assure safe and reliable gas supply throughout the system.  This position is a “shift” employee.

7689             *APPRENTICE, PLANT MECHANIC

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to, or under the direction of a Plant Mechanic or Mechanic/Machinist or Mechanic/Welder while training for Plant Mechanic.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under general supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  His education and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7632             *APPRENTICE, TECHNICIAN, ELECTRICAL, PLANT

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to, or under the general supervision of a Journeyman Plant Electrical Technician.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  His education and general qualification must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

7690             *APPRENTICE, TECHNICIAN, LAB

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the same general direction of a Laboratory Technician while training for a Journeyman.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he may be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained or instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Journeyman status.

	
7673

	
*APPRENTICE, TECHNICIAN, METER

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in performing work as an assistant to or under the general direction of employees in higher rated classifications, within the Electric Metering Department, while training for Technician, Meter I.  In order to gain experience for advancement, he/she will be required to work alone or under direct supervision on jobs for which he/she has been trained and instructed.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining Technician I status.  Applicants will be expected to prove possession of these qualifications by successfully passing a test with a score of 75% or better.

	
8051

	
*CHIEF, CREW

	
  

	
 Directs the work and activities of the Survey Crew in the performance of measurements upon the land of features and fixtures of Company-owned land and land rights, construction layout and staking of improvements and facilities, and other survey related activities in support of Company objectives.  Maintains and operates all survey and survey related equipment.  Checks plans for accuracy, performs research, calculations and other field checks to insure correctness, maintains data collector files, and oversees survey crew to make sure correct survey procedures and safety requirements are met.  Possesses fundamental knowledge of land Survey principles and practices and actively pursues performance excellence.  The Crew Chief shall be responsible for the survey crew’s activities in the performance of their duties.  Performs such other duties in the field or office as may be assigned.  Upon obtaining a Professional Land Surveyor’s license, employee shall automatically progress to Surveyor.

9730             CLERK, REMITTANCE PROCESSING, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Company, a thorough knowledge of remittance processing system by training and working in the remittance processing unit.  Will perform a variety of skilled tasks dealing with the orderly flow of work within the remittance processing unit.  Such employees will be responsible for:

	
  

	
1)

	
The timely and accurate processing of customer payments, preparation of bank deposits, electronic transmittal of daily customer revenue transactions, and the submittal of daily reports and records as assigned,

	
  

	
2)

	
Training remittance processing equipment operators and clerical representatives,

	
  

	
3)

	
Review and edit of work processed,

	
  

	
4)

	
Operation of all remittance processing equipment including data management computer and various office machines, and

	
  

	
5)

	
Other assigned clerical functions as required.  Directs the activities of other departmental personnel as required.

	
  

	
Required to be effective when working with the public and responding to customer requests and inquiries, as well as have other qualifications and qualities generally accepted as being desirable in a customer services classification.  Required to make independent decisions as necessary to satisfy customer needs and provide quality customer service.

  

68

  

	
8645

	
*COORDINATOR,FLEET ASSETS/SPECIAL PROJECTS

	
  

	
An employee who is responsible for ordering and tracking of all new vehicles and equipment. Coordinate all up-fitting and after-market equipment of all new vehicles and equipment. Take delivery, and perform inspections of all new vehicles and equipment to insure the quality and accuracy of the up-fitting work performed as per RFP and bid specification. Oversee the installation of all after-market equipment ensuring the proper, safe, timely, and appropriate installation of that equipment. Identify customer/operator specific needs and coordinate the necessities for each vehicle and equipment. Organize and maintain the files and folders for each vehicle or piece of equipment. Work with the Licensing Coordinator regarding the appropriate licensing for each vehicle and equipment. Schedule and coordinate the vehicle/equipment disposals with the current auction company on contract ensuring that all vehicle/equipment are disposed of properly and accurately. Responsible for the vehicle/equipment donation program. Work with Public-Community Relations department to ensure the proper vehicle/equipment meets the needs of the requester. Coordination of vehicle/equipment trade-ins as need.  Central point of contact between customers and external customers, firms, and local agencies as required for vehicle/equipment auctions, donations, and trade-ins. Responsible for notifying Plant Accounting by using the Fleet Services TCF from when vehicle is pending, retired, donated, or traded-in. Under supervision of the Team Leader, ensures projects are constructed on or before established dates within the allocated budget. Work closely and cooperatively with all co-workers, customers, and vendors to ensure a consistently high degree of success in support and coordination of assets. Provide professional representation and communication with all levels of internal and external customers. Assists in the preparation of papers on issues pertaining to Fleet Vehicles. Provide administrative support to ensure consistent work flow of Fleet assets. Work on multiple tasks simultaneously applying analytical, technical, and organizational skills to accomplish and ensure the efficient and successful completion of projects. Remain current with all company policy, procedure and training. Work independently to perform all responsibilities. Perform other special projects or duties as assigned. May require testing.

8640             *COORDINATOR, FLEET REPAIR/LICENSING

	
  

	
An employee who is responsible for entering vehicle repair order data into the Transportation Management Information System.  These functions shall be performed cost effectively, accurately, and in accordance with departmental and Company guidelines, policies and procedures.  Also responsible for verification of all labor parts and commercial (outside shop) costs for the fleet by direct computer input into the Transportation Management System.

	
  

	
This position will also be responsible for performing all duties related to licensing the fleet, both in Nevada and California.  This shall include any special permits that may be required.  This entails preparation of the necessary paperwork, securing the funds, obtaining the license plates, registration, renewal tags and titles, either personally or by mail, as required.  Will be responsible for the maintenance of all data and documents into the fleet vehicle files.

	
  

	
Requires comprehensive knowledge of overall fleet operations.  Possess good knowledge related to automotive maintenance terminology, practices, parts, and licensing.  Ability to communicate effectively and courteously with Company and non-Company personnel.  Possess experience of direct computer data entry and comprehensive knowledge of Fleet Services Department shop policies and procedures.

8944             *DRAFTSMAN

	
  

	
An employee who is training for advancement to Senior Draftsman and under general direction uses computer-aided drafting skills to prepare sketches, diagrams, single line job drawings, job maps and when required, makes field checks in connection with such maps.  Interprets and maps verbal and written instructions, rough sketches, and data collected by Engineers, Planners, Estimators or Surveyors.  Consults standard maps of cities, subdivision plats, railroads and highways in connection with the preparation of new maps for plotting distribution lines and facilities.  Reproduces maps and revises maps as changes occur and maintains up-to-date distribution maps of Electric and Gas systems.  From data provided, prepares base maps for job drawings.  May engage in the operation and care of printers, plotters, copy machines and miscellaneous minor maintenance of equipment.  May assist in occasional reducing of field survey notes and field checking.  May be required to make mechanical and architectural drawings.  May perform clerical work related to the Drafting Department.  Performs other related duties as may be required by the Supervisor.  The employee must possess an aptitude for the work, a working knowledge of Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) and mathematics, including geometry.  Some knowledge of utility operation is desirable.  May be required to pass an oral or written examination or performance test covering these qualifications.

8380             *DRAFTSMAN, LAND

	
  

	
An employee who, under the supervisor, assembles preliminary information and does automated drafting, and general mapping work in connection with the acquisition of Rights-of-Way, composes legal descriptions,, searches County records, and processes other necessary forms for the granting and procuring of easements, rights-of-way, highway and railroad crossing permits, government permits, and other land documents.  Plots profiles, makes routine calculations, and reduces

 

 

  

69

  

 

 

 

	
  

	
field notes.  Training and/or experience, in mapping, drafting and mathematics will be required.  May be required to take an oral or written examination or performance test covering these qualifications.

 

8390             *DRAFTSMAN, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who, under the supervision of the Drafting Supervisor, uses computer aided drafting skills to prepare sketches, diagrams, single line job drawings, job maps and when required, makes field checks in connection with such maps.  Interprets and maps verbal and written instructions, rough sketches, and data collected by Engineers, Planners, Estimators or Surveyors.  Consults standard maps of cities, subdivision plots, railroads, and highways in connection with the preparation of new maps for plotting distribution lines and facilities.  Reproduces maps and revises maps as changes occur and maintains up-to-date distribution maps of Electric and Gas systems.  From data provided, prepares base maps for job drawings.  May engage in the operation and care of printers, plotters, copy machines and miscellaneous minor maintenance of equipment.  May do occasional reducing of field survey notes and field checking.  May be required to make mechanical and architectural drawings.  May perform clerical work related to the Drafting Department.  Performs other related duties as may be required by the Supervisor.  The employee must possess an aptitude for the work, a working knowledge of Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) and mathematics, including geometry.  Some knowledge of utility operation is desirable.  May be required to pass an oral or written examination or performance test covering these qualifications.

8770             *DRIVER, TRANSPORT

	
  

	
An employee who drives truck transporting supplies and equipment; loads and unloads trucks; may act as Field Clerk, taking care of timesheets and material records; responsible for keeping tools in good order; assists crews with work.  Will be selected on the basis of qualifications, experience and performance to operate a fifth-wheel tractor with 2 or 3 axles which tows a trailer or semi-trailer.

6385             *DRIVER, TRANSPORT, HEAVY

	
  

	
An employee who drives heavy over-the-road transport truck transporting supplies, materials and equipment. Assignments are often in remote areas and without direct supervision or assistance. Loads and unloads trucks, using fork lifts, boom trucks or other equipment. Operates fixed and attached equipment; may act as Universal Utilityworker , taking care of time cards and material records; responsible for  keeping trailers and cargo in safe and operational order  assists crews with work. Must be familiar with loading and tie-down procedures, permits, routes, clearances and hold a valid Class A Drivers License with Hazardous Materials Endorsement and all other pertinent endorsements required to perform job functions.  Must be qualified to load and unload a wide variety of power-operated construction equipment, vehicles, materials, structures and variety of odd shapes, sizes and weights of materials.  Must be qualified  to operate a fifth-wheel tractor with 2 or 3 axles  with  a semi-trailer or lowboy trailer or multiple trailers for standard loads, or special permit loads which may be loaded non typical loads and special permit loads which may be loaded with variety of cargoes of materials, supplies or equipment. Responsible for ordering and maintaining all permits required to perform job duties. Responsible to complete job-related clerical work in a legible fashion and may be required to assist in training. Applicant will be selected on the basis of qualifications and experience.

8970             *DRIVER, TRUCK

	
  

	
An employee who drives truck transporting men, supplies and equipment; loads and unloads truck; operates fixed and attached equipment; may act as Field Clerk taking care of time cards and material records; responsible for keeping tools in good order; assists crews with work; may not tow trailers rated at 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight or more.  May not operate truck having more than two (2) axles.

8845             *DRIVER, TRUCK, HEAVY

	
  

	
An employee who drives truck transporting men, supplies and equipment; loads and unloads truck; operates fixed and attached equipment; may act as Field Clerk taking care of time cards and material records; responsible for keeping tools in good order; assists crews with work; must be familiar with loading and tie-down procedures.  Will be selected on basis of qualifications, experience and performance to operate a truck with three (3) or more axles such as a dump truck, winch truck, boom truck, flat rack, or a similar truck or a two (2) axle truck towing a trailer rated at 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight or more.

7340             *ELECTRICIAN

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified by training and knowledge to construct, erect, and maintain substations.  Must be qualified by training and knowledge to install, maintain, test, and repair substation, generating station and distribution equipment including but not limited to transformers, regulators, tap changing devices, circuit breakers, switchboards, generators, and other rotary equipment.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must be able to lay out, assemble, install, test, and maintain electrical fixtures, apparatus and wiring.  When under direct supervision may be required to perform work on protective relaying, communications equipment, Supervisory control and related equipment.  Must have successfully completed the Electrician Apprentice training program or equivalent.

 

 

  

70

  

 

7338             *ELECTRICIAN, FACILITIES

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman Electrician and is engaged in building maintenance testing, repairing, maintaining and installing all types of electrical equipment in Company buildings.  Must be licensed by city and state agencies as journeyman electrician.  Must have extensive knowledge of versa-trak systems, Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems, building management systems, lighting systems, fire alarm and security systems.  Will be required to inspect work of contract electricians.  Must have extensive knowledge of commercial building electrical systems.  Will be required to instruct or advise operating personnel on problems relating to electrical equipment.  Must have a thorough knowledge with the Company’s electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid.  Will be required to drive company vehicles.

7310             *ELECTRICIAN, MAINTENANCE

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and is engaged in testing, repairing, maintaining and installing all types of electric equipment in generating stations.  May be required to do plant and plant substation switching.  May be required to do incidental welding, such as tack hangers and test welding machines after repair, etc.  Must be qualified to operate station crane.  His background of apprenticeship and experience must be such as to qualify him to perform these duties with skill and efficiency.  He may also be required to instruct or advise operating personnel on problems pertaining to electrical equipment.  He must be thoroughly familiar with Company's electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid.  May at times be required to drive light and heavy vehicles.

7325             *ELECTRICIAN, PLANT

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and is engaged in testing, repairing, maintaining and installing all types of electric equipment in generating stations.  May be required to do plant and plant substation switching.  May be required to do incidental welding, such as tack hangers and test welding machines after repair, etc.  His background of apprenticeship and experience must be such as to qualify him to perform these duties with skill and efficiency.  He may also be required to instruct or advise operating personnel on problems pertaining to electrical equipment.  He must be thoroughly familiar with Company's electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid.

7345             *ELECTRICIAN, UNDERGROUND

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman qualified by training and knowledge of underground circuits, substations and apparatus to test, maintain and install duct line, cable, conduits, risers, Company-owned customer outdoor lighting equipment, circuit breakers, transformers and associated equipment.  Must be able to climb and perform Lineman's work such as making underground connections on customer services and substation feeder installations.  Is required to drive truck and operate the fixed and attached equipment.  May be required to keep time cards and material records.

	
  

	
7545

	
*FABRICATOR/CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE WELDER, CERTIFIED

A Journeyman employee engaged in the construction, repair and maintenance of gas and power systems and fleet vehicles. Performs basic metal working such as sheet metal layout and forming, threading of bolts and pipe, cutting and fitting of large pipes and culverts, layout and fitting of all types of structural shapes. Performs specialty work that is not available from outside suppliers, such as, construction of trailers, meter manifolds, meter sets and associated piping including gas pipelines, access gates, platforms, valve tools/keys, rebar fabrication, and special engineering designs. Performs welding on man-related equipment such as manlifts and derricks. Fabricates, repairs, sharpens, and tempers tools and equipment using a forge, anvil and trip hammer.

Field work performed includes substation modification and erection, aluminum bus welding, gates and component fabrication, aerial welding and repair. Emergency repair and new construction of gas and electrical systems, as well as vehicle and equipment repair may also be required.

Must be able to read and interpret drawings and layouts that are given as guidelines for the desired end product, as well as listening to a verbal description of a desired product or problem and come up with an acceptable solution. Must have a working knowledge of math to perform layouts as well as being informed as to the types of materials available from suppliers to do the various jobs. Must be knowledgeable in the use of electric welding and cutting, including metal inert gas (MIG), heliarc (TIG) welding, hard surfacing, and all aspects of acetylene welding including cutting. Must also have a working knowledge of plumbing, both pressure and non-pressure systems.

Requires: 1) certification in API 1104 12” butt and 12” branch on connection (using Sierra Pacific Gas Department procedures), 2) complete and maintain Gas Operator Qualification and AWS D1.1 structural/plate using E7018 weld rod in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position and semi automatic wire feed process in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position.  Employee will be included in DOT gas pipeline random drug and alcohol testing as outlined in 49 CFR Part 40 and 199.

  

71

  

7615             *FABRICATOR/WELDER

	
  

	
An employee engaged in making and repairing parts of equipment and tools.  The forge and trip hammer are used for sharpening and tempering of tools.  Must read and interpret drawings and layouts that are given as guides for the desired end product.  Performs basic metal working such as sheet metal layout, threading of bolts and pipe, cutting and fitting of large pipes and culverts, layout and fitting of all types of structural shapes.  Must be knowledgeable in the use of electric welding and cutting, including metal inert gas (MIG), heliarc (TIG) welding, hard surfacing and all aspects of acetylene welding including cutting and brazing.

	
  

	
An employee in this position will be required to obtain the following certifications within 6 months and will be advanced to the position of Fabricator/Construction/Maintenance, Welder Certified.  1) certification in API 1104 12” butt and 12” branch on connection (using Sierra Pacific Gas Department procedures), 2) complete and maintain Gas Operator Qualification and AWS D1.1 structural/plate using E7018 weld rod in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position and semi automatic wire feed process in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position.  Employee will be included in DOT gas pipeline random drug and alcohol testing as outlined in 49 CFR Part 40 and 199.  Failure to achieve these certifications will require the employee to return to his/her former job classification.

8620             *FACILITIES LOCATOR

	
  

	
An employee who has had at least one (1) year's experience as either an Apprentice Lineman, Apprentice Fitter, or equivalent experience.  The employee's educational and general qualifications must be such that he is considered capable of attaining knowledge of gas, or electrical facilities and capable of learning the application of pipe and cable locator equipment to locate these facilities.  When it is necessary to connect to live electrical circuits with locating equipment or to enter vaults, containing live circuits, only an employee with one (1) year's experience as Apprentice Lineman or equivalent experience will be qualified to do so.  May be required to investigate and report on damage to Company facilities.  Must be able to write legibly and maintain a neat, clean appearance and must be qualified to work with the public.

	
8625

	
*FACILITIES LOCATOR, SENIOR

	
  

	
Must have a minimum of five (5) years as a Facilities Locator.  The employee shall have a comprehensive understanding and the ability to locate both electric and gas utilities.  Must be able to demonstrate educational and general knowledge of gas and electrical facilities.  Must have past knowledge/experience in the application of pipe and cable locator equipment.  Required to make independent decisions as necessary to satisfy customers’ needs and provide on-the-job training.  Shall work with contract locating personnel on a daily basis and educate them as necessary on Company specific and peculiar gas and electric systems, installations and facilities.  Will answer questions, perform quality control locating of and with contract locating personnel, and perform problem locates when required.  Employee must have completed visual inspection permit training.  Will be required and trained, to visually look into vaults, transformers, boxes or any other appurtenances, necessary to physically see where electric and gas facilities are present.  May be required to assist Company Claims personnel with investigations of damage to Company facilities.  Must be able t write legibly and maintain a neat, clean appearance and must be qualified to work with the public.

7620             *FITTER

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and is qualified by training and knowledge to install and repair gas services, mains and appurtenances, locate and repair leaks, do miscellaneous pipe fitting and operate equipment such as earth boring machines, line stopping and tapping machines, pipe locators, gas leakage detection equipment, holiday detectors, and compressors.   Must meet the minimum requirements of CFR 49 Part 192, Pipeline Safety Operator Qualification for the covered tasks associated with the Fitter classification. Understands the use of tools in connection with pipe work and the installation of all types of pipe.  May be required to prepare ground for installation of mains and services and restore ground to required condition.  May be assigned to other work as the occasion arises, including the installation of meters and regulators; may be required to relight gas appliances during seasonal relighting program or in times of emergency.  May be required to complete job related clerical work and assist in training. Must have successfully completed the Apprentice Fitter Training Program or equivalent.

7460             *FITTER/WELDER

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and is qualified by training and knowledge to install and repair gas services, mains and appurtenances, locate and repair leaks, do miscellaneous pipe fitting and operate equipment such as earth boring machines, line stopping and tapping machines, pipe locators, gas leakage detection equipment, holiday detectors, and compressors.  Must meet the minimum requirements of CFR 49 Part 192, Pipeline Safety Operator Qualification for the covered tasks associated with the Fitter classification. Does gas and electric welding and is required to be certified by testing in accordance with the Department of Transportation regulations and repair work on gas lines and their accessories.   Will be required to prepare ground for the installation of mains and services and restore ground to required condition.  May be assigned to other work as the occasion arises, including the installation of meters and regulators and may be required to relight gas appliances during seasonal relighting program or in times of emergency.  May be required to complete job related clerical work and assist in training. Must have successfully completed the Apprentice Fitter Welder Training Program or equivalent.

 

 

 

  

72

  

 

6022             *FOREMAN, COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee, who possesses the necessary knowledge and skills through experience and training to work and direct the activities of Telecommunications Technicians and other personnel assigned to the Telecommunications Department.  The employee must be capable of directing personnel and planning work in a safe and efficient manner. Coordination of work with other departments including: ESCC, SCAT, ITT and others is a primary responsibility of this position. This position will be required to keep time for the personnel assigned to the group supervised by this position; this will include responsibility for scheduling normal and overtime work.  The person in these positions must be qualified by training and knowledge to install, maintain, repair, adjust or program various types of telecommunication voice and data transmission equipment. Must have a thorough knowledge of the SCADA system and be capable of performing maintenance and repair on that equipment or any peripheral equipment associated with the system. Other equipment skills may include, but not limited to, the EMS computer various SCADA RTU’s, UPS, digital and analog microwave radios, fiber optic SONET multiplexers, digital T1 multiplexers, digital cross connect switches, automatic telephone PBX, key systems and telephones, electric and gas system telemetering equipment, transfer trip equip, power line carrier RF equip, trunked radio system, spread spectrum and two-way radios, and other telecommunications and electronic work as may be required. The employee may be required to assist Telecommunications Engineers with system circuit design and project planning. The employee must have a working knowledge of laptop computers. The employee may be required to assist in the training of department personnel.

	
  

	
Prerequisites:

	
  

	
a) Must have completed a minimum of two (2) years as a Communication Systems Technician.

6281             *FOREMAN, CONSTRUCTION, WORKING, HEAVY

An employee who is qualified to work with, direct, and coordinate the daily activities of a crew engaged in heavy construction, maintenance, and/or repair of all civil/structural portions of utility facilities.  Must be thoroughly qualified by training, knowledge, and experience as to the proper methods and procedures required to perform tasks typically classified as carpentry, masonry, concrete work, ironwork, hazardous waste handling, site work, and earthwork, in a safe and efficient manner.  May be required to direct and coordinate activities of Laborers, Apprentice Construction Repairmen, Construction Repairmen,  Construction Inspectors, Truck Drivers, Transport Drivers, and Equipment Operators, although crew size will not be limited in number or by classification. Will oversee jobsite and employees, and ensure safety rules are being followed at all times. Must have a comprehensive working knowledge of mathematics, basic surveying techniques, construction materials, methods, and equipment, gas safety and the use of hand and power tools.  Must be able to interpret drawings, prints, sketches, specifications, and other written documents.  Must have effective oral and written communication skills.  Will be required to prepare proper notes, records, and other documentation as required for all daily job activities. Will be required to keep time for him/herself, as well as personnel under his/her direction and prepare legible notes and records, as well as other clerical work associated with the job.  May be required to assist in training. Must be a Journeyman Construction Repairman with not less than two (2) years' experience as such  Or a Heavy Equipment Operator with not less than four (4) years of experience as such.

6394             *FOREMAN, CONSTRUCTION, WORKING, LIGHT

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to work with, direct, and coordinate the daily activities of a crew engaged in light construction, maintenance, and/or repair of all civil portions of utility facilities.  Must be thoroughly qualified by training, knowledge, and experience as to the proper methods and procedures required to perform tasks, typically routine in nature, classified as carpentry, masonry, concrete work, and earthwork, in a safe and efficient manner.  May be required to direct and coordinate activities of Laborers, Apprentice Construction Repairmen, Construction Repairmen, Construction Inspectors, Truck Drivers, Transport Drivers, and Equipment Operators, although crew size will not be limited in number or by classification.  Must have a comprehensive working knowledge of mathematics, basic surveying techniques, construction materials, methods, and equipment, and the use of hand and power tools.  Must be able to interpret drawings, prints, sketches, specifications, and other written documentation.  Must have effective oral and written communication skills.  Will be required to prepare proper notes, records, and other documentation as required for all daily job activities.  Must be a Journeyman Construction Repairman with not less than one (1) year's experience as such or equivalent.

6031             *FOREMAN, CONTROL, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee engaged in the installation, maintenance, repair and adjustment of substation equipment including transformers, regulators, circuit breakers, switches, relaying, power line carrier, substation metering, telemetering and other work as required.  Must be capable of directing men and planning work.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must have at least two (2) years' experience as a  Journeyman Electrician.  Must be proficient in using a personal computer.

	
6825

	
*FOREMAN, CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who is directly in charge of and directs a crew of Customer Services Representatives in the day-to-day operations of the Phone Center, Customer Lobby, Customer Billing, Customer Systems Controls, Credit and Collections, Service Center and/or District Office operations.  Will also be in charge of and direct the work of meter readers.  Will be responsible for scheduling, logging attendance, maintaining daily work schedules, time sheets and monitoring Customer 

 

 

  

73

  

 

	
  

	
Services Representatives and Meter Readers to assure quality in their transactions with customers.  Also prepare their performance appraisals and be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of work assigned and skilled in all areas of the Customer Service Representative position.  They may be required to assist representatives in on-the-job training and answer questions as they arise.  They will also handle those customers who wish to have their questions or complaints answered on a higher level.  Required to make independent decisions as necessary to satisfy customer needs.  Also required to perform tasks as delegated by their Supervisor.  Must have successfully performed as a Customer Service Representative for at least three (3) years.

 

6277             *FOREMAN, GAS PRESSURE SYSTEM, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who is engaged in the operation and maintenance of Gas System Pressure facilities and equipment who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of Gas System Pressure employees.

	
  

	
Must be familiar with equipment, instruments, and procedures used in pressure regulation, custody transfer measurement, forecasting daily gas system requirements, gas analysis, gas odorization, and the gas leak survey program.  Must be capable of directing personnel and planning work.  Must have two (2) years' experience as Gas Pressure Operator or equivalent.  Must be familiar with federal and state regulations and recordkeeping requirements as related to the safe and reliable distribution of gas within the system.  Will be required to assist in training personnel in all phases of Gas System Pressure activities.  Must be capable of testing and calibrating various instruments used in Gas System Pressure operation.  Will be subject to on-call assignments as required and may be required to carry a pager or other type of remote notification system.

6275             *FOREMAN, GAS, METER SHOP, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee working with and directing the activity of Gas Meter Shop employees.  May be required to field test gas meters, water meters and devices.  Must be capable of directing men and planning work.  Must have a total of two (2) years as Gas Meterman or equivalent knowledge.

6025             *FOREMAN, GAS, WELDING, WORKING

	
  

	
To be filled on a upgrade basis, only, when an employee who is incumbent in the classification of Foreman, Electric, Gas, Construction, Working, is required to do qualified gas and electric welding on gas lines and their accessories.

	
6004

	
*FOREMAN, GENERAL, CONTROL, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision will:

	
-  

	
direct operations and coordinate all aspects of installation, maintenance, repair and adjustment of substation equipment.  Will aid in the design of facilities and also participate in the planning stages of such projects.

	
-  

	
be the first point of contact in the absence of or under the direction of a supervisor,

	
-  

	
direct the work of other foreman and their crews (foreman over foreman),

	
-  

	
assume other duties as deemed appropriate by management except for the following:

	
1.  

	
time sheet approval

	
2.  

	
vacation approval

	
3.  

	
completing performance appraisals (may give input)

	
4.  

	
approving meal tickets and credit card receipts

	
5.  

	
approving accounts payable items

An employee must have been a journeyman in their occupation for a minimum of six (6) years or a foreman equivalent for at least two (2) years.  Will be required to communicate effectively and contribute to a positive team environment to provide quality service to both external and internal customers.

NOTE:  This is NOT an upgrade only position.  Please refer to the Foreman, General, Working (Upgrade Only) for upgrades.

(Per Settlement Agreement dated 9/27/01 and Letter of Agreement dated 3/21/02)

	
6042

	
*FOREMAN, GENERAL, HEAVY, WORKING (GAS)

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision will:

	
-  

	
direct operations and coordinate all aspects of installation, maintenance, repair and adjustment of gas facilities.  Will aid in the design of facilities and also participate in the planning stages of such projects.

	
-  

	
be the first point of contact in the absence of or under the direction of a supervisor,

	
-  

	
direct the work of other foreman and their crews (foreman over foreman),

	
-  

	
assume other duties as deemed appropriate by management except for the following:

	
1.  

	
time sheet approval

	
2.  

	
vacation approval

	
3.  

	
completing performance appraisals (may give input)

	
4.  

	
approving meal tickets and credit card receipts

	
5.  

	
approving accounts payable items

 

 

 

 

  

74

  

 

 

An employee must have been a journeyman in their occupation for a minimum of six (6) years or a foreman equivalent for at least two (2) years.  Will be required to communicate effectively and contribute to a positive team environment to provide quality service to both external and internal customers.

NOTE:  This is NOT an upgrade only position.  Please refer to the Foreman, General, Working (Upgrade Only) for upgrades.

(Per Settlement Agreement dated 9/27/01 and Letter of Agreement dated 3/21/02)

	
6013

	
*FOREMAN, GENERAL, LINE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision will:

	
-  

	
direct operations and coordinate all aspects of overhead and underground transmission and distribution line work and all aspects of construction, maintenance and repair of company facilities.  Will aid in the design of facilities and also participate in the planning stages of such projects.

	
-  

	
be the first point of contact in the absence of or under the direction of a supervisor,

	
-  

	
direct the work of other foreman and their crews (foreman over foreman),

	
-  

	
assume other duties as deemed appropriate by management except for the following:

1.  time sheet approval

2.  vacation approval

3.  completing performance appraisals (may give input)

4.  approving meal tickets and credit card receipts

5.  approving accounts payable items

An employee must have been a journeyman in their occupation for a minimum of six (6) years or a foreman equivalent for at least two (2) years.  Will be required to communicate effectively and contribute to a positive team environment to provide quality service to both external and internal customers.

NOTE:  This is NOT an upgrade only position.  Please refer to the Foreman, General, Working (Upgrade Only) for upgrades.

(Per Settlement Agreement dated 9/27/01 and Letter of Agreement dated 3/21/02)

	
®

	
*FOREMAN, GENERAL, WORKING (UPGRADE ONLY)

	
  

	
An employee assigned on an upgrade basis only at the Company’s discretion, to assume a leadership role under any combination of the following circumstances:

	
  

	
_

	
on special projects when required to direct crew operations and coordinate all aspects of construction, maintenance and repair of company facilities.  Will aid in the design of facilities and also participate in the planning stages of such projects,

	
  

	
_

	
replace a supervisor who will be absent from their duties for an extended time period, within the limits of the FLSA ( Fair Labor Standards Act)

	
  

	
_

	
when directing the work of other foremen and their crews (foreman over foreman),

	
  

	
_

	
other circumstances as deemed appropriate by management.

An employee assigned to this upgrade must have been a journeyman in their occupation for a minimum of six (6) years or a foreman or equivalent for at least two years.  Will be required to communicate effectively and contribute to a positive team environment to provide quality service to both external and internal customers.

	
®

	
See Wage Table for appropriate job class upgrade number.

6283             *FOREMAN, HEAVY, EQUIPMENT, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of equipment operators, heavy equipment operators, heavy truck drivers and transport drivers engaged in heavy construction, maintenance or replacement of facilities.  Must have demonstrated satisfactory performance as a Senior Equipment Operator for at least one (1) year or have equivalent experience.  May be required to assist in training.  Must be familiar with all Company and governmental agency policies, procedures and requirements relative to operating, maintaining, licensing and/or permitting of heavy equipment.  Must be able to interpret plans, sketches, specifications and written instructions.  Will be required to keep time for himself, as well as for those under his supervision.  Will be required to keep proper notes and records associated with daily activities, equipment maintenance schedules, safety inspections, and operator training schedules.  Must be able to write with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.

6041             *FOREMAN, LAB, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is engaged in performing all classes of lab technician work, having full charge of and directing   all aspects of power station water treatment and the operation of water and fuel laboratories.  Must be capable of analyzing data from analyses and recommending proper courses of action.  Will train operators and technicians in chemical analyses and operation of water treatment equipment as required.  He must have not less than two (2) years of prior experience as a laboratory technician or chemist and completed formal courses in general chemistry, qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, organic chemistry or Company-approved equivalents.

  

75

  

6051             *FOREMAN, LINE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee engaged in performing all classes of overhead and underground transmission and distribution line work and construction, erection and maintenance of substations,** having full charge of and directing entire crew.  Must be a Journeyman Lineman with not less than two (2) years of experience as such.*** Must be qualified to perform switching.  Is required to drive line truck and operate the fixed and attached equipment.  Will keep time cards and material records.

	
**

	
See Letter of Understanding dated July 13, 1967, as amended by Supplementary Agreement dated May 10, 1973.

	
***

	
See Supplementary Agreement dated May 10, 1973, concerning qualification of Underground Electricians for advancement within the Electric Overhead Line of Progression.

	
6375

	
*FOREMAN, FABRICATION/CONSTRUCTION/ MAINTENANCE, WORKING

An employee who posses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work and direct the activities of personnel engaged in fabrication, maintenance and installation of electric and gas facilities. Must have demonstrated satisfactory performance as a Fabricator/Construction/Maintenance Welder Certified or have equivalent experience before consideration will be given for promotion to this classification.  Must be skilled in the crafts in which he may have occasion to use or to be used under his direction and guidance.  He/she must be able to interpret plans, sketches, specifications and written instructions.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of responsibility assigned.  Must possess sufficient familiarity with symbols and dimensions as related to plans.  Will be required to keep time for him/herself, as well as personnel under his/her direction and prepare notes and records, as well as other clerical work associated with the job.  Must be capable of writing with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.  May be required to provide estimates for work to be performed.

Requires:  1) certification in API 1104 12” butt and 12” branch on connection (using Sierra Pacific Gas Department procedures), 2) complete and maintain Gas Operator Qualification and AWS D1.1 structural/plate using E7018 weld rod in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position and semi automatic wire feed process in the 3G vertical and 4G overhead position.

Must be able to obtain Certified Welding Inspector Certification within one year of accepting position.  Employee will be included in DOT gas pipeline random drug and alcohol testing as outlined in 49 CFR Part 40 and 199.

6061             *FOREMAN, MAINTENANCE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is engaged in performing all classes of maintenance work, having full charge of and directing entire crew.  Must be a Plant Mechanic and/or Journeyman Mechanic/Machinist and/or Mechanic/Welder, with not less than two (2) years' experience as such or its equivalent.

6071             *FOREMAN, MECHANIC, DIESEL/TURBINE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is engaged in performing all types of diesel and turbine maintenance having full charge of and directing entire crew.  Must be a Journeyman Diesel Mechanic or Maintenance Electrician with at least two (2) years' experience as such or its equivalent.

6813             *FOREMAN, METER READER, WORKING-RENO

	
  

	
An employee who is in charge of and directs the work of meter readers in day-to-day operations.  Is required to effectively contribute to positive working relationships and job performance of the employees under his direction and provide and encourage quality customer service.  Is required to communicate effectively with employees and customers both orally and in writing.  Is responsible for scheduling, logging attendance, maintaining daily work schedules, monitoring work quality, evaluating performance, and performing other duties as assigned.  Must be thoroughly familiar with all work procedures, related equipment operation and is required to assist other department personnel as required.  Will provide training to new employees and be responsible for temporary employees assigned to gas/water demand studies.  Will be required to make independent decisions as necessary to satisfy customer needs and ensure employee safety.  Is required to perform tasks as delegated by management.

6091             *FOREMAN, SHIFT, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is directly in charge of and responsible for the operation of the plant during his shift.  He shall direct, perform, or assist in the performance of all duties related to the light-off and securing of boilers, the start and securing of turbines, generators, and auxiliaries, perform and direct switching, handle communications, tend equipment, keep records, make temporary repairs of equipment in emergency, and other related work as required.  He shall relieve in subordinate capacities when required and direct the work of others assisting him, including the training of plant personnel.  He shall be thoroughly familiar with Company's dispatching and clearance rules, electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules, and be qualified to render first aid.

  

76

  

6820             *FOREMAN, SUPPORT SERVICES, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is directly in charge of and when needed performs the day-to-day operations of the internal and external mail distribution services, information and record management, copy center, receiving and the corporate switchboard.  Will be responsible for scheduling, logging attendance, training, preparing reports and maintaining daily work schedules.  May be required to complete other job related clerical duties.

	
  

	
Must be able to communicate effectively and possess skills to make independent decisions.  Must be thoroughly familiar with work procedures and skilled in all areas of operations.

6082             *FOREMAN, TECHNICIAN, METER, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman engaged in installing, servicing, testing, repairing meters, electrical equipment and devices and having charge of crew assigned to him/her and in general engaged in work associated with metering.  Must be capable of directing the work of others and planning work.  Must have a minimum of two (2) years' experience as Technician, Meter II or equivalent.

	
6815

	
*FOREMAN,TECHNICIAN,SERVICE, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of the Service  Technicians who  perform work on electric meter service panels rated a maximum of 240 V line to line and without direct supervision can perform electric cut-ins, make electric and gas cut-outs, and self-contained single-phase meter exchange. Will be required to troubleshoot communication failures at the electric meter level or gas communication module.  May be asked to repair a communication failure by exchanging self-contained single-phase electric meter or gas communication module.  Must have performed satisfactory field credit work for at least two (2) years or have equivalent experience before consideration will be given to promotion for this classification.  Must be skilled in the craft for which he works and possess sufficient knowledge of all tools and equipment that will be used under his guidance.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of responsibility assigned.  Must be capable of writing with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.   Must be thoroughly familiar with Company Safety Rules.  Is responsible for scheduling, logging attendance, maintaining daily work schedules, monitoring work quality, and performing other duties as assigned.  Will be required to make independent decisions.

6101             *FOREMAN, TECHNICAL, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is engaged in performing all types of electrical and instrumentation work, having full charge and directing an entire crew.  Must be an Instrument Technician or a Plant Electrical Technician with no less than two (2) years' experience in a power plant as a Journeyman or its equivalent.

6053             *FOREMAN, TRANSMISSION LINE, WORKING (TRAVELING)

	
  

	
An employee engaged in performing all classes of overhead and underground transmission line work on energized circuits of 110KV or greater.  Also performs construction, erection and maintenance of transmission lines and associated structures having full charge of and directing entire crew.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must have served as a Transmission Lineman for at least two (2) years.  Is required to drive line truck and operate the fixed and attached equipment.  Will keep time cards and material records.  May be required to spend a significant amount of time on out-of-town projects.

6054             *FOREMAN, UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee engaged in performing all classes of underground distribution line work, having full charge of and directing entire crew.  Must be a Journeyman Electrician Underground with not less than two (2) years' experience as such.  Is required to drive truck and operate the fixed and attached equipment.  Will keep time cards and material records.

	
6020

	
*FOREMAN, UTILITY FLEET, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who is directly in charge of and leads all aspects of utility fleet maintenance and repair operations during his shift.  Coordinates vehicle and equipment availability and scheduling for repairs and maintenance with internal customers.  Prioritizes and coordinates the daily work assignments for Utility Fleet Mechanics, Garagemen, and other subordinate department personnel.  Ensure safe and efficient work practices on each job as it is being performed.  Identifies repairs or maintenance to be assigned to outside service providers and arranges for such work to be performed promptly and cost effectively.  Tracks and communicates progress and completion of each job with internal customers and Fleet Department staff.  Is required to effectively contribute to positive working relationships and job performance of the employees under his direction and to provide and encourage quality customer service.  Must be a journeyman Utility Fleet Mechanic with three (3) years experience as such.  Must possess and maintain a valid Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) and all applicable endorsements.

  

77

  

6450             *FOREMAN, UTILITY MATERIALS, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with, train, and direct the activities of personnel engaged in routine warehouse operations. Activities include the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and the taking of physical inventories. Prioritizes and coordinates the daily work assignments for Utility Material Specialists and other subordinate department personnel. Must be skilled in the systems, tool and equipment which he may use or which may be used under his direction. Ensures all safety rules are followed. Is required to provide quality customer service. Must have at least 2 years experience as a Material Utility Specialist and/or Storekeeper. The employee shall be familiar with Company’s Stores and Accounting procedures and other applicable rules. Ensure that appropriate material transaction documentation is maintained and may be required to perform all clerical related duties.

6280             *FOREMAN, WORKING, HEAVY (GAS )

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of a Gas Distribution crew engaged in heavy construction, emergency response operation and maintenance of the Gas Distribution System, or replacement of Gas Distribution facilities.  Must meet the minimum requirements of CFR 49 Part 192, Pipeline Safety Operator Qualification for the covered tasks associated with the Foreman classification. Must have demonstrated satisfactory performance as a light Foreman for at least one (1) year or possess two (2) years as a Journeyman Fitter/Fitter Welder or equivalent experience before consideration will be given for promotion to this classification. May be required to direct and coordinate activities of Laborers, Apprentice Fitters, Journeyman Fitters, Fitter Welders, Inspectors and Equipment Operators, although crew size will not be limited in number or by  classification. Will be responsible for Company jobsite safety and ensure that Company employees safety rules are being followed at all times.   Must be skilled in the crafts in which he works and possess sufficient knowledge of all tools and equipment which he may have occasion to use or to be used under his direction and guidance.  He must be able to interpret plans, sketches, specifications, and written instructions.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of responsibility assigned.  Must possess sufficient familiarity with symbols and dimensions as related to plans.  Will be required to keep time for himself, as well as the crew under his supervision and prepare proper notes and records, as well as other clerical work associated with his job and crew.  Must be capable of writing with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.

6284             *FOREMAN, WORKING, HEAVY (BUILDING AND GROUNDS)

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of a crew engaged in heavy construction, maintenance or replacement of facilities.  Must have demonstrated satisfactory performance as a light Foreman for at least one (1) year or have equivalent experience before consideration will be given for promotion to this classification.  Crew size will not be limited in number or skilled classifications under direction by this classification.  Must be skilled in the crafts in which he works and possess sufficient knowledge of all tools and equipment which he may have occasion to use or to be used under his direction and guidance.  He must be able to interpret plans, sketches, specifications, and written instructions.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of responsibility assigned.  Must possess sufficient familiarity with symbols and dimensions as related to plans.  Will be required to keep time for himself, as well as the crew under his supervision and prepare proper notes and records, as well as other clerical work associated with his job and crew.  Must be capable of writing with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.

	
6398

	
*FOREMAN, WORKING, LIGHT (BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS)

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to work with and direct the activities of semi-skilled personnel engaged in light construction, maintenance or replacement of facilities.  Must be skilled in the crafts in which he works and possess sufficient knowledge of all tools and equipment which he may have occasion to use or to be used under his direction and guidance.  He must be able to interpret plans, sketches, specifications and written instruction.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures and methods for the area of responsibility assigned.  Must possess sufficient familiarity with symbols and dimensions as related to plans.  Will be required to keep time for himself, as well as the crew under his supervision and prepare proper notes and records, as well as other clerical work associated with his job and crew.  Must be capable of writing with clarity in a neat and legible fashion.

6397             *FOREMAN, YARD, WORKING

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision is directly in charge of and directs an entire crew in the operation, service, and maintenance of, but not limited to coal, ash, lime, and other bulk material handling equipment.

8956             *GARAGEMAN

	
  

	
An employee, who acts as a helper for a Mechanic or, under indirect supervision, does all types of automotive service work relating to a utility equipment fleet.  This includes all phases of preventative maintenance (PM) work such as visual inspections, operational checks, oil and filter changes, equipment lubrication, fluid level checking and filling coolant system checks and servicing, battery servicing, and related incidental minor maintenance and repairs (such as fan belt 

 

 

 

  

78

  

 

 

	
  

	
replacements and adjustments, spark plug, shock absorber, and radiator hose replacements).  Additional service work may include dispensing fuel and oil, tire repairs, cleaning, washing, and other janitorial work.  May pick up and deliver fleet equipment, parts, and accessories as required.  Shall be required to perform minimal clerical tasks such as completing PM check sheets, repair orders, parts requests and other related documents.

 

9240             *GROUNDS MAINTENANCEMAN I

(Helper B/G)

An employee, to enter this position must be a semi-skilled laborer, with past experience as such; capable of handling ordinary tools safely in accordance with Company safety rules. Will assist skilled workman as he progresses in skill and training.

8709             *GROUNDS MAINTENANCEMAN II

( Grounds Maintenanceman)

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, all work associated with grounds and building maintenance, to all Company property as required, including but not limited to, painting, glazing, carpentry, fence repair, sprinkler systems, pruning and planting trees and shrubs, mowing lawns, fertilizing, etc. Must acquire a current certification as pesticide applicator within six (6) months of the job award, and will be required to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles.  May be required to provide general direction to any classifications assigned to him in performing work as defined.

	
9239  

	
*HELPER

	
  

	
 Must have sufficient knowledge and adaptability to understand and carry on duties as assigned; must be semi-skilled laborer, or equivalent with past experience as such, capable of handling ordinary tools safely in accordance with Company safety rules.  Assist skilled workman or apprentice or work under their direction at various classes of work which may be assigned in any location.

7405             *INSPECTOR, GAS

	
  

	
An employee who possesses knowledge and skill as obtained by experience and training to direct the efforts of contractors doing work for the Company in the installation of Gas facilities.  Must possess in-depth knowledge of material and construction standards, procedures and specifications and have the capability of interpreting plans and sketches depicting the required work associated with gas installations.  Must have completed a minimum of one (1) year as a journeyman Fitter/Fitter Welder/Equipment Operator III or equivalent.  Will be required to keep records as necessary to complete as-built drawings, including materials installed, as well as the dimensions of the installation.  Will be required to complete main and service cards in a neat and legible fashion as related to the facilities he inspects.  Must be able to use pipe locator, Holiday detector, Gas Explosive Meter, pressure recorders and other instruments and equipment common to gas installations.

7410             *INSPECTOR, CONSTRUCTION

	
  

	
An employee who has sufficient knowledge of Construction to inspect contractors' and/or Company work.  Will be required to perform such duties as coordinating work between contractors and Company crews, scheduling and coordinating delivery of materials, preparing and maintaining construction records and verifying that work is done in accordance with plans and specifications.  Must be familiar with all phases of substation construction including site work, excavation, carpentry, concrete work, steel work, fencing, buildings, grounding, installation of both metallic and non-metallic conduit, and their underground facilities.  Must be able to read and understand drawings and specifications, have knowledge of surveying, and be able to work with all other departments.  May be assigned to work as a member of a construction crew.  Requires two (2) years' experience as a Repairman or equivalent.

7210             *INSPECTOR, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee who has sufficient knowledge of the specifications and installation of electric overhead and underground lines to check contractors and/or Company work.  Will be required to perform such duties as scheduling and coordinating work between subdividers and Company crews, providing information on locations of underground facilities, conducting periodic checks of underground and overhead installations and doing necessary work to maintain such installations.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Will be required to perform other related duties as required including the maintenance of records pertaining to plant construction and operations.  Must be qualified to work with the public.  May be assigned to work as a member of a line crew or an underground crew.  Requires a minimum of one (1) year of experience as a Lineman and/or Underground Electrician.

	
7200

	
*INSPECTOR, TRANSMISSION (TRAVELING)

	
  

	
An employee who has sufficient knowledge of specifications and installation of transmission overhead and underground lines to check contractors and/or company work.  Will be required to perform such duties as scheduling and coordinating work between contractors and company crews, providing information on locations of underground facilities, conducting periodic checks of underground and overhead installations and doing necessary work to maintain such installations.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Will be required to perform other related duties as required including the maintenance of 

 

 

  

79

  

 

 

	
  

	
records pertaining to plant construction and operations.  May be assigned to work as a member of a Transmission Line Crew.  Must have at least two years of Transmission Lineman experience.

 

7130             *INSPECTOR, SUBSTATION, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee who has sufficient knowledge of the specifications, installation and operation of electric substations to check contractors and/or Company work.  Will be required to perform various duties necessary to properly coordinate and inspect substation electric equipment installations.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Will be required to perform other related duties including the preparation and maintenance of records pertaining to substation operation and maintenance.  May be assigned work as a member of a substation construction or maintenance crew.  Requires a minimum of two (2) years' of experience as an Electrician (control).

8395             *INSTRUMENTMAN

	
  

	
An employee engaged in survey work, in the field or office as required, such as operating with skill and efficiency, all survey instruments normally utilized by the Company. Assisting surveyors and Engineers preparing calculations, construction staking, boundary and topographic surveys and other surveying related tasks.  Training and/or experience in mapping, drafting and mathematics will be required.  May be required to pass an oral or written examination or performance test covering these qualifications.

	
7050

	
*INVESTIGATOR, REVENUE PROTECTION

	
  

	
Performs specialized assignments relating to tampered, diverted, vandalized and dead single-phase meters.   Performs field investigations and partners with the appropriate departments using established procedures.  Required to  perform investigations of  diversions, tampers, and vandalized meters as needed.  Work closely with low voltage electricity. Required to ensure that all back bills dealing with tampered, diverted, vandalized and dead meters are processed in a timely fashion.  Must effectively operate with limited supervision. Required to communicate effectively with and provide training to other employees and outside agencies in matters related to diversions, tampering, and vandalism of customer and company owned equipment.   Required to become a Certified Utility Theft Investigator within two years.    Required to take photographs, process evidence, complete  forms and prepare  paperwork in preparation of “court ready”  investigation Case files. Investigators are required to testify in court and other administrative proceedings based upon their investigations as needed. Required to drive a company vehicle. Required to be thoroughly familiar with Company Safety Rules. Must have at least two years electrical utility experience. Must be able to effectively communicate with customers and act in a professional manner. Required to use computer systems as necessary for the work.   Must be familiar with associated office equipment.

	
8610

	
*JANITOR (POWER PROD)

	
  

	
An employee who under general supervision has the primary duties of maintaining assigned areas in a clean and sanitary condition.  Janitorial duties will include but not limited to:  cleaning restrooms on a daily basis, washing and waxing floors, cleaning windows, collecting and disposing of trash, and maintaining housekeeping supplies.  Other assigned duties will include but not limited to:  running errands, gassing vehicles, distributing mail to appropriate locations, setting up and taking down meeting rooms, and other duties as assigned.  When not specifically assigned to janitorial duties may be assigned duties in other plant location.

	
9378  

	
*LABORER

	
  

	
An employee who performs manual work such as digging ditches, digging holes and clearing rights-of-way and other repetitive unskilled work as required.

	
9379  

	
*LABORER (BUILDING & GROUNDS)

	
  

	
An employee who performs manual work such as digging ditches, digging holes and clearing rights-of-way and other repetitive unskilled work as required.

9450             *LABORER, TEMPORARY

	
  

	
(Note:  A "Laborer, Temporary" is a student hired during vacations and others hired for a limited period of time for seasonal or emergency work.  Employees under this classification shall only be hired as needed to supplement the regular work force and shall normally be assigned only such work as falls within the Laborer definition.)

7330             *LINEMAN, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and who performs all classes of overhead and underground transmission and distribution line work and the construction, erection and maintenance of substations** when assigned to a crew under the direction of a Working Foreman or Supervisor of higher grade, and who is qualified by training and knowledge of underground circuits, substations, and apparatus to test, maintain, and install duct line, cable, conduits, risers, Company-owned customer outdoor lighting equipment, circuit breakers, transformers, and associated equipment, substation equipment and circuits.** Must be qualified to perform switching.

 

 

  

80

  

 

 

	
  

	
Will make connections to underground circuits and substation feeder installations as well as making underground connections on customer services.

	
  

	
His background of apprenticeship training and experience must be such as to qualify him to perform these duties with skill and efficiency.  He may be assigned to work with and under general direction of a Troubleman and when so assigned, the type of work he performs and the method of supervision shall be governed by the rules with respect to the Troubleman classification.  A Lineman may be assigned temporarily to work apart from a crew either alone or as a member of a two-man unit without supervision, doing work which shall include:

1.           Framing poles.

2.           Preassembling material.

3.           Patrolling and inspecting pole and tower lines.

4.           Testing and inspecting poles.

5.           Repairing risers and ground mouldings.

6.           Pulling slack in anchor guys.

7.           Replacing guy guards.

	
8.  

	
Splicing and terminating non-leaded and leaded underground cables.

	
9.  

	
Install and splice fiber optic cable and communications.

	
  

	
A Lineman may be assigned temporarily to work apart from a crew as a member of a two-man unit, without supervision, when the second man in such unit is a one-year Apprentice Lineman or higher, doing work which shall include:

	
**

	
See Letter of Understanding dated July 13, 1967, as amended by Supplementary Agreement dated May 10, 1973.

1.           Taking primary distribution voltage readings.

	
  

	
2.

	
Installing Company-owned customer outdoor lighting service equipment and street fixtures, including making connections on circuits with voltage below 750 volts.

	
  

	
3.

	
Installing all types of customer's services, complete with setting self-contained meters.

	
  

	
Using special design lift equipment, or an aerial bucket, a Lineman may work apart from a crew as a two-man unit, without supervision, when the second man in such unit is a one-year Apprentice Lineman or higher, doing work which shall include:

1.           Setting and replacing service poles.

	
  

	
2.

	
Setting street light poles and outdoor lighting service poles not to exceed 40 feet in length.

	
  

	
3.

	
Washing insulators on lines energized up to 60 KV.

	
  

	
When it is necessary to climb through live circuits of 750 volts or more, the other employee in the two-man unit shall be a Journeyman Lineman.  Is required to drive the line truck and operate the fixed and attached equipment.  May be required to keep time cards and material records.

7332             *LINEMAN, TRANSMISSION (TRAVELING)

	
  

	
An employee  who is qualified by training and on-the-job experience to perform work on energized circuits of 110KV or greater.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  His background and training must qualify him to perform all duties associated with Lineman work at normal distribution voltages as well as work on 110KV, 230KV, 345KV, or higher transmission line voltages.  May be required to spend a significant amount of time on out-of-town projects.

7580             *MACHINIST/TOOL REPAIR

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform precision work with a lathe and milling machine, who is capable of skillfully and efficiently installing, repairing and maintaining all types of mechanical equipment and tools.  The machinist performs the machining, gauging and production of parts; also repairs tools, valves, pumps and compressors; and also does the major maintenance and overhaul of the CNG facility.  Must have a working knowledge of hydraulics.  Must be capable of reading and interpreting sketches and drawings, making setups, and have a good working knowledge of shop math and properties of materials.  Must be qualified to do all types of welding and brazing using the forge, acetylene and electric methods.

8690             *MAINTENANCEMAN, STREET LIGHT

	
  

	
An employee whose main duties will be, but not limited to, maintaining street lights and luminaries, installation and removal of company outdoor lighting equipment and other miscellaneous work on street lights and street light circuits.  Other duties may require the employee to assist a Troubleman in the performance of their duties, as long as he has been certified through training and experience.  This employee can be utilized as a qualified observer while hot primary work is in progress and may be requested to relay switching information as per the qualified person directing the work. These employees must have completed an I.B.E.W. Apprentice Lineman program at or above the 24-month level.

  

81

  

7350             *MECHANIC, DIESEL/TURBINE

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified and regularly engaged in performing all types of diesel and turbine maintenance, including maintenance of engines, turbo chargers, oil systems, cooling systems, etc. He shall do mechanical and electrical repairs, tune-ups and adjustments and incidental welding or brazing in connection with the above.

7360             *MECHANIC, MACHINIST

	
  

	
An employee who has completed a minimum of two (2) years as a Maintenance Mechanic and is qualified to perform precision work with all machine shop equipment, read and work from drawings and sketches, read precision instruments and gauges, make own set-ups and has knowledge of shop math, properties of materials, and Company's electrical and mechanic tagging and safety rules.

	
  

	
Job duties include all types of precision work on machine shop equipment, mechanical repairs to boilers, turbines, auxiliaries and other rotating equipment aligning motors and mechanical equipment, truing and balancing, rotating equipment, incidental welding, brazing and soldering, rigging, operation of the station crane and work of lower classifications as required.

7496             *MECHANIC, PLANT

	
  

	
An employee who has completed his apprenticeship, or equivalent, and is in the process of acquiring the experience and skills required for advancement to Mechanic/Machinist or Mechanic Welder.  Job duties include the performance of general machine shop practices such as making parts for mechanical equipment, turning shafts, turning down commutators, rebabbitting bearings, fitting gears, etc., truing, aligning and balancing rotating equipment, incidental welding and brazing, soldering and metalizing, making mechanical repairs to boilers, turbines, generators, and all related auxiliaries.  As a part of his training to qualify for advancement, may work as an assistant to and under the supervision of a Mechanic/Machinist and/or Mechanic Welder and/or Maintenance Working Foreman.  The Plant Mechanic will be reclassified to Mechanic Welder when the following three (3) conditions are satisfied:

	
  

	
1.

	
Has completed the SPPCO 30-month Apprentice Plant Mechanic program or has worked as a Plant Mechanic at SPPCO for one (1) year.  NOTE: The one (1) year Plant Mechanic requirement may be waived by the Plant Manager.

	
  

	
2.

	
Has passed the certified Welders test as outlined in Plant Mechanic/Welder classification.

	
  

	
3,

	
The employee has passed the ICS portion of the Apprentice Plant Mechanic training program.

7600             *MECHANIC, UTILITY FLEET

	
  

	
An employee who has completed an accredited Apprentice Mechanic program, or who has worked for two (2) or more consecutive years as an automotive/heavy equipment Journeyman Mechanic, and is capable of performing all maintenance, service, and directly related functions involved with the hands-on maintenance of a large modern utility-type fleet of vehicles and equipment.  The person shall possess and maintain a Commercial Drivers License (CDL) with air brake and combination vehicle endorsements and a DOT physical card.  At one (1) year, the employee shall possess and maintain all CDL endorsements and Nevada Emissions Inspector Certificate(s) as applicable in the employee's responsibility area.  The employee shall, during the first year, become familiar with and following, under indirect supervision, department, Company, automotive and utility industry job standards and practices as directed.  May be required to assist in related safety and training functions.

	
  

	
Employees are eligible for a $500 bonus incentive for ASE Master Mechanic certification (one every five years).  Additional certification bonuses as approved by management.

9889             *MESSENGER, OUTSIDE

	
  

	
An employee who performs various errands between different divisions of the Company in the Reno-Sparks area, such as delivering messages, written material, supplies and equipment.  Shall also be required to pick up and deliver mail to the Post Office.  Will be required to do heavy lifting.

7370             *METERMAN

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman and has served successfully his apprenticeship or equivalent for a Meterman.  Must have the necessary knowledge to install, test, and repair all electrical instruments, meters and metering equipment and sufficient working knowledge of electricity to be able by the use of instruments, to determine power, volt amperes, power factor and reactive component in an electric circuit.

7605             *METERMAN, GAS

	
  

	
An employee who performs all classes of shop work on gas meters and regulators, including testing, repairing and adjusting.  Must be familiar with gas fittings and system pressures.

  

82

  

9162             *METER READER

An employee must be qualified to work with the public.  The employee will read meters, verifying accuracy of meter numbers, meter locations, meter instructions, including providing time of use survey.  Must pass meter reading aptitude test and physical ability test.  The meter reading physical test will include an 11 mile walk test with a five hour time limit of an actual route that has been established.  Upon satisfactory completion of training which includes safety training, dog bite prevention training, meter pro online reading training, customer service training, and receiving on the job training, may be assigned to various duties of a reader. Employees that are required to read gas must do visual checks on meters for corrosion or damage and use their handheld for the audit.  They must also participate in the gas demand study every three years.  Must be qualified to speak professionally to customers, always being courteous and respectful.  Must be able to deal with change and difficult situations.

7525             *OPERATOR, ASSISTANT CONTROL ROOM

	
  

	
An employee who, under direct supervision, will assist the Control Room Operator in the operation of the Plant during his shift including all duties related to the light-off and securing of boilers, starting, operating and securing turbines, generators, and auxiliaries, and make temporary emergency repairs, keep records, keep his station clean, perform other related work as required.  When not assigned to operations duties, he may be assigned work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  He shall relieve the Service Utility Operator, and when qualified, shall relieve the Control Room Operator.  He shall be thoroughly familiar with the Company's mechanical and electrical tagging and safety rules, and be qualified to render first aid.  He may be required to assist in the training of plant personnel.

	
  

	
Once the Assistant Control Room Operator is upgradeable to Control Room Operator, he shall be placed at the upgradeable rate.

	
  

	
Assistant Control Room Operators who have completed 24 months as an Assistant Control Room Operator and fail to achieve the requirements to be upgradeable to the Control Room Operator position shall be demoted to the Service Utility Operator position and that position’s top rate of pay.  The Company need not consider the bid of that employee for an Assistant Control Room Operator positions for six (6) months.

	
7510

	
*OPERATOR, ASSISTANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

	
  

	
An employee under the direct guidance of, and who assists, either the Distribution System Operator or the Transmission System Operator to perform duties in connection with all electrical lines and apparatus pertaining to power system operations.  Become proficient in the use of all communication equipment, computer systems, and operation diagrams available in System Control.  Familiarize with both NERC and WECC procedures and standards as well as SPPC safety and switching procedures and policies.  Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and performance tests.   If an Assistant Distribution Systems Operator is qualified to upgrade to the Distribution Systems Operator before the 2 years, the employee will be eligible to promote to the Distribution Systems Operator position.

7090             *OPERATOR, CONTROL ROOM

	
  

	
An employee, under the supervision of the Shift Team Leader or Shift Foreman, Working, whose duties include the operation of equipment in the plant, together with their related controls, particularly the equipment and switch gear which have their controls in the control room.  Is in charge of the control room and generally assists the Shift Team Leader or Shift Foreman, Working, in the operation of the plant.  Must keep his station clean.  Must be familiar with system operating orders, clearance procedures, and other necessary transactions with the Power System Dispatcher.  When required, he shall relieve subordinates, and may be required, in an emergency, to relieve the Shift Team Leader of Shift Foreman, Working, he shall assume their duties, when qualified, on a temporary basis, i.e., less than one full shift or the time required to call out a replacement.  When not assigned to operations duties, he may be assigned work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  He shall be qualified to render first aid, and be thoroughly familiar with the Company's electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules.  He may be required to assist in the training of plant personnel.

9785             OPERATOR, DATA ENTRY

	
  

	
An employee who is a proficient data entry operator.  This employee will be required to pass a data entry operator test to determine his/ her data entry ability before being considered qualified to be awarded a data entry operator job, and must have completed eighteen (18) months as a data entry operator trainee, or the equivalent in data entry experience.  Will be required to data entry punch and type information from source documents into tabulating cards or other input formats.  Information recorded from these source documents may be interpreted as required.  Will be required to operate, but will not be limited to key-to-disk/tape machines, key punch machines, verifiers, 1050 teleprocessing units, or other data processing source input equipment that may become available, or perform duties of a comparable nature as assigned by the data entry department Supervisor.

 

  

83

  

 

 

9535             OPERATOR, DATA ENTRY, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who has progressed through the Operator, Data Entry Trainee and Operator, Data Entry classification or who has completed equal training in a data entry shop of comparable size and complexity.

	
  

	
An employee under the supervision of the Data Entry Supervisor, who performs such duties as receiving, reviewing and logging all incoming work to insure completeness and clarity of input documents, resolve any potential problems with the user, prepare batch tags for work and assign work to the Data Entry Operators.  Perform transfer functions of data from disk to tape for submission to computer operations, perform cold starts, disk saves and prepare operator statistic tapes as required, assist Supervisor in preparing new application formats.  Keys information from various source documents.  Assist in training Data Entry Operators.  Performs other related clerical duties as required.

9910             OPERATOR, DATA ENTRY, TRAINEE

	
  

	
An employee not required to have prior experience as a data entry operator.  This employee must have average typing ability (50-60 words per minute) and will be required to pass a data entry operator aptitude test before being considered qualified to be awarded a data entry operator trainee job.  In the course of training may be assigned to any of the duties performed by a data entry operator.  Six (6) months after progressing to the top of the trainee classification, will automatically be reclassified to the classification of, and beginning wage rate of data entry operator.

7575             *OPERATOR, DIESEL/TURBINE

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, operates and performs routine operational maintenance of diesel and turbine driven generating equipment and auxiliaries, during his shift.  Routine operational maintenance includes such functions as replacement of lubricating and fuel oil filters, addition of lubricating oil and anti-freeze and other minor repairs not requiring the services of a qualified Journeyman Mechanic.  When not on shift, he may assist Journeyman maintenance personnel.  He will keep records, and maintain the plants where he is assigned to work in a neat and clean manner.

	
  

	
He shall be thoroughly familiar with the Company's dispatching and clearance rules and shall be qualified to perform switching in conjunction with the operation of diesel and turbine generating facilities.  He shall be familiar with the Company's mechanical and electrical tagging rules and shall be able to render first aid.

	
7219

	
*OPERATOR, DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

	
  

	
An employee, under the guidance of the Transmission Operator or the Transmission and Distribution Supervisor who performs such duties as; the safe switching of distribution lines, distribution substations, communication of switching instructions, granting or releasing approved clearances in connection with electric lines, or apparatus between power supply points, substations, and the terminus of distribution lines, underground feeders and other related duties as assigned. Prepares written switching orders and may review and approve the switching orders prepared by other Operators.  Monitors distribution system operating parameters, controls distribution system voltage and conducts load dispatching and other related operating duties during assigned shift. May conduct certain transmission system operations in assistance to and at the request of the Transmission Operator.  Must be proficient with all Sierra Pacific safety rules and switching procedures. Shall maintain certain designated switching records and operation logs, and maintain system operating diagrams and related documentation during shift. Is required to use all types of communication equipment with proficiency as available in the System Control Center. May be required to perform the above functions without direct supervision, including assisting in the training of System Control Center personnel. Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and/or performance tests covering these duties to progress through wage steps.

	
7222

	
*OPERATOR, EMERGENCY RELIEF (GRID)

	
  

	
An operator whose primary duty is to stand shift as assigned and relieve any of the other operators in System Control. Must be proficient in all aspects of power system operations, including all Sierra Pacific safety rules and procedures.   Must be proficient in the use of all types of communication equipment as it is available in System Control.   When not assigned to shift, may be required to prepare written switching orders, maintain operating diagrams and perform other duties associated with control center operations. Will be required to use own judgment in order to maintain or restore electric service and will have direct authority to shed customer load.   Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and performance tests covering these duties.   Requires NERC certification and compliance with NERC/WECC Operating Policies and/or Standards.

	
7223

	
*OPERATOR, EMERGENCY RELIEF (TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION)

	
  

	
(Classification)

	
  

	
An operator whose primary duty is to stand shift as assigned and relieve any of the other Transmission or Distribution System Operators in System Control.  Must be proficient in all aspects of transmission and distribution operations, including all Company safety rules and procedures. Must be proficient in the use of all types of communication equipment as it is available in System Control. When not assigned to shift, may be required  to prepare written witching orders, maintain operating diagrams and perform other duties associated with control center operations. Will be required to use own judgment in order to maintain or restore electric service and will have direct authority to shed customer load. Will be required to perform the above functions without direct supervision, including assisting in the training of System Control 

 

  

84

  

 

 

	
  

	
Center personnel. Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and performance tests covering these duties. Requires NERC certification and compliance with NERC/WECC Operating Policies and /or Standards.

 

7213             *OPERATOR, EMERGENCY RELIEF (SCRUBBER)

	
  

	
An employee qualified to relieve in any operating capacity at the Scrubber, including Shift Foreman, Scrubber, whose primary duties are to stand shift as assigned, and to relieve Scrubber Operators as required.  When not assigned to relief duties, he may be required to perform other related duties.  In addition, when not assigned to a watch or when not assigned to operations duties, he may be assigned work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  He must be qualified to render first aid.  He must be thoroughly familiar with the Company's plant tagging and safety rules and be qualified to issue clearances and perform switching for and within the Scrubber.  He shall assist in the training of Scrubber personnel.  Scrubber Foreman bidding to ERO (Scrubber) will maintain foreman wage rate.

7260             *OPERATOR, EMERGENCY RELIEF (STEAM)

	
  

	
An employee qualified to relieve in any operating capacity, including Shift Foreman, Working, whose primary duties are to stand shift as assigned, and to relieve Plant Operators as required.  When not assigned to relief duties, he may be required to perform other related duties.  In addition, when not assigned to a watch or when not assigned to operations duties, he may be assigned work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  Must be qualified to perform switching.  He shall assist in the training of plant personnel.

8776             *OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT I

	
  

	
An employee who is under direct supervision and assists an experienced Operator,, or equivalent, and is in the process of acquiring the experience and skills required to advance to Equipment Operator II.  Will be required to operate pavement breakers, rubber-tired excavation equipment such as loaders, and combination back-hoe/loaders with rated capacities not exceeding one and one-half (1 1/2) cubic yards for loader buckets and one half (1/2) cubic yard for back-hoe buckets.

	
  

	
After one (1) year, automatic progression to Equipment Operator II classification will occur upon successful completion of the Equipment Operator I Performance Test.  Refer to Equipment Operator Progression Guidelines.

	
8774  

	
*OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT II

	
  

	
An employee who has progressed through the Equipment Operator I classification, or has equivalent experience and is qualified by training and operating experience to perform special construction work using rubber-tired excavation equipment such as loaders, and combination back-hoe/loaders with rated capacities not exceeding one and one-half (1 1/2) cubic yards for loader buckets and one half (1/2) cubic yard for back-hoe buckets boom trucks, forklifts, etc. (type of equipment may vary by department).  May be required to complete job-related clerical work and assist in training.

	
  

	
After two (2) years of Equipment Operator II, progression to Equipment Operator III classification will occur upon successful demonstration of Equipment Operator II skills and department specific skills during two (2) years of Equipment Operator II classification.  Refer to Equipment Operator Progression Guidelines.

	
  

	
Bidding note 16 applies:  Bidder must pass a skills proficiency evaluation.

	
8771

	
* OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT II, SERVICE

	
  

	
An employee who has progressed through the Equipment Operator I classification, or has equivalent experience and is qualified by training and operating experience to perform special construction work using rubber-tired excavation equipment such as loaders, and combination back-hoe/loaders with rated capacities not exceeding one and one-half (1 1/2) cubic yards for loader buckets and one half (1/2) cubic yard for back-hoe buckets boom trucks, forklifts, etc. (type of equipment may vary by department).  May be required to complete job-related clerical work and assist in training.

	
  

	
After two (2) years of Equipment Operator II, progression to Equipment Operator III classification will occur upon successful demonstration of Equipment Operator II skills and department specific skills during two (2) years of Equipment Operator II classification.  Refer to Equipment Operator Progression Guidelines.

	
  

	
Bidding note 16 applies:  Bidder must pass a skills proficiency evaluation.

8773             *OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT III

	
  

	
An employee who has progressed through the Equipment Operator II classification and is qualified by training and operating experience to perform special construction work using rubber tired equipment such as loaders, and combination backhoe-loaders with rated capacities exceeding 1-1/2 cubic yard for loader buckets and 1-1/2 cubic yard for backhoe buckets, boom trucks, forklifts, etc.  (Type of equipment may vary by department).  May be required to complete job related clerical work and assist in training.  Is additionally qualified by training and experience to perform a variety of department specific tasks.  Refer to the Equipment Operator Progression Guidelines.

  

85

  

8772             *OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT, HEAVY

	
  

	
An employee who has completed a minimum of three (3) years as an Equipment Operator II  and a minimum of  1 year as an Equipment Operator III,  Must be qualified  to perform special construction work using various  rubber tired and track mounted heavy equipment () such as bulldozers, cranes, road graders, excavators,  Compactors, scrapers, augers and otgher heavy equipment applicable to perform construction and maintenance tasks without limitation on size or type equipment.

	
  

	
May work in cooperation with and under the direction of various other Departments as needed. An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill to perform earthwork, trenching and shoring in a safe and efficient manner, road construction, maintenance and all civil/structural portions of utility facilities.  Must hold a valid Class A drivers license with tanker endorsement, qualified in loading and uploading of equipment, tie down procedures, routes and clearances. Must be knowledgeable and capable to perform fueling, and lubrication of all types of heavy equipment on jobsites.  Must have knowledge of blueprint reading, surveying, qualified to layout, install, construct and maintain all civil and structural portions of utility facilities. Must possess the knowledge and experience in excavation, gas safety, environmental, line clearances, concrete, fencing, grounding, iron work, conduit, rigging and steel erection.

	
  

	
May be required to complete job-related clerical work in a legible fashion and assist in training.

8466             *OPERATOR, EQUIPMENT, HEAVY (TRAVELING)

	
  

	
An employee who is a qualified equipment and vehicle Mechanic and also qualified as a heavy equipment operator.  Must be familiar with transmission crew operations.  Employee must have a good working knowledge of the operation of the transmission crew.  May be assigned other miscellaneous duties such as ground work, etc.  May be required to spend a significant amount of time on out-of-town projects.

8115             *OPERATOR, GAS PRESSURE

	
  

	
An employee with knowledge and experience of the operation and maintenance of gas distribution systems whose responsibilities and duties include the control of pressure and maintenance of the gas flow in the distribution lines.  Shall include the operation and maintenance of gas regulator stations, changing various pressure and/or flow meters or volume charts and reading or computing gas usage.  Shall be required to test, calibrate and maintain various pieces of equipment, instruments and devices as used in the industry.  Shall be responsible for all odorant injections and odorant testing of the system gas.  Responsible for the regulation of all gas received from our supplier at the City Gate Stations and must be capable of forecasting daily gas requirements.  Will be required to assist in training personnel in all phases of operation and regulation of system gas.  May be assigned to other duties as required to assure delivery of safe and reliable gas supply throughout the system.  Shall be responsible for recording all maintenance and inspection records as required by Department of Transportation regulations.

7221             *OPERATOR, GRID RELIABILITY

	
  

	
An employee who is responsible for the safe, efficient and reliable operation of the interconnected transmission and control area generation system for the Sierra Pacific and Nevada Power Control Areas during assigned shift.  Ensures power system integrity by continuously monitoring such items as ACE, frequency, operating reserves, load, tie-line loading, control area and system load, inadvertent interchange, and time error.  Responsible for AGC control, plant loading, and associated control performance criteria.  Performs curtailments of transmission, load and generation for system reliability purposes.  Interfaces with the reserve sharing systems and applicable Security Coordinators in WECC.  May perform hourly and midnight check-outs of tie-line quantities with neighboring control areas.  Maintains required records and operational logs during shift. Will be required to use own judgment in order to maintain or restore electric service and will have direct authority to shed customer load.  Shall direct the work of others, including the training of Control Center personnel. Will assist the System Transmission Operator in the performance of duties. Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and/or performance tests covering these duties to progress through wage steps. Requires NERC certification and compliance with NERC/WECC Operating Policies and/or Standards.

	
9818

	
OPERATOR, PBX

	
  

	
An employee who operates a manual or automatic switchboard to handle incoming, outgoing and intra-office calls.  In addition, while at switchboard acts as receptionist.  Must have pleasing personality and pleasing telephone voice.  Also performs routine clerical work as part of regular duties.

8750             *OPERATOR, SERVICE UTILITY

	
  

	
An employee who, under direct supervision, shall during shift, assist in the operation of generating equipment, and operate auxiliary equipment including pumps, fans, air compressors, and demineralizers, water treating and chemical feed equipment, fuel metering and transfer equipment, screen wells, cooling towers and chemical disposal system.  Shall have a good working knowledge of plant equipment and its lubrication needs.  Will service plant auxiliary equipment, change 

 

 

  

86

  

 

	
  

	
filters, maintain records, adjust packings, tighten safety guards, remove pipe couplings, lubricate plant equipment and maintain lubrication equipment and inventory.  When the lab technician is not on duty, the Service Utility Operator may be required to perform simple routine tests on water, such as silica, pH and conductivity.  When qualified, he shall be required to relieve the Assistant Control Room Operator.  When not assigned to operations duties, may be assigned work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  Must keep any assigned work area clean and be thoroughly familiar with Company safety rules and be able to render first aid.  May be required to assist in the training of plant personnel.

 

	
  

	
Service Utility Operators who are upgradeable to Assistant Control Room Operator shall be placed at the upgradeable wage step after completing 24-months as a Service Utility Operator.

	
  

	
Note:  If a Service Utility Operator is qualified to upgrade to an Assistant Control Room Operator before the 24 months, the employee will be eligible for the upgradeable wage rate.

7220             *OPERATOR, TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

	
  

	
An employee, under the guidance of the Transmission and Distribution Supervisor who performs such duties as; the safe switching of tie lines, transmission lines and distribution lines, distribution substations, communication of switching instructions, granting or releasing approved clearances in connection with electric lines, or apparatus between power supply points, substations, and the terminus of transmission and distribution lines, underground feeders and other related duties as assigned.  Prepares written switching orders and reviews and approves the switching orders prepared by other Operators. Monitors transmission system operating parameters, controls system voltage and conducts load dispatching and other related operating duties during assigned shift. Must be proficient with all Sierra Pacific safety rules and switching procedures. Shall maintain certain designated switching records and operation logs, and maintain system operating diagrams and related documentation during shift. Is required to use all types of communication equipment with proficiency as available in the System Control Center. Will be required to use own judgment in order to maintain or restore electric service and will have direct authority to shed customer load. Will be required to perform the above functions without direct supervision, including assisting in the training of System Control Center personnel. Will be required to pass oral and/or written examinations and/or performance tests covering these duties to progress through wage steps. Requires NERC certification and compliance with NERC/WECC Operating Policies and/or Standards.

8870             *OPERATOR, YARD

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, operates and maintains coal and ash handling equipment.  Will be required to operate any equipment in the handling of coal, ash dewatering systems, fly ash conditioning, and unloading systems in the handling of ash.  Shall be required to perform mechanical maintenance duties on coal handling systems.  Will assist the mechanical maintenance department in the maintenance of all plant equipment when required.  Performs preventative maintenance duties such as lubricating, oil and filter changing, etc., on all equipment used for coal and ash handling.  Must keep his assigned area clean.  Must be familiar with plant equipment tagging rules.  Shall perform other related duties as assigned by Supervisor or Foreman.  Shall be qualified to render first aid.  When not assigned to coal handling duties, may be assigned to work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  Processes and delivers coal samples to coal lab as required.

8511             *OPERATOR, YARD, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, will operate and maintain coal and ash handling equipment.  Will be required to operate a rubber-tired dozer and any other equipment used in the handling of coal, ash dewatering systems, fly ash systems, and unloading systems used in the handling of ash.  Will be required to perform routine maintenance duties on coal handling systems and coal handling equipment, such as lubricating, oil and filter changing, etc.  Will be required to keep maintenance logs on equipment and schedule the necessary maintenance.  Will be required to train Yard Operators in the performance of their duties.  Shall be responsible for the cleanliness of the equipment involved in the coal handling process, coal storage area, and the plant outside area in general.  Must be thoroughly familiar with the work procedures in the area of responsibility assigned.  Must be thoroughly familiar with plant equipment tagging procedures.  During outages or emergency situations, may be assigned to work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).  Communications as necessary with railroad and mine.

9624             * PARTS SPECIALIST, UTILITY FLEET

(replacing Parts Clerk)

An employee who is ASE certified as a Parts Specialist, or who has worked for three (3) or more consecutive years as a Parts Counterperson in the automotive, truck or heavy equipment industry. An employee who is familiar with automotive parts and supplies for a complex utility fleet and is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Supervisor in charge, duties relating to and, including inventory and stocking levels, purchase card functions, and the performance of duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, taking inventory, storing and disbursing of Fleet automotive and equipment related materials and supplies. Must operate Fleet/Corporate computer system to handle all aspects of shop repair orders relating to issuing and receiving parts, ordering and invoicing system including fuel, commercial work, labor and work order processing. Provides input to management regarding vendor selection, evaluation and performance. The employee shall become familiar with the departments accounting and data processing procedures and other applicable rules. May be required to update and operate data entry system for parts inventory control. 

 

 

 

  

87

  

 

Shall be required to operate company vehicles within the scope of forgoing duties. Shall be required to obtain a Class A commercial drivers’ license in order to operate company vehicles within the scope of forgoing duties within 6 months f accepting position. May be required to provide general direction to any classification assigned to the Parts Specialist in performing the work herein defined. May be assigned to perform other work and light duty maintenance as occasions arise. Must possess good communication skills, both oral and written, and general knowledge of Fleet terminology, and practices. This position automatically progresses to Senior Parts Specialist 6035 after 5 years.

8885             *PATROLMAN, LINE

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified by training, experience and knowledge to perform on temporary assignment without direct supervision the responsibility of patrolling overhead electric transmission lines, overhead electric distribution lines and other electric system plant facilities.

	
  

	
The primary duties of this position are to patrol, observe and recognize any damaged structures or equipment or physical irregularities in the aforesaid facilities.  Will not be required to climb, perform switching, or repair electrical equipment, perform work from an aerial lift or elevated platform.  A record must be made of all irregularities or damages and appropriate reports completed for follow-up repairs by others.  Must have one (1) year of experience in the Electric Department and have worked with a line crew a minimum two (2) months on overhead line construction and have received a minimum of 80 hours pertinent training under a qualified instructor.  May assist skilled workman or apprentice or work under their direction on various classes of work which may be performed.

7595             *PATROLMAN, LINE, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman Lineman and who is qualified by training, experience and knowledge to perform without direct supervision the responsibility of patrolling/inspecting overhead and underground electric transmission lines, overhead and underground electric distribution lines, and other electric system plant facilities.

	
  

	
The primary duties of this position are to patrol/inspect, observe, recognize and report any damaged structures or equipment or physical irregularities in the aforesaid facilities.  May be required, based on qualifications, to perform switching and minor electrical repairs and incidental climbing.  May be required to operate infra-red scanning devices or other detection instruments.  A record must be made of all irregularities or damages and appropriate reports completed for follow-up repairs by others.  May assist skilled workman or apprentice, or work under their direction, on various classes of work which may be performed.

7420             *POWDERMAN

	
  

	
An employee who has successfully completed a Company-provided course in the handling and use of explosives, and currently holds a valid license to purchase, transport and use explosives in the state in which the employee will be performing blasting operations.  Duties include loosening of materials to be excavated, opening of holes for utility poles and anchors, and demolition of concrete footings and foundations.  This position is for upgrade only.

8716             *REPAIRMAN, CONSTRUCTION

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to lay out, install, erect, construct, maintain and/or repair all civil/structural portions of utility facilities.  Must be qualified by training, knowledge and experience to perform tasks typically classified as carpentry, masonry, concrete work, ironwork, site work and earthwork, including but not limited to general carpentry, basic framing and forming,  concrete placement, finishing and curing, trenching,excavation, shoring, fencing, grounding, conduit installation, rigging, structural steel erection, hazardous waste handling  Must hold a valid Class A drivers license with tanker endorsement. Must be qualified to load and unload a wide varietyof power-operated construction equipment, vehicles and materials Must be familiar with loading and tie-down procedures.  Must be capable of interpretation of drawings and prints and may be required to complete associated paperwork, notes, as built records and clerical work associated with daily and overall job functions in a legible fashion. .  Must have a working knowledge of mathematics, basic surveying techniques, construction materials, construction equipment, gas safety, and the use of hand and power tools.  May be required to assist in training. Must have successfully completed the Construction Repairman Apprentice Training Program or equivalent.

8530             *REPAIRMAN, TOOL

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Working Foreman or Supervisor in the duties required to receive, store, issue, maintain records, repair, maintain and distribute tools related to all Company operations.  Will not be required to repair internal combustion engines or electric motors.  May be required to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles within the scope of the foregoing duties.  May be required to provide general direction to any classifications assigned to him in performing work herein defined.

8535             *REPAIRMAN, TOOL (POWER PRODUCTION)

	
  

	
An employee who is familiar with  power plant maintenance tools and equipment used to maintain apparatus in power plant operations.  Shall issue, receive, store, inventory, maintain records and tools related to power plant  maintenance operations.  May be required to assist Journeyman maintenance personnel as required.

 

 

  

88

  

 

 

9777             REPRESENTATIVE, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

	
  

	
An employee not required to have prior accounts payable experience, but who must, prior to award, pass the clerical battery test and a typing proficiency test (45 w.p.m.).  Will receive formal training in order to perform the duties of an Accounts Payable Representative.  Works alone and makes independent decisions as necessary on such duties for which the employee has been trained and instructed, including accounting and data entry functions in the Peoplesoft, and SPPC legacy Accounts Payable/Purchasing/Inventory Systems.  Required to be effective when working with their customers and responding to vendor requests and inquiries, as well as having other qualifications generally accepted as being desirable in an Accounts Payable Representative classification.  Once trained, employee will be responsible for a) timely processing of invoices, expense reports, and credit card transactions for payment in the applicable Accounts Payable computer system for all SPR business units, b) analyzing and verifying consistency, completeness, and accuracy of items to be entered into the accounting records, c) preparing simple journal entries and reconciliations for review and approval, d) researching and resolving errors or discrepancies in invoices and account activity, e) maintaining subsidiary ledgers, f) preparing manual checks, cash reports, balancing, and general ledger edits, and g) all aspects of vendor set-up and maintenance, all in accordance and compliance with established corporate policies. Will automatically progress through the wage rate scale provided the employee’s performance is satisfactory to qualify for advancement.  May be required by Company to pass written and/or proficiency tests covering any of the following qualifications prior to job award:

	
1.  

	
Aptitude for routine accounting operations and bookkeeping entries.

	
2.  

	
Aptitude for more complex arithmetical calculations.

	
3.  

	
Ability to effectively operate a computer for data entry and use of Accounts Payable specific software applications.

	
4.  

	
Balancing and preparation of daily balance sheets and reports.

	
5.  

	
Ability to operate various complex office machines/equipment.

9725             REPRESENTATIVE, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who by training and having worked in the Accounts Payable Department has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Company a thorough knowledge and detailed understanding of SPR’s Accounts Payable business processes and computer accounting systems, including Peoplesoft, Indus Passport, and SPPC’s legacy Accounts Payable/Purchasing/Inventory System.  Requires leadership qualities and excellent verbal and written communication skills.  Performs a variety of skilled and unskilled tasks dealing with the orderly flow of work within the department.  Such employee will be responsible for a) analyzing and verifying consistency, completeness, and accuracy of items to be entered into the accounting records, b) preparing simple recurring journal entries and reconciliations, c) researching and resolving errors or discrepancies in invoices and account activity, d) maintaining subsidiary ledgers, e) preparing manual checks, cash reports, balancing, and general ledger edits, f) timely processing of invoices, expense reports, and credit card transactions for payment in the applicable Accounts Payable computer system for all SPR business units, and g) all aspects of vendor set-up and maintenance, all in accordance and compliance with established corporate policies.  Provides on-the-job training and directs the activities of other department personnel as required, performs other assigned clerical functions as needed, and provides instruction/interpretation of corporate policies.

	
  

	
 Required to be effective when working with and responding to customer and vendor requests and inquiries, as well as have other qualifications and qualities generally accepted as being desirable in an accounts payable classification.  Required to make independent decisions as necessary to provide quality service.

9861             REPRESENTATIVE, CLERICAL

	
  

	
An employee who after passing a clerical aptitude test, may be assigned to perform any and all advanced clerical or secretarial functions which require greater judgment and initiative in non-routine situations.  Performs any other miscellaneous duties as required by Supervisory personnel in the department to which assigned, including bookkeeping and entering functions, as well as customer contacts either in person or by telephone.  May be required by the Company to pass written and/or proficiency test covering any of the following qualifications.  (Only those qualifications as specified in points one through six below, which are considered by Company for a particular Clerical Representative vacancy, shall be posted):

	
  

	
1.

	
Typing with acceptable speed and accuracy (45 w.p.m. or 60 w.p.m. as required).

	
  

	
2.

	
Aptitude for more complex arithmetical calculations.

	
  

	
3.

	
Ability to operate various complex office machines/equipment.

	
  

	
4.

	
Aptitude for routine accounting clerical operations and bookkeeping entries.

	
  

	
5.

	
Receive cash payments, balance and prepare daily cash reports.

9776             *REPRESENTATIVE, CUSTOMER SERVICES

	
  

	
An employee not required to have prior customer services experience and who, after passing a clerical aptitude test, will receive formal training in order to perform the duties of Customer Services Representative.  Upon satisfactory completion of the minimum requirements of the Sierra Customer Information System Training Program, and while receiving on-the-job training, may be assigned to any of the duties performed by the Customer Services Representative in the Customer Business Office, Meter Reading, Cash Operations, Energy Diversion, Service Center or District Offices.  Shall be required by Company to pass the Customer Information System training proficiency test.  Required to be effective when working 

 

 

  

89

  

 

	
  

	
with the public and responding to customer requests and inquiries, as well as have other qualifications and qualities generally accepted as being desirable in a customer services classification.  Works alone on duties for which employee has been trained and instructed and makes independent decisions as necessary to satisfy customer needs and provide quality customer service.  Will automatically progress through the wage rate scale provided the employee's performance is satisfactory to qualify for advancement.  May be required by Company to pass written and/or proficiency tests covering any of the following qualifications:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Typing with acceptable speed and accuracy (45 w.p.m.)/keyboard skills.

	
  

	
2.

	
Aptitude for arithmetical calculations.

	
  

	
3.

	
Ability to operate various office machines and personal computers as required.

	
  

	
4.

	
Spanish speaking skills.

9735             *REPRESENTATIVE, CUSTOMER SERVICES, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Company, through a minimum of three (3) years' experience as a Customer Services Representative, that  they are qualified to perform very sophisticated clerical tasks which require extensive decision making, accuracy, and independent judgment, with a minimal amount of supervision,  Assists, and works with other personnel to endure the efficient operation of related departmental activity.  Required to be effective when working with the public and responding to customer requests and inquiries.  Demonstrates analytical skills and has the system knowledge of all applications utilized in functions relating to Customer Services; Customer Billing; Final Bills; Service Center and /or District Office Operations.  Required to  satisfy customer needs and be prepared to provide on-the-job training, and may be required  to validate and approve cash drawers.

	
  

	
This position will not be used to replace a Foreman, Customer Service Representative

9850             *REPRESENTATIVE, FACILITIES

An employee who has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the company,  that he/she is qualified to perform any and all advanced facilities functions with a minimum amount of supervision. Required to make independent decisions as necessary and have excellent verbal and written communication skills. Required to have high level organizational skills for dealing with tasks related to the orderly work flow of the department. Must have advanced computer skills and knowledge for maintaining facilities documents and spreadsheets. Must be motivated to improve current procedures. Establishes catalogs that are accessible to upper management that provide up to date budget information, including all purchasing  card transactions and invoices for both O&M and capital communications. Employee must have knowledge of daily communications with contractors, and must have knowledge of daily operations within the facilities department and in order to interact on a daily basis with facilities department and contractors. Order maintenance materials and supplies and ensuring supplies are shipped to the appropriate locations. Required to pass written and /or proficiency tests covering the following qualifications:

Advanced computer skills, Ability to operate complex office machines/equipment, Aptitude for accounting operations and bookkeeping entries, Aptitude for more complex arithmetical calculations.

7485             *SERVICEMAN, CUSTOMER

	
  

	
An employee who has completed his apprenticeship and does such work as checking operations of gas meters, installing and altering gas meter and regulator installations; will make adjustments and repairs of domestic, commercial, industrial, and Company rental gas equipment and appliances.  Will set or replace electric meters and inspect tampered gas and electric meters, inverted and switched electric meters and investigate all types of broken meter seals.  Will make electric, gas cut-ins and cut-outs, seal or O.B.M. meters and in conjunction with the aforementioned duties will collect delinquent payments and deposits at the customers' premises.  Will investigate gas customer complaints, make service checks on customers' premises and must be able to discuss service problems and advise both existing and prospective customers.  Must be able to learn the application of pipe locator equipment, determine leak locations in regard to Company or customer side of water curb cock and investigate water customer complaints.  May be required to change periodic clock charts at various locations.  Must be able to write legibly and maintain a neat, clean appearance and must be qualified to work with the public.

	
  

	
A Serviceman, Customer shall be required by Company to reside within a thirty-five (35) mile radius of the Company headquarters to which they regularly report.

	
8966

	
*REPRESENTATIVE, SUPPORT SERVICES

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform duties that may include but not limited to: operations of various office equipment, production copying equipment, and other related equipment within the scope of forgoing duties, processing mail, collecting, sorting, opening and receiving mail and materials/packages, shipping, handling, pick up and deliver of mail/packages internally and externally, run errands to other locations( vendors, Post Office, and different divisions of the company) using company vehicle, and provide a variety of office duties. Must be able to meet deadlines and produce top quality work, and be capable of heavy lifting.

  

90

  

8730             *SERVICEMAN, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee engaged in setting electric meters and making electric and water cut-ins and making electric, water and gas cut-outs; making electric connections at the weatherhead and assisting the Troubleman.  An employee who has had at least one (1) year's experience as either an Apprentice Lineman, Apprentice Fitter, or equivalent experience shall be given an experience rating to the one (1) year wage step.

	
  

	
An employee shall possess (within 30 days) and maintain a Commercial Drivers License (CDL).  As of January 1, 2003, incumbents, if capable, will be required to possess a CDL within 90 days.

8720             *SERVICEMAN, EQUIPMENT

	
  

	
An employee who has a strong mechanical background and good knowledge of plant equipment and its lubrication needs.  Duties will include equipment lubrication, changing filters, recordkeeping, and minor repairs, such as adjustment of packing, drive belts, tightening of safety guards and repair of minor leaks noticed during normal lubrication duties.  Will be responsible for keeping his assigned area clean, maintaining lubrication equipment, and maintaining proper lubricant inventory.  Will work under general supervision and have a good knowledge of plant safety and tagging procedures.

	
9745

	
*SPECIALIST, METER DATA

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to provide a high level of technical data processing and support to ensure all meter reading data for billing is complete and accurate.  Employee is responsible for using his/her knowledge to support the electronic meter reading system for billing through daily processing of collected data.  Maintains existing computer application software through trouble-shooting and installation of new software in all personal computers associated with the electronic meter reading system.  Provides district offices with technical support for the electronic meter reading system including trouble-shooting and training.

	
  

	
Provides procedural instructions for use of computer software packages.  Must understand the mainframe-p.c. link software to upload and download sensitive billing data through the electronic meter reading system.  Maintains inventory of electronic handheld devices and ensures adequate equipment is available to all district offices through coordination and distribution.

	
  

	
Employee must have a thorough understanding of the fundamentals and have a practical understanding of data processing techniques, data collection procedures and meter read preparation.  Must have comprehensive knowledge of personal computers, system hardware, communication devices and application software.  Must have considerable knowledge of the electronic meter reading system and data acquisition.  Must possess the ability to analyze and document the operations of the electronic meter reading system.  Must be able to communicate effectively, both orally and in writing.

	
6035

	
*SPECIALIST, PARTS SENIOR, UTILITY FLEET

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, is responsible for Fleet-wide parts operations, including inventory and stocking levels, purchase card functions, and the performance of duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, taking inventory, storing and disbursing of Fleet automotive and equipment-related materials and supplies.  Provides input to management regarding vendor selection, evaluation and performance.  Must possess the knowledge and skill, through training, certification or experience obtained by having spent a minimum of five (5) years as a Utility Fleet Parts Clerk (or similar experience), to operate and maintain (1) the Fleet/Corporate computer systems to handle all aspects of shop repair orders relating to issuing and receiving parts, and (2) the ordering and invoicing system.  Must possess a comprehensive knowledge of overall Fleet parts operations, including terminology, practices, Fleet equipment, and automotive parts.  Must possess good communication skills, both oral and written.  Will be required to train personnel when required and to perform other duties as assigned.

8847             *STOREKEEPER

	
  

	
An employee with no less than two (2) years' experience as a Warehouseman, who has charge of a District Stores facility (outside the Reno area) and who is qualified to perform and direct, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Supervisor in charge, all work relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  The employee shall be familiar with the Company's Stores and Accounting procedures and other applicable rules.  Shall be required to perform all related clerical duties and to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles within the scope of the foregoing duties.  Shall provide general direction to any classifications assigned to assist him in performing stores work herein defined.  May be assigned to perform other work as occasions arise.

  

91

  

8848             *STOREKEEPER/BUYER/PLANNER (FT. CHURCHILL ONLY)

	
  

	 	
Has charge of a District Stores facility and who is qualified to perform and direct all work relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  The employee shall be familiar with the Company’s Stores and Accounting procedures and other applicable rules.  Shall be required to perform all related clerical duties and to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles within the scope of the foregoing duties.

	
  

	
   Provide all material and inventory support for the Generating Facility.  Plans, directs, controls procurement or required materials, equipment and supplies.  Consults with the customers to maintain appropriate stock levels.  Build customer relationships and acts as one point of contract for all supply chain needs for their customer’s organization.  Maintains a high level of customer satisfaction.

	
  

	
   Responsible for qualifying vendors, preparing and issuing formal bids, evaluating bids, establishing long-term blanket supply agreements and strategic alliance agreements that support service goals by obtaining the best combination of delivery, quality, quantity and price.  Establishes and maintains communications with the suppliers to support the supply chain.  Coordinates supplier evaluations periodically in concert with the customer/user group.   payments.

8055             *SURVEYOR

	
  

	
Directs the work and activities of the Survey Crew in the performance of measurements upon the land of features and fixtures of Company-owned land and land rights, construction layout and staking of improvements and facilities, and other survey related activities in support of Company objectives.  Maintains and operates all survey and survey related equipment.  Checks plans for accuracy, performs research, calculations and other field checks to insure correctness, maintains data collector files and oversees survey crew to make sure correct survey procedures and safety requirements are met.  Possesses fundamental knowledge of Land Survey principles and practices and actively pursues performance excellence.  The Surveyor shall be responsible for the survey crew’s activities in the performance of their duties.  Must possess a valid Professional Land Surveyor’s license.  Performs such other duties in the field or office as may be assigned.

8780             *SURVEYOR, LEAK

	
  

	
An employee with background and experience in Gas Operations with training in leak surveying or fitting or other related equivalent fields.  Must have a good knowledge of and be capable of operating and performing minor maintenance and care of equipment, such as: combustible gas indicator, flame ionization leak detector, odorometer, pipe locator and any other equipment that may be required by regulation for use in locating and pinpointing gas leaks in underground or above-ground installations of the gas system.  Will be required to test for gas in basements, vaults, manholes and other areas where gas may accumulate as part of the continuing gas leak survey program and assist in the annual system leak survey program.  Will be required to repair minor leaks on above-ground facilities.  May be assigned to grease and operate gas valves throughout the system and to clean out and/or raise valve road boxes.  May also be required to assist the Gas Pressure Operator in the control of gas pressure throughout the distribution system.  May be required to pick up and change pressure and/or volume flow charts from gate and regulator stations and commercial customers.  May be assigned other duties as required in the operation of the gas distribution system during peak loads or emergencies under the direction of a higher classified person.  Must be able to write legibly and keep accurate records.  Will be required to make out daily and monthly reports.

  

                     *TECHNICIAN, TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

	
7146

	
An employee, who is qualified by training and knowledge, may be required to install, maintain, repair, adjust or program various types of telecommunication voice and data transmission equipment. Equipment may include, but not limited to, various SCADA RTU’s, digital and analog microwave radios, fiber optic SONET multiplexers, digital T1 multiplexers, digital cross connect switches, automatic telephone PBX, key systems and telephones, electric and gas system telemeter equipment, transfer trip equip, power line carrier RF equip, trunked radio system, spread spectrum and two-way radios, and other telecommunications and electronic work as may be required. The employee may be required to assist Telecommunications Engineers with system circuit design and project planning. The employee must have a working knowledge of laptop computers. The employee may be required to assist in the training of department personnel.

 

	
  

	
Prerequisites:

	
  

	
a) Must hold a Federal Communications Commission General Radio Telephone Operator License, National Association of Business and Educational Radio (NABER) certificate, or National Association of Radio and Telecommunications Inc. (NARTI) certificate prior to completion of six (6) months of employment.

	
  

	
b) Must have completed the Telecommunications apprenticeship or have prior telecommunications related work experience.

7133             *TECHNICIAN, TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

	
  

	
An employee, who is qualified by training and knowledge, may be required to install, maintain, repair, adjust or program various types of telecommunication voice and data transmission equipment. Must have a thorough knowledge of the SCADA system and be capable of performing maintenance and repair on that equipment or any peripheral equipment associated with the system.  Other equipment skills may include, but not limited to, the EMS computer various RTU’s, 

 

 

  

92

  

 

	
  

	
UPS, digital and analog microwave radios, fiber optic SONET multiplexers, digital T1 multiplexers, digital cross connect switches, automatic telephone PBX, key systems and telephones, electric and gas system telemeter equipment, transfer trip equip, power line carrier RF equip, trunked radio system, spread spectrum and two-way radios, and other telecommunications and electronic work as may be required. The employee may be required to assist Telecommunications Engineers with system circuit design and project planning. The employee must have a working knowledge of laptop computers. The employee may be required to assist in the training of department personnel.

 

	
  

	
Prerequisites:

	
  

	
Must have completed a minimum of two years as a Telecommunications Technician and successfully completed and passed the Telecommunication Systems Technician course of instruction and required tests.

7075             *TECHNICIAN, CONTROL

	
  

	
An employee who has been a Journeyman Electrician for at least two (2) years and has successfully completed the Control Technician course.  He/she will be further qualified by training and knowledge to install, maintain, test, repair and adjust protective relays, substation control equipment, substation equipment, substation metering and other work as required.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must be able to analyze and troubleshoot complex substation equipment and record test data and prepare detailed test reports and analytical graphs or data tables.  Must be capable of work planning.

7015             *TECHNICIAN, RELAY CONTROL, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who is presently a Control Technician and has been a Control Technician for at least two years (if no bidders other sources may be considered).  After acceptance of position, employee will be further qualified by serving an internship working under the direction of a Senior Relay Control Technician.  Upon completion of internship, the intern Senior Relay Control Technician will be given a comprehensive written and hands-on examination by Senior Relay Control Technicians to prove himself competent to work with and to understand the following:  Must be fully qualified to install, maintain, test, repair, and adjust both the normal and most complex types of microprocessors, solid state, and electro-mechanical relays and relay packages.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must have the capability to analyze and troubleshoot all types of complex substation relay, control and disturbance analysis circuits and devices.  Will be required to do work planning and assist in the training of Control Technicians.  Must have the capability to prepare and analyze detailed test reports, graphs, and tables.  Must be able to assume a lead role in the installation start-up and testing of new protection/control equipment for substations.

7156             *TECHNICIAN, ELECTRICAL/INSTRUCMENT (PLANT)

An employee who is a graduate of an accredited two-year technical educational institution in a field related to one (10 of the engineering sciences, or possesses the equivalent knowledge, and is qualified by training to perform a wide variety of skilled electrical and instrumentation work in the installation, maintenance, repair and testing of electrical and electronic equipment in a generation facility. Performs a wide variety of precision tests, repairs, calibrations, modifications, maintenance, inputs on numerous electronics. Including pneumatic and hydraulic system. Must have thorough knowledge of computer based processes, electrical control systems, and the required skill level to troubleshoot and repair these systems, may perform other related duties as required. Must be thoroughly familiar with the Company’s electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid. This classification to be paid 5% above 7110/7150.

7110             *TECHNICIAN, ELECTRICAL, PLANT

	
  

	
An employee who is a Journeyman and is engaged in testing, repairing, maintaining and installing all types of electric and electronic equipment and related components in generating stations.  May be required to do plant and plant substation switching.  May be required to do incidental welding, such as tack hangers and test welding machines after repair, etc.  Must be qualified to operate station crane.  His background of apprenticeship and experience must be such as to qualify him to perform these duties with skill and efficiency.  He may also be required to instruct or advise operating personnel on problems pertaining to electrical equipment.  He must be thoroughly familiar with Company's electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid.

7073             *TECHNICIAN, INSTRUCTION/STANDARDS

	
  

	
An employee who possesses the necessary knowledge and skill through experience and training to prepare, direct and schedule training for Apprentice and Journeymen Electricians and other Company personnel who may be required to work in or around electric substations.  Must have been a Journeyman Electrician for at least four (4) years.  Must be able to demonstrate complete knowledge of current installation and maintenance procedures for all substation equipment to include, but not restricted to gas, oil, air and vacuum circuit breakers; transformers, tap changers and regulators and all ancillary equipment involved with same.  Must have a basic knowledge of transmission and distribution relay protection schemes including transformer and bus protection.  Must be able to read, comprehend and interpret all electric blueprints such as one (1) line, three (3) lines, wiring diagrams, schematics and erection drawings and plot plans.  Must be familiar with all safety standards (i.e. IEEE, ANSI, OSHA and SPPCo.).  Will have successfully completed substation and overhead switching training.  Must have ability to read and comprehend technical material, instruction manuals and textbooks for the purpose of training other personnel in the maintenance and installation of new and existing equipment.  Must have a thorough knowledge of, and the ability to train others in electrical test procedures and overhead substation switching

 

 

  

93

  

 

	
  

	
procedures.  Must have a thorough knowledge of and the ability to administer the Electrician Apprenticeship Agreement between SPPCo. and IBEW Local 1245.  Will be required to organize and maintain training files and records, prepare and present both written and oral reports, and conduct training for large and small groups in both classroom and field settings.  Will act as SCAT apprenticeship liaison to SPPCo. Joint Apprenticeship Committee and the State of Nevada Apprenticeship Council.  When not engaged in instruction and standards, may be assigned to work as an Electrician.  Will be subject to overtime assignments when working as an Electrician and averaged into the year to date overtime list.

 

7150             *TECHNICIAN, INSTRUMENT

	
  

	
An employee who is a graduate of an accredited two-year technical educational institution in a field related to one (1) of the engineering sciences, or possesses the equivalent knowledge, and is qualified by training to install, calibrate and test instruments and meters used in steam, hydro, diesel and gas turbine power plants, and who has further qualified himself by training and education to install, calibrate, test and service complex automatic control systems such as combustion controls, chlorination equipment, etc., in order to obtain efficient operation.  May perform, under direction, corrective measures to improve the performance of equipment.  Must be able to understand relatively complex technical problems and perform a wide variety of non-routine tasks where only general methods of procedure are available.  Must be able to plan and conduct tests on various power plant equipment, perform test calculations, interpret the results and prepare detailed test reports, graphs, etc.  May perform other related duties as required.

7515             *TECHNICIAN, LAB

	
  

	
An employee who, under general supervision, operates station water treating equipment, secures and analyzes fuel, water and air samples and maintains proper chemical treatment for the plant water, fuel and steam systems.  Must be proficient with standard laboratory techniques and equipment for analyzing fuel, water and air samples.  Makes necessary chemical calculations and prescribes required feed rates and correction procedures to maintain established chemical control limits and practices.  Monitors and maintains proper calibration on station chemical instrumentation and performs minor servicing as required.  Maintains filing system and log of all data pertinent to station water and fuel treatment.  Prepares written reports and performs statistical work and other related duties as required.  Assists, if required, in unloading and storage of all chemicals, and will maintain chemical burn and eyewash stations.  Will train operators and other personnel in chemical analysis and operation of water treatment as required.  Is responsible for cleanliness of chemical laboratory, water treatment equipment areas and for maintaining proper stock of water treatment chemicals.  Must be familiar with Company's safety rules and be able to render first aid.  May be required to work shift work.  When not assigned to laboratory duties, may be assigned to work in accordance with Section 6.13(b).

	
8946

	
*TECHNICIAN, MAPPING I

	
  

	
This entry-level position performs work under the close guidance and direction of a Mapping Technician II, Senior Mapping Technician, or the Supervisor. Checks and updates both CAD maps and database attribute files with Work Order/Project designs that range in complexity from simple to moderately complex. Checks Work Order/Project designs for accuracy, completeness, and adherence to mapping standards and notifies a designated Mapping Technician II, a Senior Mapping Technician, or Supervisor. Transfers project design landbase information to the CAD maps and database attribute files when necessary. Maintains the customer-to-transformer link within the mapping system. Learns the operation of the mapping software as well as how the mapping software interacts with AutoCAD. Performs other related work for which the employee is capable and qualified to safely perform as assigned.

8945             *TECHNICIAN, MAPPING II

In this position an employee will progress from entry level to an experienced Mapping Technicians through training and experience. Will work under the direction of more experienced Mapping Technicians, Senior Mapping Technician, or the Supervisor. Checks and updates both CAD maps and database attribute files with Work Order/Project designs that range in complexity from simple to highly complex. Checks Work Order/Project designs for accuracy, completeness and adherence to mapping standards, and notifies proper personnel of any significant inconsistencies or discrepancies discovered in the designs. Will attempt to clarify or resolve problems with the designs by contacting the appropriate people responsible for the Work Order/Project. Updates the network model and landbase data with corrections provided. Transfers project design landbase information to the CAD maps and database attribute files when necessary. Will correct any corrupted CAD maps including landbase files and connectivity maps when found. Maintains the customer-to-transformer link within the mapping system. Coordinates with other departments to ensure that project design and as-built information is provided to the department in accordance with the required mapping standards. Will progress to fully understand the interaction of the mapping software and AutoCAD and will generate solutions to problems that are encountered with this interaction. Prepares mapping software problems logs. May review the work of the Mapping Technician I position.  When qualified may participate in training of less experienced personnel. Performs other related work for which the employee is capable and qualified to safely perform as assigned.

	
8391

	
*TECHNICIAN, MAPPING SENIOR

	
  

	
This position performs work independently or under the limited direction of the Supervisor. Reviews completed work within the department for accuracy, completeness, and adherence to established procedures and standards. Reports results to the supervisor. Independently checks and updates CAD maps, database attribute files, the network model, including 

 

 

  

94

  

 

	
  

	
landbase updates. Reviews Mapping Technician I & II updates to the CAD maps and database attribute files. Checks Work Order/Project designs for accuracy, connectivity, completeness, and adherence to mapping standards. Creates and maintains all mapping standards and documentation. Reviews landbase changes and determines the impact to the mapping database. Provides guidance to Mapping Technicians I & II positions

	
  

	
to accomplish the updates of the landbase information. Maintains the customer-to-transfer link and reconciles the automated assignment system when errors occur. Coordinates efforts with other departments to ensure that project design and as-built information is provided to the department in accordance with the required mapping standards. Prepares mapping software change requests and problem logs, proposes workaround solutions, and verifies and coordinates final problem resolution. Develops, prepares, and conducts training to the Mapping Technicians I & II positions. Supports all departmental needs related to the mapping software and AutoCAD software with regard to the software menus, macros, and scripts. Resolves any problems related to the department systems and the mapping process or data updates. Performs other related work for which the employee is capable and qualified to safely perform as assigned.

 

7165             *TECHNICIAN, METER I

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman and has served successfully his apprenticeship or equivalent for Technician, Meter I.  Must have sufficient working knowledge of electricity to be able, by the use of instruments, to determine power, volt amperes, power factor and reactive component in an electric circuit.  Must be able to program, test, read, and troubleshoot demand, reactive, and TOU meters, both induction and solid state types, and solid state recorders, using computers where needed.  Applicants will be expected to prove possession of these qualifications by successfully passing a test with a score of 75% or better.

	
7170

	
*TECHNICIAN, METER II

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman and has been a Technician, Meter I for at least two (2) years and who, in addition, has successfully completed the Technician, Meter I course plan.  Must be able to perform all the tasks as specified for Technician, Meter I, plus be able to program, read, test, and troubleshoot multi-tariff four-quadrant meters and specialized test equipment and metering systems.  Applicants will be expected to demonstrate their competence in these fields by passing a written test with a score of 75% or better.

	
7175

	
*TECHNICIAN, METER, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who is a journeyman and has two (2) years of job experience as a Technician, Meter II and who, in addition, has successfully completed the Technician, Meter II course plan.  Must be able to perform all the tasks as specified for the Technician, Meter II, plus be able to troubleshoot Itron Hardware and resolve billing translation and mainline billing problems, using load graphs or other computer listings as needed.  Will be required to do work planning and assist in developing and presenting training programs for Apprentices and Meter Technicians.  This position is promotional only.  Successful candidate will report to the Working Foreman, Meter Technician.

7125             *TECHNICIAN, REGULATOR, GAS

	
  

	
An employee under the supervision of the Gas Meter Shop Foreman whose responsibilities and duties include the repair, maintenance, and calibration of gas control and measuring devices within the distribution system including gas regulator stations and meter stations.  Must be capable of working alone when required.

	
  

	
Shall be required to test, calibrate, and maintain maintenance schedules of gas meters and various equipment, instruments, large house regulators where pounds pressure is delivered, pressure and temperature compensating devices, scallop recorders, combination meters with regulators, 3" and larger water meters with strainers.  Must have experience on all mechanical and electronic correcting devices used in Company's system.  Will be required to assist in training personnel in all phases of gas control and regulation.  May be assigned to other duties as required to assure safe and reliable gas supply and service throughout the system.  Must be capable of analyzing the gas equipment of Company's commercial and industrial customers and provide pertinent information in relation to their natural gas facilities.  Shall be responsible for recording all maintenance and inspection records as required by Department of Transportation regulations.

	
  

	
Must have completed two (2) years' experience as Journeyman Meterman-Gas, or equivalent.

8888             * TECHNICIAN, SERVICE

An employee who is qualified to perform work on electric meter service panels rated a maximum of 240 V line  within a six-month period and without direct supervision can perform electric cut-ins,  make electric and gas cut-outs, and self-contained single-phase meter exchanges.  Will be required to troubleshoot communication failures at the electric meter level or gas communication module. May be asked to repair a communication failure by exchanging electric meter or gas communication  module.  Employee must complete training course and demonstrate working knowledge and proficiency in the craft for which they work.   Must be qualified as a Meter Reader as they may be asked those duties.    Will be required to inspect service points to detect tampers, diversion, vandalism and service hazards..  Must be thoroughly familiar with Company Safety Rules

  

95

  

7155             *TECHNICIAN, SHIFT, INSTRUMENT & CONTROL, PINON

	
  

	
An employee who is a graduate of an accredited two-year technician educational institution in a field related to one of the engineering sciences, or possesses the equivalent knowledge, and is qualified by training to install, calibrate, and test instruments and meters used in steam, hydro, diesel and gas turbine power plants, and who is further qualified by training and education to install, calibrate, test and service complex automatic control systems such as combustion controls, chlorination equipment, distributive control systems, etc., in order to obtain efficient operation.  May perform, under direction, corrective measure to improve the performance of equipment.  Must be able to understand relatively complex technical problems and perform a wide variety of non-routine tasks where only general methods of procedure are available.  Must be able to plan and conduct tests on various power plant equipment, perform test calculations, interpret the results and prepare detailed test reports, graphs, etc.  May perform other related duties as required including plant operating duties that he has been trained to perform.  (This position is a shift employee and is subject to the current 12-hour shift scheduled agreement and/or applicable sections of Title 6 in the Collective Bargaining Agreement.)

7052             *TECHNICIAN, SUBSTATION

	
  

	
An employee who has been a Control Technician for at least two (2) years and has successfully completed the Substation Technician training course.  Must be fully qualified to install, maintain, test, repair, and adjust some solid state relays and electro-mechanical relays and relay packages.  Must have an advanced knowledge of substation equipment and their mechanical function and the ability to repair, test, adjust, and maintain this equipment.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  Must have the capability to analyze and troubleshoot all types of complex substations, controls, and disturbance analysis circuits and devices.  Will be required to do work planning and have a good working knowledge on substation construction and maintenance problems.

	
6052

	
* TRAINER, LINES

	
  

	
Will be required to organize and maintain training files and records, prepare and present both written and oral reports, and conduct training for large and small groups in both classroom and field settings. Conducts assessments and evaluations of training programs to determine effectiveness. Will be responsible for training and testing various personnel, including Journeyman and Apprentices. Must be able to demonstrate complete knowledge of current installation of and maintenance procedures for overhead and underground distribution. Must be familiar with all applicable safety standards. Must have ability to read and comprehend technical material, instruction manuals and textbooks for the purpose of training other personnel in the maintenance and installation of new and existing equipment. Must have a thorough knowledge of and the ability to administer the Lineman Apprenticeship Agreement between NV Energy and IBEW local 1245. Must be qualified to perform switching. Performs other related duties as required and may be required to work in a qualified classification as needed. Must be a Journeyman Lineman with not less than two (2) years of experience as such. Required to maintain skills and qualifications of an Electric lineman.

	
6030

	
* TRAINER, SUBSTATION

	
  

	
Will be required to organize and maintain training files and records, prepare and present both written and oral reports, and conduct training for large and small groups in both classroom and field settings. Will be responsible for training and testing various personnel including Journeymen and Apprentices. Must have a thorough knowledge of the Apprenticeship Agreement between NV Energy and IBEW Local 1245. Must have the ability to read and comprehend technical material, instruction manuals and textbooks for the purpose of training other personnel in the maintenance and installation of new and existing equipment. Will have successfully completed overhead switching training. Must be familiar with all company safety standards. Performs other related duties as required and, when not engaged in instruction and standards, may be assigned to work as an Electrician. Must be a Journeyman Electrician with not less than two (2) years of experience as such. Required to maintain skills and qualifications of an Electrician.

7225             *TROUBLEMAN, ELECTRIC

	
  

	
An employee with at least two (2) years of experience as a Lineman, engaged in performing any overhead and underground work in connection with maintaining electric service to the public, including the installation of all types of customer services, including risers and terminal connections when the service is to be underground, meters and materials, replacing line and transformer fuses; patrolling, switching, restoring service on "no light" and "no power" calls and operating unattended substations.  Must be qualified to perform switching.  May install Company-owned customer outdoor lighting service equipment, may make short secondary extension using bundle conductors and may perform emergency maintenance and/or repairs to overhead and underground secondary and primary circuits which he is equipped to handle.  May do minor repairing on customer's equipment.  Must be qualified to work with the public.

	
  

	
A Troubleman may work alone or may have additional personnel assigned to assist him.  Troubleman when working in a two-man unit performing work as outlined above may have any one (1) of the following as an assistant: another Troubleman, a Lineman, or an Electric Serviceman.  When installing services the assistant may be an Apprentice Lineman assigned for training as provided under the apprentice training program.

	
  

	
When working on work as outlined above in a three-man unit the Troubleman may be assisted by another Troubleman and one (1) Electric Serviceman or by two (2) Electric Servicemen.

 

 

  

96

  

 

	
  

	
If any other combination of three (3) or more persons is used or work is performed other than outlined above, the unit shall constitute a crew and will require a Working Foreman as part of the complement.

	
  

	
A Troubleman shall be required by Company to reside within a thirty-five (35) mile radius of the Company headquarters to which they regularly report.

 

	
9115  

	
*UTILITY MATERIALS SPECIALIST

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Working Foreman or Supervisor in charge, duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  Shall be required to perform related clerical duties.  May be required to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles within the scope of the foregoing duties.  May be required to provide general direction to any classifications assigned him in performing work herein defined.

	
9116

	
*UTILITY MATERIALS SPECIALIST (GENERATION ONLY)

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Working Foreman or Supervisor in charge, duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  Shall be required to perform related clerical duties.  May be required to operate equipment and/or Company vehicles within the scope of the foregoing duties.  May be required to provide general direction to any classifications assigned him in performing work herein defined.

	
  

	
Employee shall automatically progress to the first step of Utility Materials Specialist I after three (3) years in this classification.

8842             *UTILITY MATERIALS SPECIALIST I

	
  

	
An employee with at least two (2) years of experience as a Utility Materials Specialist and who is qualified to perform, without direct supervision, and subordinate to the Working Foreman, or Supervisor in charge, duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  Shall be required to transport supplies and equipment; load and unload truck, maneuver truck and operate fixed and attached equipment; responsible for keeping tools in good order.  Will also be required to operate other equipment and/or Company vehicles in connection with foregoing duties.  Will be required to perform related clerical duties.  May be required to provide general direction to any classifications assigned him in performing work herein defined.

GENERATION ONLY:  An employee with at least three (3) years of experience as a Utility Materials Specialist.

9118             *UTILITY MATERIALS SPECIALIST, TRAINEE

	
  

	
An employee not required to have prior warehouse experience and who, after passing a clerical battery and physical abilities test, will receive formal training in order to perform the duties of Utility Materials Specialist.  Performs work as an assistant to or under direct supervision on jobs for which he has been trained and instructed.  The employee must satisfactorily complete classroom training on basic inventory management, on-the-job training in computer operation, equipment operation, general material classification and become familiar with inventory management policies and procedures.  Will be required to perform duties relating to the ordering, receiving, shipping, handling, storing, disbursing and salvaging of materials and supplies, and the taking of inventories.  Shall be required to perform related clerical duties.  Will be automatically reclassified to the title and beginning rate of Utility Materials Specialist after six (6) months of satisfactory job performance in the trainee classification.

8655             *UTILITYMAN, GAS

	
  

	
An employee with knowledge and experience of the operation and maintenance of gas distribution systems.  This employee will be under the general supervision of a person in a higher classification and shall be required to perform duties which include the control of pressure and maintenance of the gas flow in the distribution system and operation and maintenance of the gas regulator stations.  Must be able to operate, test and/or calibrate and perform scheduled maintenance on all equipment or instruments used in gas measurement and heating value of the gas.  Will be required to change pressure and volume charts from various recorders and take readings and compute gas usage.  May be assigned other duties as required to insure the safe and reliable operation of the gas system during peak loads or emergencies.  Under supervision, will be required to perform all of the duties of the Gas Pressure Operator during his absence.  Must be able to write legibly.

8420             *UTILITYMAN, MAINTENANCE, SENIOR

	
  

	
An employee who performs all types of skilled maintenance associated with building maintenance, including but not limited to, repairs and upkeep of mechanical equipment, electrical systems, changing filters, chemical treatment, plumbing, etc.  He shall direct and train the work of others assisting him.  Will be required to perform other related duties as necessary.  Must have two (2) years' experience in working with mechanical/building equipment, or equivalent work experience with air handling system.

 

 

  

97

  

 

 

7601             *UTILITYMAN, SUBSTATION

	
  

	
An employee who has successfully completed at least eighteen (18) months of the Apprentice Electrician training course or equivalent.  Work will include but not be limited to changing substation meter charts (including fault recorders), record meter readings, record breaker, regulator and transformer operation counter, pressure and temperature, general inspection of substation for discrepancies and making sure substation is stocked with clearance tags, light bulbs and other miscellaneous equipment.  Employee will be required to work alone.  Employee will be required to use simple instruments such as voltmeters and ammeters to check for proper voltage and current at various locations within the substation.

8890             *UTILITYWORKER, COMMUNICATIONS

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to provide quality customer service by installing, troubleshooting, repairing, testing, maintaining and verifying port connections and equipment for all types of Company operated telephone systems, including digital and analog terminations, distribution, cabling, fiber optics, network interface systems, circuit protective devices and other terminating and distribution equipment as directed.  Is also required to provide quality customer service by resolving radio frequency interference complaints under the general supervision of a qualified employee.  May be required to assist Journeyman Communications Technicians and perform other work as assigned.

9585         *UTILITYWORKER, UNIVERSAL

	
  

	
   An employee who must have demonstrated, prior to the job award, proficiency in at least one of the required skills outlined in the requirements below and must attain and maintain the remaining skills while progressing timely through the six (6) month skill acquisition steps.  Must successfully complete, to the company’s satisfaction, the required competencies at each step before the next wage step will be granted.  Will be required to perform work as needed and as qualified.  When assigned to a line crew, this position does not substitute for a journeyman lineman.  Must be able to operate various office machines and personal computers as required. .  Requires DOT pre-employment Drug Test prior to job.  Must obtain CDL license within 30 days from job award date.

	
  

	
    Must be proficient in the following areas to progress through the wage steps.  Required proficiencies:

	
-  

	 

	
-  

	
Warehousing – may be required to perform various Stores Department duties and other misc. duties as required by th Supervisor. (inventory, lifting, work orders) (Minimum 2-3 day training program as required)

	
-  

	
Line Crew Work- may be required to make a blanket work and job orders in connection with local crew operations.  (qualified ground help, equipment operation/certification, appropriate driver’s licenses) (Minimum 40-hour training program)

	
-  

	
Meter Reading- reading and computing demand files, collection of delinquent accounts, and electric cut-ins and cut-outs. (meter reading training, hand-held device training, dog bite prevention training, etc. as required by department)

	
-  

	 

Note: It is intended this classification be used only in the areas where Company may not need the full-time services of certain Bargaining Unit classifications, and to perform various other semi-skilled duties.

7380             *WELDER, MECHANIC

	
  

	
An employee who is qualified to perform, under general supervision, all phases of SMAW, GTAW, GMAW, brazing and gas welding.  Welder qualifications will be demonstrated through administered test(s) required by the corporate R-Stamp program.  Periodic demonstration of qualifications will be required and administered according to the R-Stamp program.  Must have completed and passed the ICS portion of the Apprentice Plant Mechanic training program.  He must be familiar with and perform repairs of boilers, turbine, generators and all auxiliaries and perform these and other related duties with skill and efficiency.  He is required to work from drawings and sketches, do layout work for fabrications of pipe and pipe hangers, know proper procedures for stress relieving and be thoroughly familiar with the Company's electrical and mechanical tagging and safety rules and be able to render first aid.

9250             *WORKER, BUILDING SERVICES, LEAD

	
  

	
An employee working with and directing other Building Services Workers in maintaining the building and surrounding areas, to which he is assigned.  Must be familiar with all details of Building Services work and shall provide supervision and training to the Building Services staff.  Will be required to maintain supplies and to see that Building Services equipment is kept in good working condition.  Shall notify Supervisor when repairs are needed and when problems arise.  Must have three (3) months’ experience as a Building Services Worker before assignment to the job.  May be required to keep time slips and records.  May be required to have a valid Health Department Work Permit.

  

98

  

ATTACHMENT II

EXHIBIT "B" (2)

(Amended  8/16/2010)

DELETED/AMENDED/ADDED JOB CLASSIFICATIONS

The following classifications shall be deleted and the incumbents shall be reclassified as indicated:

9590 Clerk, Field

becomes

9585 Utilityworker, Universal

9893  Clerk,/ Print Shop /9889 Messenger, Outside

becomes

8966 Representative, Support Services

6395 Foreman, Light Working (Gas)

becomes

6280 Foreman, Working Heavy (Gas)

6815 Foreman, Service Utilityman Working

becomes

6815 Foreman, Technician, Working

8709 Grounds Maintenanceman

becomes

8709 Grounds Maintenanceman II

9240 Helper, Building & Grounds

becomes

9240  Grounds Mainteanceman I

8888 Utilityman, Sevice

becomes

8888 Technician, Service

The following classifications shall be deleted:

1.           9624           Clerk; Parts

2.           7543           Fabricator/Welder, Certified

3.           8900           Operator, Photo-Typeset

4.           9840           Operator, mail Inserter

The following classifications were amended:

6385             Driver, Transport, Heavy

7620             Fitter

7460             Fitter/Welder

6281             Foreman, Construction, Working, Heavy

6031             Foreman, Control, Working

All             Foreman, General, Working (Upgrade Only)

6041             Foreman, Lab, Working

6820             Foreman, Support Services, Working

6815             Foreman, Technician, Working

6450             Foreman, Utility Materials, Working

6280             Foreman, Working, Heaving, (Gas)

7050             Investigator, Revenue Protection

7332             Lineman, Transmission (Traveling)

7510             Operator, Assistant Distribution Systems

7219             Operator, Distributions Systems

 

 

  

99

  

 

 

 

7222             Operator, Emergency Relief (Grid)

8772             Operator, Equipment, Heavy

7221             Operator, Grid Reliability

7220             Operator, Transmission System

8716             Repairman, Construction

8535             Repairman, Tool (Power Production)

9735             Representative, Customer Services, Senior

8888             Technician, Service

9585             Utilityworker, Universal

The following classifications were added:

8645             Coordinator, Fleet Assets/Special Projects

9240             Grounds Maintenanceman I

8907             Grounds Maintenanceman II

7223             Operator, Emergency Relief

9624             Parts Specialist, Utility Fleet

9850             Representative, Facilities

8966             Representatives, Support Services

7156             Technician, Electrical/Instrument

8946             Technician, Mapping I

8945             Technician, Mapping II

8931             Technician, Mapping Senior

6052             Trainer, Lines

6030             Trainer, Substation

  

100

  

ATTACHMENT III

LETTERS OF UNDERSTANDING

	
1.

	
CLERICAL BIDDING NOTES  (See Attachment IV, Exhibit "C" (1), Bidding Notes)

	
2.  

	
SICK LEAVE PAYOFF  (See Title 15.9)

3.                 COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN, TELECOMMUNICATIONS

                    DEPARTMENT  (Deleted March 2007)

	
4  

	
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR EVALUATION COMMITTEE

(Deleted 1/1/98 - Reinstated 1/1/03)

	
A.  

	
A committee, known as the Joint Equipment Operator Evaluation Committee, shall be established for the purpose of providing professional, objective evaluation of applicants or bidders who are being considered for placement or advancement to any position requiring operation of specialized construction equipment.

	
B.  

	
The committee shall be composed of two (2) qualified management members appointed by the Company and two (2) qualified bargaining unit members appointed by the Union as follows.

	
1.  

	
Any two (2) management representatives who are qualified by training and experience to serve on the Joint Equipment Operator Evaluation Committee. (Amended 8/16/2010)

	
2.  

	
(Deleted 8/16/2010)

	
3.  

	
Two (2) Equipment Operator III’s or above from the department into which applicant will be placed; member must have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the specific type of equipment which evaluation is to be conducted.

	
4.  

	
Departments will develop a list of qualified people who shall serve on the committee and will be selected on an “as available” basis at the time evaluation is needed.

	
C.  

	
The committee will evaluate all applicants according to the requirements set forth by the Safety and Training Department, user department, CBA and any applicable laws or Department of Transportation Regulations.

	
D.  

	
The committee will evaluate all applicants using test forms and field testing procedures designed by the Safety and Training Department.  All evaluations will either be pass or fail based on a point system and will be documented; all documentation will be placed in applicant qualification file.  (Added 1/1/03)

5.             EQUIPMENT OPERATOR PROGRAM  (Deleted 1/1/98)

	
6.

	
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROGRAM  (See Attachment VIII)

	
7.

	
FAMILY SICK LEAVE PROGRAM  (See Title 15.10)

	
8.

	
TELEPHONE ALLOWANCE (Deleted 8/16/2010)

9.             DEPARTMENTAL SENIORITY FOR LABORERS

(Deleted 1/1/95)

10.           YARD OPERATOR--POWER PRODUCTION

	
  

	
All incumbent employees in the Yard Operator classification shall be reclassified to Senior Yard Operator effective May 1, 1991.

	
11.

	
CLERICAL OCCUPATIONAL GROUP - CHANGING WORK HOURS  (See Title 6.15)

	
12.

	
ACCIDENT PREVENTION BOARD BUSINESS REPRESENTATIVE AS MEMBER

E-MAIL FOR UNION COMMUNICATIONS

NEW EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION PARTICIPATION BY UNION

(See Title 14.6)

	
13.  

	
JOINT BENEFITS COMMITTEE ESTABLISHED

                OPTIONAL LIFE INSURANCE

                LONG-TERM DISABILITY BARGAINING UNIT INSURING

                PLAN

                (See Title 22)

	
14.  

	
PART-TIME EMPLOYEES TERMS AND CONDITIONS

(See Titles 3.5 & 22)

 

 

  

101

  

 

	
15.  

	
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR PROGRESSION GUIDELINES

(Amended 7/13/07)

	
  

	
The Equipment Operator I performance test will generally consist of the following: Monthly evaluations by the Working Foreman or equivalent (a form entitled “Equipment Operator Evaluation” will be used for such evaluations).  Additionally, the employee will be required to study and become knowledgeable of proper equipment safety and operating techniques as well as maintenance procedures for each piece of equipment he operates within the Equipment Operator I classification.  This information is typically found in the equipment operator’s manual and/or in other publications which deal specifically with operating equipment.

	
  

	
Demonstration of Equipment Operator II skills will generally be determined through demonstrated proficiency, which will be evaluated and documented on the form entitled “Equipment Operator Evaluation”.  These evaluation forms are to be completed at least quarterly by the Working Foreman or equivalent.  The Equipment Operator II should have these skills evaluated by at least 75% of the Working Foreman in a given department over the course of the progression, which will help ensure a representative yet thorough appraisal of the operator’s skills is being achieved.

	
16.  

	
WORK-AT-HOME SCHEDULE

Amended and restated 8/16/2010:

	
  

	
This letter refers to the work-at-home schedule.

	
  

	
The parties have agreed to the following guidelines to provide a more useful and productive work environment with little impact to those working in the office.  The following are stipulations that must be met in order for employees to work at home.

	
1.

	
(a)   Subject to management approval, if an employee requests and presents evidence of condition(s) whereby they cannot otherwise report to work, then the employee will be able to work productively at home.

	
 

	
(b)   If the Company experiences exceptional working circumstances necessitating temporary closure of the regular work environment the Company may request and upon employee agreement allow the employee to work at home.  However, if the employee refuses to work-at-home and the Company has no suitable location available, the employee may be required to use vacation time, if accrued; otherwise, they may not be paid.

	
2.

	
An office environment must be kept in the home during such time to promote an environment free from noise and outside distractions.  The home office used in a “Work-At-Home” may be subject to management inspection prior to approval of “Work-At-Home” and a maximum of two (2) times monthly thereafter.  Any home office inspection shall require four (4) hours prior notice to the affected employee.

	
3.

	
The employee should be available to come into the office as required by management and, where appropriate, approved by their physician.

	
4.

	
Employee  performance must remain consistent or better with what has been observed in the office.

	
5.

	
Management may request at any time for the employee to return to the office to work on a permanent basis with seven (7) days written notice.

	
6.

	
Upon Company approval the employee may choose to use their own personal computer (not supplied by the Company), Company will not be responsible for any damage to or malfunction of the computer.  Company will maintain all equipment owned by the Company and give reasonable verbal notice for temporary return to work for equipment malfunction, technical problems, etc.  Company may decline to allow the use of personal computers that do not adhere to Company’s standards or requirements.

	
7.

	
The employee may be required to work at least one (1) day a week in the office.

	
8.

	
The employee will provide an expected "date of return" to the supervisor prior to being granted a “Work-At-Home schedule.  Any request for changes to the “date of return” will be immediately communicated to the supervisor for review and possible approval.

	
9.

	
The employee will sign a document stating agreement of the above with the expected date of return.

17.           GENERATION WORK SCHEDULES

Exhibit A  Nine (9) Hour Work Schedule (Added 1/1/03)

This section will define and outline 9-hour work schedules. (Also see Title 6.2a)

The 9/80 work schedule will be considered the employees “regular” work hours as it applies in all sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA), unless otherwise stated herein

1.     Work Schedule:

 

 

  

102

  

 

	
a)  

	
Change to a bi-weekly work schedule consisting of eight (8) days at nine (9) hours per day and one (1) day at eight (8) hours per day. Workweek schedule will begin at 1000 (10am) on Friday and end at 0959 (9:59am) the following Friday.

	
b)  

	
On the scheduled eight (8) hour workday, all of the provisions of the CBA apply.

	
c)  

	
Lunch will be scheduled from 1100 to 1130. Provisions of Section 6.4 will apply.

2.     Expenses:

Overtime Meals

Overtime meal practices will occur in accordance with Sections 17.2, 17.3, and 17.4 of the CBA. I.e. if an employee’s regular work hours are extended, a meal will be earned 1 hour after the end of the workday on a 9-hour workday.

3.     Overtime:

For the purpose of the 9/80 work schedule, Title 10, section 10.1(a)(2) of the Collective Bargaining Agreement, shall have “eight (8) hours” replaced by “nine (9) hours”.

4.     Rest Periods:

	
  

	
a)

	
Change section 10.6(a)1. To read, “If he has worked six and one-half (6.5) hours or more at overtime rates...”

	
  

	
b)

	
Change Section 10.6(a)2. To read, “If he worked a minimum of two (2) hours at overtime rates and such work extends beyond eight (8) hours after his regular quitting time...”

5.     Holidays:

It is agreed that there will be no increase to holiday hours available. When a Company holiday falls on an employee’s regularly scheduled work day, the employee will be given the day off and will be compensated for eight (8) hours of straight-time holiday pay for a regularly scheduled nine (9) hour work day. The extra one (1) hour can be charged to either Vacation, Floating holiday, or time off without pay.

Floating Holidays

Compensation for Floating Holidays can be taken in nine-hour (9) increments, but cannot exceed 24 hours total annually.

Exhibit B  Ten (10) Hour Work Schedule (Added 1/1/03)

This section will outline and define the 10-hour workday agreement between the union and the company.  Any sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement that is not specifically mentioned in this section remain in force and unaltered with regard to this work group. (Also see Title 6.2a)

1.           Work Schedule:

The work week will be comprised of four (4) 10 hour days during the hours of 0600 through 1700 with a half hour unpaid lunch.  The flexibility in hours will account for the different start and end times as required for the different headquarters and or locations.  The 10-hour day with lunch will be considered the groups “regular work day” as it applies in all sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement unless stated otherwise herein.  The company and the union agree that present work week start and end times as applicable with the 168 hour work week according to the different plant needs will be accepted.

2.           Expenses:

Meals: Lunch will be from five (5) to five and one half (5.5) hours after the start time.  Provisions of Section 6.4 will apply.

Overtime Meals: If the company requires an employee to perform work for one-half hour or more beyond his regular work hours, then the company will provide him with a meal approximately one-half hour after regular quitting time.  Except as noted above in “lunch”, normal meal practices will apply in all other situations.

3.           Overtime:

For the purpose of the 10-hour shift work in this section, Title 10, section 10.1(a)(2) of the collective bargaining agreement, shall have “eight (8) hours replaced by “ten (10) hours. Overtime will be paid for all time worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day and 40 hours per week. As defined in the workweek.

 

 

  

103

  

 

4.           Rest Periods:

The Collective Bargaining Agreement will apply as written with the following additions;

Apply the following to section 10.6 (a) 1 “If he has worked six (6) hours or more at overtime rates...”

Apply the following to section10.6 (a) 2 “If he has worked a minimum of two (2) hours at overtime rates and such work extends beyond eight (8) hours after his regular quitting time...”.

5.           Holidays:

Holiday hours available to this group will not be increased beyond the present Collective Bargaining Agreement.  The extra 2 hours may be charged to either vacation or floating holiday or at the employees choice “off without pay”.

Floating Holidays

Compensation for floating holidays can be taken in 10-hour increments, but cannot exceed 24 hours total annually.

Exhibit C  Twelve (12) Hour Work Schedule (Added 1/1/03)

This section will outline and define the 12-hour workday agreement between the union and the company.  Any sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement that is not specifically mentioned in this section remain in force and unaltered with regard to this work group. (Also see Title 6.2a)

1.              Work Schedule:

All 12-hour shifts shall be considered equivalent to a 3-shift, 24-hour schedule as defined by this collective bargaining agreement. The Company and the Union will remain flexible to certain situations regarding employee needs and company needs as they arise throughout the life of this agreement.

Shift Premiums

The shift premiums will be paid according to respective hours actually worked as first shift 0800 to 1600 no premium, second shift 1600 to 2400 2nd shift premium, third shift 2400 to 0800 3rd shift premium.

Grievances

Any grievances that may arise concerning the 12 hour shifts at the different stations shall be referred to the respective plants Union and Company in-house grievance committee’s that will consist of 2 bargaining unit employees as selected by the union representative, and 2 company representatives as selected by the company.

If there is no satisfactory resolution from the respective committees then the grievance will be directed to regular channels as outlined under Title 21 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement.

2.              Expenses:

If the company requires an employee to perform work for more than (1) hour beyond regular work hours it shall provide him with a meal, and it shall provide him with a meal approximately four (4) hours but not more than five (5) hours as long as he continues to work, insofar as it is possible for the company to do so.  Time necessary to consume meals provided shall be considered as time worked.  An appropriate mealtime will be paid for meals provided in this section.

If an employee is called out to work on a regularly scheduled non-work day with less than 2 hours notice prior to the designated reporting time, he shall be given two (2) meals and one (1) mealtime.  If an employee is called out to work with more than two (2) hours’ notice on a regularly scheduled non-work day he shall receive one meal time and one meal.

3.              Overtime:

For the purpose of the 12-hour shift work in this section, Title 10, section 10.1(a)(2) of the collective bargaining agreement, shall have “eight (8) hours” replaced by “twelve (12) hours”.

4.              Rest Period:

If the company requires an employee to perform work for more than 2 hours prior to or 2 hours after regular work hours on a regularly scheduled work day or on an overtime day, he shall then be entitled to a nine and one half (9.5) hour rest period.

5.              Holidays:

 

  

104

  

 

	
a)  

	
96 hours of scheduled holiday hours, which include floaters, will be credited to each employee at the beginning of the first payroll period of each respective year in lieu of holiday pay granted in the Collective Bargaining Agreement, Title 11, sections 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, and 11.6.

	
b)  

	
An employee during his first calendar year of employment shall be entitled to holiday hours in accordance with the following:

	
  

	
i)

	
If an employee is hired between the first day of the pay period for a given year and June 30th of that same year, then that employee shall receive 24 floating holiday hours plus 8 hours for each of the recognized holidays remaining for the payroll year.

	
ii)     

	
If an employee is hired after June 30th and before the end of the

                                        payroll year then that employee shall receive 12 floating holiday hours and 8 hours for each recognized holiday remaining for the payroll year.

	
c)  

	
Scheduled holiday hours may be used to take time off from work in conjunction with vacation or as independent days off at the discretion of the company, subject to Title 12.14(c).  (Amended March 2007)

	
d)  

	
All scheduled holiday hours may be exchanged for regular pay at any time during the payroll calendar year.  Shift employees will receive payment at straight time for all unused holiday time at the end of the payroll year.

	
e)  

	
24 of the 96 scheduled holiday hours will be considered floating holiday hours.  Compensation for floating holiday pay may be taken in 12-hour increments, but cannot exceed 24 hours annually.

	
f)  

	
The 24-hour period between 2300 of the day before the recognized holiday and 2300 hours of the day of the recognized holiday shall be considered the holiday period or day.

	
g)  

	
Recognized holidays remain as defined in the current Collective Bargaining Agreement.

	
h)  

	
All overtime actually worked on any of the recognized holidays will be paid at the applicable overtime rates.

	
i)  

	
Whenever an employee observes a holiday as a day off he may use 12 scheduled holiday hours.  If he has no scheduled holiday hours remaining he may use 12 hours of vacation or at his option receive no compensation for the time off.

	
j)  

	
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to increase or decrease the total number of hours of total holiday pay earned under the current Collective Bargaining Agreement.

6.              Training:

For purposes of company required training that extends 4 or more days, the language of the Collective Bargaining Agreement section 6.9 will apply to the 12-hour work group.

Exhibit D Grandfathering of Static Shifts at Tracy Power Plant (Added 8/16/2010)

This section will set forth the agreement between the Union and the Company regarding the grandfathering of employees on static shift schedules at the Tracy Power Plant.  Employees on static shifts do not rotate to another shift.  Any sections of the Collective Bargaining Agreement that are not specifically mentioned in this section remain in force and effect.

1.              Employees Covered By This Exhibit:

Only those active employees who are currently assigned to the Service Utility Operator, Plant Operator or Lead Plant Operator classifications at the Tracy Power Plant are covered by the terms of this Exhibit.

2.              Work Schedules:

The employees covered by this Exhibit will remain on static shifts while working at the Tracy Power Plant in the classifications set forth above.  Employees temporarily assigned to another plant will be assigned to that plant’s schedule during that assignment.

Plant Management has the ability to establish starting times, end times, and days of the initial static and rotating shifts after the effective date of this agreement.  In establishing hours and days, they may differ from the ones in effect prior to this Exhibit.

Nothing in this Exhibit is intended to limit the rights of the Company to modify the normal work day and/or work hours as provided for in Title 6, Section 6.13 (a)(1) of the collective bargaining agreement.

3.              Loss of Eligibility:

Employees may volunteer to move from a static shift schedule to a rotating shift schedule.  Upon acceptance by Plant Management, the employee will be assigned to the rotating shift schedule and from that point on will forfeit all rights under the terms of this Exhibit.

Employees who bid to another classification or out of the Tracy headquarters will forfeit all rights under the terms of this Exhibit from the time of the successful bid.

 

 

  

105

  

 

 

	
18.

	
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION HOURS OF SERVICE

	
  

	
(Added 1/1/03)

	
  

	
Company and Union agree that “Department of Transportation Hours of Service Regulations” may have affect on company operations.  Company and Union further agree that implementation of procedures surrounding this issue shall not affect negotiated wages, benefits, or conditions of employment as outlined in the CBA or any documented agreement between the parties.  Company and Union further agree to meet and confer to develop this procedure.

	
  

	
The Company agrees to hold harmless and indemnify in any civil action any employee who, as a result of a Company directive, exceeds the Hours of Service Regulations (49 CRF, Part 395) issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Department of Transportation.  (Added March 2007)

	
19.  

	
NEUTRALITY AGREEMENT (Added 11/02/98 per Letter of Agreement)

(See next two pages)

  

106

  

LOCAL UNION

 

International

Brotherhood of

Electrical

Workers, AFL-CIO

Jack McNally

Business Manager

Howard Stiefer

President

 

P.O. Box 4790

Walnut Creek

CA 94596

3063 Citrus Circle

510 933.6060

FAX 510 933.0115

November 2, 1998

Mary Jane Willier

Sierra Pacific Power Company

Nevada Power Company

6100 Neil Road

Reno, NV 89520

Dear Ms. Willier:

Representatives of Sierra Pacific Power Company, IBEW Local Union 396 and IBEW Local 1245 attended a meeting on October 28, 1998 at Nevada Power Company's offices in Las Vegas and came to the following understandings:

The parties recognized that the restructuring of the electric and gas utility services will have adverse implications with respect 1o the employment security of employees of both Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company. Further, the proposed merger of Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company could also adversely impact employees of both companies.

The Public Utilities Commission of Nevada is currently in the process of developing the rules and regulations 1or restructuring the utilities and the developing trend is that the incumbent utilities will have to establish affiliates in order to perform some of the current functions which are provided under the regulated format.

It is hereby agreed, that any affiliate created by either Nevada Power Company or Sierra Pacific Power Company or both as a merged company that performs any work or services that was traditionally performed by the regulated utilities, the employees of the utilities will be given the right to transfer with work to the affiliate and the affiliate shall recognize the applicable IBEW local union and be covered by the current collective bargaining agreement.

It is hereby agreed, that any affiliate created by either Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company or both as a merged company that performs any work or service will be covered by the attached Neutrality Agreement covering any organizing efforts by either of the signatory local unions.

If you are in accord with the foregoing and agree thereto, please so indicate in the space provided and return one executed copy of this letter to the Union.

Very truly yours,

	
IBEW Local Union 396

	 	  	
IBEW Local 1245

	
By:

	  	 	
By:

	
 

	
Business Manager

	 	  	
Business Manager

	  	 	  	  
	
Nevada Power Company

	 	  	
Sierra Pacific Power Company

	  	 	  	  
	
By:

	  	 	
By:

	
 

	
Date:

	  	 	
Date:

	
1/8/99

DRAFT

NEUTRALITY AGREEMENT

This agreement is entered into by and between IBEW Local 1245 and 1BEW Local 396 (hereinafter "the Unions") and Sierra Pacific Power Company, Nevada Power Company, or the merged company and their affiliates (hereinafter "the Employer") effective as of Oct , 1998, and shall cover all the affiliates or subsidiaries as may be established by or for Sierra Pacific Power Company and Nevada Power Company and/or acquired by Sierra Pacific Power Company and Nevada Power Company or merged company. This agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to such affiliates of Sierra Pacific Power Company and Nevada Power Company or their merged company until the earliest of the conditions set forth in paragraph 11 shall have occurred with respect thereto.

The parties recognize that the restructuring of the electric and gas utility service will have adverse implications with respect to the employment security of employees of both Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company. Further, the proposed merger of Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company could further impact employees of both companies.

Therefore, the Employer and the Union hereby agree to the following with respect to efforts by the Union to organize and represent the Employer's unorganized non-management employees:

	
1.

	
As soon as the Employer is prepared to commence the hiring process for its business operations personnel, it shall notify the Union in writing of its personnel requirements. The notice shall be given to the Union at its business office, and shall specify the qualifications for each position to be filled in as much detail as practical.

	
2.

	
The parties hereto shall agree upon the projected time period within which a number constituting the full complement of employees needed by the Employer to operate and maintain business covered by this agreement will be achieved. At the time fifty percent plus one (50% plus one), of such complement of employees is hired, the Employer shall, upon request by the Union:

	
  

	
(a)

	
Allow representatives of the Union reasonable access to the business of the Employer covered by this agreement for the purpose of informing employees of their rights to form and join organizations of their own choosing for the purpose of representation with the Employer with respect to wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of employment: and to explain the benefits of membership in and representation for such purposes by the Union.

	
  

	
(b)

	
"Reasonable access" shall include at a minimum the right to meet with employees on at least three (3) occasions at the business of the employer on non-work time (e.g. lunch hour) during normal business hours.

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Employer shall supply the Union with a list of employees hired to operate and maintain the business, including first line supervisor-employees. Such list shall contain the names, home addresses and home phone number of such employees. The Union shall at all times maintain the confidentiality of any such list supplied to it by the Employer.

	
3.

	
The Employer nor the Union will engage in any personal attacks against Union or Employer representatives or attacks against the Union or Employer as an institution during the course of such campaign. At all times the Employer shall remain "neutral" with regard to any question concerning the representation of its employees by the Union. "Neutral" shall at a minimum mean that the Employer shall take no official position, nor shall it direct or condone any of its agents or representatives, including any attorneys or consultants to the Employer, to take any position against the exercise by its employees of their right to select the Union as their collective bargaining representative or to oppose the selection of the Union as the employees' collective bargaining representative.

 

 

  

107

  

 

	
4.

	
At any time after fifty percent of the projected full employee complement has been employed at the place of business, by this agreement and upon request by the Union, the Employer and the Union shall mutually agree upon the number and identity of the employees in the unit eligible for representation and the Employer shall submit to a card check election to determine the desires of its employees to be represented for the purpose of collective bargaining by the Union. Union authorization cards to be considered valid must clearly state that an employee who signs a card is designating Union as his/her exclusive collective bargaining representative and that the card may be used for an expedited private election other than an NLRB supervised election.   In the event that a majority (50% + one) of the employees, then employed by the Employer in business operation positions, excluding guards, supervisors, or any other group of employees not mutually agreed upon as meeting the definition of an appropriate unit, as defined by the National Labor Relations Act, have signed cards authorizing the Union to act as their collective bargaining representative, and such authorization card majority is verified by an agreed-to election third-party, the Employer shall recognize the Union as the exclusive bargaining representative of such employees. All third party expenses will be shared equally by the parties.

	
5.

	
Any dispute which may arise between the parties as to the composition and/or appropriateness of any collective bargaining unit shall be determined by arbitration. The Employer specifically waives any right to submit any such dispute to the representation procedures of the National Labor Relations Board to the fullest extent allowed by law. In the event that any dispute is moved to arbitration pursuant to this provision, such arbitration shall be conducted under the auspices of and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association.

	
6.

	
If the Union is selected by a majority of employees as their collective bargaining representative, the Employer shall, immediately upon the request by the Union, bargain in good faith with the Union for the purpose of concluding a collective bargaining agreement.

	
7.

	
If after a reasonable period of time for negotiation in good faith, the parties are unable to conclude a collective bargaining agreement, either party may request that any or all open issues in dispute be submitted to interest arbitration for resolution. Any such arbitration shall be conducted under the auspices of, and in accordance with, the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator with respect to any matter submitted to arbitration shall be final and binding upon the parties. In the event either party demands that the terms of the first collective bargaining agreement include a provision for interest arbitration to resolve any dispute with respect to any renewal agreement, and/or a successors and assigns clause in the form described in paragraph 9 below, the arbitrator shall include such provisions as terms of the collective bargaining agreement.

	
8.

	
Should any court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction find that any provision of this agreement is unlawful, that provision and only that provision deemed to be unlawful shall be void and all other provisions of this agreement shall remain in full force and effect. With respect to any provisions deemed unlawful, the parties will meet and conclude an alternate provision to the same or similar effect which comports with law,

	
9.

	
This agreement shall be binding upon any successor to the Employer and/or to any successor in interest, partner, joint venturer or assignee of the Employer with respect to the business covered by this agreement. Any sale by the Company of a controlling interest in the business covered by this agreement shall include as a part of any such purchase and sale agreement acknowledgement of this agreement and acceptance that this agreement is binding upon the purchaser with respect to such business.

 

	
10.

	
This agreement may be specifically enforced upon the application of either party hereto in any court of competent jurisdiction and shall be specifically enforced without a showing of irreparable harm and without the posting of a bond.

	
11.

	
This agreement shall terminate with regard to the named business of the Employer covered by this agreement upon the earliest of the following events:

	
  

	
(a)

	
The parties hereto mutually agree in writing to terminate the agreement.

	
  

	
(b)

	
The date upon which the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service certifies that the Union has failed to achieve majority status at such facility in accordance with paragraph 5 above.

	
  

	
(c)

	
The effective date of any collective bargaining agreement reached between the parties with respect to such facility pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof.

	
  

	
(d)

	
Five years from the date hiring of employees commences at such business, unless renewed by the parties hereto.

	
IBEW LOCAL UNION 1245

	  
	  	  	  
	
By:

	
 

	  
	  	
Business Manager

	  
	  	  	  
	
SIERRA PACIFIC POWER COMPANY

	  
	  	  	  
	
By:

	
 

	  
	
Date:

	  	  

 

 

  

108

  

20.     HIRING HALL AGREEMENT ( Amended 8/16/2010)

The Company and IBEW Local 1245 recognize a need to utilize temporary employees to meet the interests of both parties.

Requests for temporary employment

When the Company determines it has a need for temporary Hiring Hall employees, the Company will notify  Local 1245 and provide a list of applicant names.  The Company will then request an appointment with Local 1245 and the applicant(s) for the purpose of dispatching applicant(s) to Company for employment.     Requests shall be submitted in writing.   (Amended 8/16/2010)

Former Sierra Pacific employees who are ineligible to work at  NV Energy and other individuals deemed ineligible to work at  NV Energy shall be precluded from dispatch by the Union.

Classifications, Qualifications and Pay Rates

The hourly wages for a Hiring Hall Customer Service Representative, Clerical Representative, and Meter Reader are found in Attachment I, Exhibit “A” of the Collective Bargaining Agreement. The company has the right to hire employees at other than entry-level wages.

In addition, the Company will pay a benefit substitute, which may be used, for purchase of any health care insurance offered to regular employees (pre-tax) or added to wage, dependent upon employee choice.  The benefit substitute shall be $4.00 an hour for 2007, indexed to 82% of the cost of the current HMO premium for employee and spouse in  each year for the term of the agreement.

Hiring Hall employees will be eligible for STIP payment in a percentage equal to that paid active employees represented by Local 1245. This will be calculated using actual regular/straight time hours worked in the measured period.

After six months of continuous employment, a temporary Hiring Hall employee may take up to one week of unpaid leave in a calendar year.  After one year of continuous employment, a temporary Hiring Hall employee will be subject to the holiday provisions set forth in Title 11 of the collective bargaining agreement.

After one year of continuous employment, a temporary Hiring Hall employee may take up to two weeks of unpaid leave in a calendar year, longer if operational needs as determined by the Company permit.  Once these excused unpaid leaves are exhausted, Hiring Hall employee will be subject to written verification of a bona fide reason for any absence.

Candidate Rejection/Referral fee

The Company may reject an applicant for any reason; however, a fee of eight (8) hours pay will be paid if the individual accepts an assignment and is rejected prior to reporting to work.

Hiring Hall Employment Conditions

	
1.  

	
Employees are subject to being released from work at the sole discretion of the Company.

	
2.  

	
Employees shall not attain regular status or any regular status entitlements unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

	
3.  

	
Employees shall not be eligible for contractual fringe benefits except as specifically set forth herein.

	
4.  

	
If subsequently hired by the Company into a regular position, an employee will be considered a new hire for all purposes, including calculation of benefit accruals (leaves, etc.), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties.  The company will waive the contractual probationary period and waiting period for eligibility for benefits for any temporary Hiring Hall employee who is converted to regular employee status.

	
5.  

	
An employee must notify the Company directly to be considered for regular employment.

	
6.  

	
Employees may not be downgraded or upgraded in pay as a temporary Hiring Hall employee.

Duration of temporary employment

Utilization of a temporary Hiring Hall employee in accordance with this agreement shall not exceed three years.

If, due to lack of work, the Company chooses to lay off or reduce staffing levels, and it has Hiring Hall employees performing work in the same  occupational group  the Company will release the Hiring Hall employees prior to regular employees, unless volunteers exist 

 

 

 

  

109

  

 

 

in the affected classification for layoff under Title 23, Demotion/Layoff Procedure. In the application of this process, an employee shall not be placed in a job unless qualified and capable to perform the duties.

The Company retains discretion as to who will perform and how it will staff the customer service and meter reading functions, including the use and hiring of Hiring Hall Customer Service Representatives, Clerical Representatives, and Meter Readers.

The number of Hiring Hall employees in all “Clerical Inside Occupational Group” classifications will not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of employees in the “Clerical Inside Occupational Group” classifications.

The number of Hiring Hall Meter Readers will not exceed 80% of the aggregate number of all meter readers.

All employees will be included in the overtime agreements for the assigned departments.

The Company may use temporary Hiring Hall employees for any job within the Clerical Inside Occupational Group.  During the life of this contract, the Company will not transfer any work normally performed by employees in the Clerical Inside Occupational Group to NV Energy South if the Company  currently uses temporary Hiring Hall employees to perform that function.  Further, the Company may transfer peak work between NV Energy North and South  based on operational needs.

21.           POST RETIREMENT MEDICAL (Added 4/5/07)

This letter of understanding is to clarify the outcome of our recent bargaining and document recent discussions between the Company and Union pertaining to certain employees and their negotiated post retirement medical (PRM) benefits.

The employees affected include all Bargaining Unit 1245 employees who were on the Management, Professional and Technical (MPAT) PRM plan prior to the conclusion of bargaining, earlier this year.

This will document our agreement to place all the above-mentioned affected employees on the Bargaining Unit 1245 ($260/$130) plan.

	
23.  

	
COMMENCEMENT DATE OF THE AGREEMENT Deleted 8/16/2010

	
24.  

	 

ATTACHMENT IV

EXHIBIT "C" (1)

(As Amended January 1, 2003)

LINES OF PROGRESSION FOR BIDDING AND DEMOTIONAL

PURPOSES BY OCCUPATIONAL GROUPS

DEFINITION OF OCCUPATIONAL GROUPS

Occupational Groups shall be defined as those separate divisions of the applicable Company "Departments" shown above.  In those "Departments" where there is no such division, the entire "Department" shall be considered as an Occupational Group.

"A" Bid - Same classification or higher than job posted using group seniority.  (Amended 1/1/95)

"B" Bid - Next lower classifications in group seniority.  Classifications shown on chart above at the reverse end of arrows shall be considered next lower to those to which the arrow points.  (Amended 1/1/95)

"C" Bid - Same classification in any other group using Company seniority.

"D" - Any classification in same group as job being posted using group seniority.

"E" - Any classification in any group using Company seniority.

Lines of Progression (see FOLD-OUT)

 

 

  

110

  

BIDDING NOTES

	
 1.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
2.

	
(Deleted 1/1/98)

 3.                (Deleted 1/1/95)

	
 4.

	
Classifications labeled (4) shall be considered as Lineman for bidding purposes.

4a.              Any bids to Troubleman Electric shall be awarded by group seniority.

(Added 1/1/98)

	
 5.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
 6.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
 7.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
 8.

	
Serviceman, Equipment bidding to Plant Mechanic Apprentice shall not suffer a wage reduction if he has been in that classification for six (6) months or more.  His wages will be red-circled until such time as his step rate in his new classification exceeds his red-circled wage rate.  (Added 5/1/86)

Service Utility Operators and Scrubber Utility Operators cross-bidding to either position may use the total amount of time in both positions to establish themselves in the appropriate wage step but in no event higher than the 24-month step.  Once the employee has established himself in the new position he will be moved to the upgradeable wage step once all the upgradeable requirements have been met.  (Added 6/1/99 by Letter of Agreement)

	
 9.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
10.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
11.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
12.

	
Classifications labeled (12) need not be posted and are considered non-bid jobs.

13.              (Deleted 5/1/81)

 

14.              (Deleted 5/1/68)

15.              (Deleted 5/1/68)

	
16.

	
Awards to these jobs shall require successful completion of screening examination.

	
17.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

18.              (Deleted 5/1/71)

19.              (Deleted 5/1/71)

20.              (Deleted 5/1/74)

	
21.

	
Classifications labeled (21) shall be considered as "B" bids to Working Foreman subject to the time limits provided in the Working Foreman job description.  A Storekeeper who is awarded a Reno Utility Materials Specialist vacancy shall assume the vacancy of his present Storekeeper rate of pay.  Said wage rate shall remain in effect until (1) such time as it may be surpassed by the wage schedule of the Utility Materials Specialist classification as the result of continuous time spent in the Utility Materials Specialist classification or (2) until such time as it may be surpassed by the wage schedule of Utility Materials Specialist classification through the normal process of collective bargaining between Company and Union.  A Utility Materials Specialist who is awarded a Storekeeper vacancy shall assume the vacancy at the wage step of the Storekeeper wage schedule which is next higher to the Utility Materials Specialist's present rate of pay.  (Amended 5/1/76)

	
22.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

 

 

  

111

  

 

	
23.

	
The successful bidder must meet the respirator fit-test requirements as outlined by OSHA before the job award can be made.  This will require the employee to be clean shaven for the test.  (Added 5/1/88)

	
24.

	
(Deleted 8/16/10)

	
25.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
26.

	
Clarifier Operator bidding to Apprentice Lab Technician shall not suffer a wage reduction if he has been in that classification for twenty-four (24) months or more.  His wage will be red-circled until such time as his step rate in his new classification exceeds his red-circled wage rate.  (Added 1/1/95)

	
27.

	
(Deleted 1/1/95)

	
28

	
Sr. Control Technician will be red-circled when going to a Substation Technician.  (Effective 4/11/94; Added 1/1/98)

	
29.

	
Sr. Control Technician will be a “D” bidder to Control Working Foreman and Substation Technician to Control Working Foreman will be a “B” bidder. (Effective 4/11/94; Added 1/1/98)

	
30.

	
Clerical Bidding Notes

	
  

	
A.

	
Generally speaking, Clerical employees will be hired at the minimum of the range.  In exceptional cases, experience elsewhere will be counted in determining the starting rate.  In no case will experience elsewhere be given more weight in determining the starting rate than if it had been with the Company.

	
  

	
B.

	
When a Clerical employee is in a wage progression and is promoted from one (1) job classification to another, his rate of pay shall be the starting rate for new classification or his present rate, whichever is higher.  In the case of an employee who bids laterally to a job classification with the same wage progression, or an employee who bids downward to a job classification with a lower wage progression, his rate of pay shall be the starting rate for such classification, except that allowance shall be made by the Company for previous experience in the new classification.  When a Clerical employee bids from one (1) Department, District or Sub-District to another in the same classification, his rate of pay shall remain the same.

	
  

	
C.

	
(Deleted 5/1/91)

	
  

	
D.

	
Employees in the Clerical Occupational Group job classifications listed below, who were hired prior to the 1986 contract ratification date, will be red-circled in their current wage progression (at the wage rate in effect May 1, 1986) and will continue to receive general wage increases based on that wage progression.

Clerical Representative

Clerical Specialist

Meter Reader-Collector

Customer Services Representative

	
  

	
When an employee whose wage progression is red-circled becomes eligible to receive their final step increase under the red-circled wage progression, they will receive the top wage step of the red-circled wage progression or top wage step of the current book rate, whichever is higher.  (Added 5/1/86)

E.           (Deleted 1/1/95)

	
31.

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
32.  

	
Any full-time, regular General Foreman, Working shall be treated under the CBA as if he were above the top position in his Line of Progression and Occupational Group.  The General Foreman, Working shall be paid at a rate ten percent (10%) above the highest wage rate in his Line of Progression and Occupational Group.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
33.  

	
(Deleted March 2007)

	
34.  

	
Storekeeper/Buyer/Planner (Ft. Churchill) shall be treated exactly as Storekeeper for bidding, layoff and demotion purposes.  (Added 1/1/03)

	
35.  

	
When an Electrician and/or a Substation Inspector are awarded a Control Technician position, they will be paid at the six (6) month wage rate.  (LOA 1/29/03)

	
36.  

	
When bidding as a Clerical Representative, all group seniority in Clerical Inside, Support Services and the deleted Reprographics and Distribution occupational groups will be applied.  A Clerical Representative may use this combined occupational group seniority in any group where a Clerical Representative exists.  (Added March 2007)

	
37.  

	
(Deleted 8/16/10)

  

112

  

"E" BIDDERS

Driver, Truck

Driver, Truck, Heavy

Garageman

Helper

Janitor (Power Prod)

Laborer

Repairman, Tool

Utilityworker, Universal

Worker, Building, Services, Lead

(Amended  8/16/2010)

  

113

  

 

 

	
Only Medical co-insurance (excluding Co-Pays, Deductibles, Dental, Vision, and RX)

 applies toward the Out of Pocket Max.

	 
	  	
Union 1245

	  	
HMO

	
Advantage

	  	
In Network

	
Out of Network

	
Annual Deductible

	
None

	
$150 Individual $450 Family

	
$350 Individual $1,050 Family

	
Plan Generally Pays

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Out of pocket Maximum (Annual)

	
$1,000 Individual $3,000 Family

	
$1,250 Individual $3,750 Family

	
$2,500 Individual $7,500 Family

	
Lifetime Maximum

	
Unlimited

( unless otherwise indicated)

	
Routine Care

	
Physician Charges

(Office Visit, Inpatient, outpatient)

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Specialist Charges

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Preventive Care

	
Well Child Care

(includes immunizations)

	
100%, No Co-pay

	
100%

no Co-pay, no Deductible

	
80%

no Co-pay, no Deductible

	
Well Adult Care

(OB/GYN,  Mammogram, PAP, Prostate exam)

	
100%, No Co-pay

	
100%

no Co-pay, no Deductible

	
80%

no Co-pay, no Deductible

	
Maternity and Family Services

	
Physician Charges

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Hospitalization & Newborn Nursery Care

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Birth control devices

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Sterilization

(Includes tubal ligation & vasectomy

	
$20 Co-pay

(When preformed in Doctors Office)

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Infertility Treatment  *

(Diagnostics & treatment of underlying condition only)

	
$20 Co-pay

(For diagnosis & treatment, 6 courses of treatment lifetime max)

	
80% after Deductible **

(For diagnosis & treatment, 6 courses of treatment lifetime max)

	
60% after Deductible **

(For diagnosis & treatment, 6 courses of treatment lifetime max)

 

 

  

114

  

 

 

 

	
Hospital Care

	
Inpatient Coverage

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Outpatient Coverage

(including surgery)

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Urgent Care

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Emergency Room ***

	
100% after $50 Co-pay

(co-pay waved if admitted)

	
80% after Deductible

	
80% after Deductible

	  	
HMO

	
Advantage

	
Mental Health Care

	
Inpatient Coverage

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Outpatient Coverage

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Substance Abuse Treatment

	
Inpatient Coverage

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Outpatient Coverage

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Other Medical Care

	
Allergy testing

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Chiropractic Care

(limited to 20 visits per calendar year)*

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Durable Medical Equipment

	
100%

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Home Health Care*

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

(Limited to 120 days per calendar year)

	
80% after Deductible

(Limited to 120 days per calendar year)

	
60% after Deductible                                    (Limited to 120 days per calendar year)

	
Hospice Care

(Inpatient, outpatient)

	
100%

(Benefit maximum of 185 days)

	
100%  After Deductible

	
80% after Deductible

	
Complex imaging

	
100% after $50 Co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Lab & X-ray

	
100% after $20 co-pay

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Physical &Speech Therapy

(outpatient)

	
100% after $20 Co-pay

(visit maximum: Speech-20 visits, PT/OT-40 visits combined)

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

 

 

  

115

  

 

 

	
Skilled Nursing Facility

	
100%

(Limited to 30 days per calendar year)

	
80% after Deductible

	
60% after Deductible

	
Acupuncture & Alternative Medicine *

	
100% after $20 Co-pay          $1,000 Annual Max

	
80% after Deductible              $2,000 Annual Max

	
60% after Deductible                                    $2,000 Annual Max

	
Hearing Aids*

	
Not Covered

	
80% after Deductible

$1,500 every 5 years

	
60% after Deductible

$1,500 every 5 years

	
Temporo-Mandibular Joint Disease (TMJ)

	
50%

	
80% after

deductible

	
60% after

deductible

	
TMJ Maximum

	
No limit

(includes surgery treatment, but excludes appliance therapy)

	
No limit

 (excludes appliance therapy)

	
No limit

 (excludes appliance therapy)

	  	  	  	  
	  	
Vision

	  	
In Network

	
Out of Network

	
Provider Choice

	
You may use any licensed provider you choose; however your out-of-pocket costs are likely to be less when you use in-network providers, since benefits are based on negotiated fees. In addition, when you stay in network, discounts apply for options and additional materials. When you use out-of-network providers you pay 100% of the claim, then submit the itemized receipt to VSP. Call VSP for sub-mitting out-of-network claims.

	
Examination

(once every 12 months based on your last date of service)

	
$25 Co-pay

	
Plan pays up to $46

(less applicable co-pays)

	
Lenses

(once every 12 months based on your last date of service)

	
100% for standard lenses

	
Plan pays up to $55 for single vision, $75 for bifocal, & $95 for trifocal lenses

	
Frames

(once every 24 months based on your last date of service)

	
Plan pays up to $115

	
Plan pays up to $45

	
Contact Lenses (elective)

(once every 12 months based on your last date of service)

	
Plan pays up to $250

	
Plan pays up to $105

 

 

 

  

116

  

 

 

	
Discounts

	
30% savings on lens options,

20% savings on additional glasses & sunglasses,

15% savings off cost of contact lens fitting & evaluation

	
Discounts do not apply

	
Computer Vision Care

(Exam & Lenses, once every 12 months)

(Frames, once every 24 months)

	
$10 co-pay for exam,

Plan pays up to $80 for frames

	
Contact VSP

	
Laser Vision Correction

	
VSP's Laser Care Program provides discounted access to facilities and surgeons for NVE members. See the Laser Vision Care Learning Source area of VSP's website

	  	
Dental

	  	
In Network

	
Out of Network

	
Annual Deductible

	
$25 individual, $75 family

	
Annual Maximum Benefit

	
$2,000 per person per year

	
Preventive Services

( Includes 2 cleanings per year)

	
100% No Deductible

	
100% of R&C, no deductible

	
Basic Care

	
80% after Deductible

	
80% of R&C, after deductible

	
Oral Surgery

	
80% after Deductible

	
80% of R&C, after deductible

	
Major Restoration

	
50% after Deductible

	
50% of R&C, after deductible

	
Orthodontia

	
100% after annual deductible; $2,000 lifetime max

	  	
Prescription Drug Benefit

	  	
HMO

	
Advantage

	
Mail Order Pharmacy

(90 Day Supply,

for maintenance drugs only)

	
Generic drugs $10 co-pay

Preferred Brand drugs

$50 co-pay

Non-Preferred drugs

$80 co-pay

	
Generic drugs $10 co-pay

Preferred Brand drugs

$50 co-pay

Non-Prefered drugs

$80 co-pay

	
Retail Pharmacy

(30 Day Supply)

	
Generic drugs $5 co-pay

Preferred Brand drugs

$25 co-pay

Non-Preferred drugs

$40 co-pay

	
Generic drugs $5 co-pay

Preferred Brand drugs

$25 co-pay

Non-Prefered drugs

$40 co-pay

	  	  	  	  
	  	  	
* In and out-of-network maximum is combined

	  
	  	  	
** Benefits limited to $2,000 per calendar year and $6,000 lifetime

	  
	  	  	
*** Non-emergency use of ER is not covered

	  

  

117

  

 

ATTACHMENT VI

OUT-OF-TOWN WORK ASSIGNMENT GUIDELINES

(Added January 1, 1995)

	
  

	
A.

	
PURPOSE

	
  

	
Due to growth and operational changes which have occurred in our service area over the last few years, it has become more common to send employees away from their permanent work location to work in other areas.  In most cases these temporary assignments are beneficial to both the Company and its employees.  As the number of out-of-town assignments increases, however, so does the potential for disruption of family life and personal inconvenience of our employees.

B.           NOTIFICATION OF WORK ASSIGNMENT

	
  

	
As soon as a Supervisor learns that some of his employees will be needed on an out-of-town project or job he should make his employees aware of the following factors:

	
  

	
1.

	
Number of employees required in each classification from his work location for the job or project.

	
  

	
2.

	
Scope of work of the job or project (build new line, general maintenance, plant overhaul, etc.).

	
  

	
3.

	
Starting date and expected duration.

	
  

	
4.

	
Job location and reporting place.

	
  

	
5.

	
Expected working hours (overtime, if expected).\

	
  

	
6.

	
Any other information available and of interest to employees, e.g., is there a special project agreement with the Union for the job?

	
  

	
Keep in mind that employees appreciate being kept informed and effective, timely communications improve morale.  THE SUPERVISOR SHOULD GIVE EMPLOYEES ASSIGNED OUT-OT-TOWN WORK AS MUCH ADVANCE NOTICE AS POSSIBLE.

	
  

	
C.

	
MANNING OUT-OF-TOWN WORK ASSIGNMENTS

	
  

	
1.

	
VOLUNTARY:

	
  

	 

	
  

	
a.

	
If possible, the Supervisor should attempt to use volunteers in each job classification, with the skill level required.

	
  

	
b.

	
If there are more volunteers than are required for the job assignment then employees should be selected on the basis of 1) qualifications, 2) accumulated overtime, 3) accumulated number of nights out-of-town, 4) Occupational Group Seniority from top to bottom, 5) operational needs.

	
  

	
c.

	
Unless otherwise agreed to, volunteers will be expected to work through the entire project from start to finish.  Supervisors should discuss this issue with employees at the earliest possible date.

2.           NON-VOLUNTARY:

	
  

	
a.

	
If volunteers are not available to fill the manpower requirements of a project, assignments will be made on a non-voluntary basis.  Employees will be selected on the basis of 1) qualifications, 2) accumulated overtime, 3) accumulated number of nights out-of-town, 4) Occupational Group Seniority from bottom to top, 5) operational needs.

	
  

	
b.

	
On the next mandatory job assignment, the next employees on the Out-of-Town Assignment List should be selected.  By assigning employees in this order, all employees will share equally in performance of out-of-town assignments.

	
  

	
c.

	
If an employee volunteers for an out-of-town assignment, he should be considered as doing so on his own accord, and will still be required to take his turn at non-voluntary assignments based on Section C (2)(a).

	
  

	
d.

	
If an employee is unable to work his out-of-town assignment when selected due to illness, personal hardship, or any other reason of a temporary nature, he shall be replaced on the list as the first to go when his problems are resolved.

	
  

	
e.

	
Any new employee reporting to a work location will be placed on the Headquarters' Out-of-Town Assignment List and will be assigned out-of-town work when his turn arrives based on Section C (2)(a).

	
  

	
f.

	
Employees should be kept informed where they stand on the Out-of-Town Assignment List, as this will give them additional time to plan in advance for out-of-town assignments.

D.           PERSONAL HARDSHIP

	
  

	
1.

	
When an employee feels that an out-of-town assignment will create a personal hardship he should explain all the facts to his Supervisor.  The Supervisor should listen to the employee, evaluate the situation and 

 

 

  

118

  

 

	
  

	
 

	
make a decision whether to send the employee on a non-voluntary basis or not.  These decisions will have to be made on a case-by-case basis, relying on the information supplied by the employee as well as other facts which may be known to the Supervisor.

	
  

	
2.

	
If a non-voluntary job assignment lasts more than eight (8) weeks the Supervisor should consider rotating personnel to complete that job assignment.  (If for example, the Supervisor knows that an out-of-town work assignment will last for ten (10) weeks, he might consider sending two (2) different groups for five (5) weeks each.)

 

E.           OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

	
  

	
1.

	
Continuity - Is it better to have the same group of employees do the full job rather than changing in the middle of the project?

	
  

	
2.

	
Project Length - Eight (8) weeks is not necessarily the ideal maximum assignment for some projects.  Some might be shorter, depending on the travel required, working conditions, equalization of overtime, etc.

	
  

	
3.

	
Job Location - If the assigned job locations are so far away that employees cannot return home on weekends, consideration should be given to making shorter assignments and rotating employees.

	
  

	
4.

	
Productivity - Employees away from home on an involuntary basis for long periods of time may become less productive.  Harmony and efficiency in the operation should be considered by Supervisors.

	
  

	
5.

	
Skills Required - Certain employees with special skills may be required at certain projects for the duration of the project, or they may be required to remain at their home location regardless, of the provisions of these guidelines.  This will depend on job requirements.

	
  

	
6.

	
Reporting Place - When board and lodging are provided by the Company, the reporting place will be the Company designated lodging of the local headquarters.

ATTACHMENT VII

JOB SITE REPORTING

(Added 1/1/98 – Cancelled by the Union on 10/24/02)

	
  

	
ATTACHMENT VIII

	
  

	
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROGRAM

	
  

	
Consistent with the provisions and obligations of Section 2.1, Title 2 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement between Sierra Pacific Power Company and Local Union No.  1245 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, the parties hereby agree to the following:

	
  

	
The Company and Union recognize there may arise situations in various departments of the Company where availability of some key classifications becomes imperative in the rendering of service to the customer and for the safe, effective operation of facilities.  To assure availability of these key people, the Company and Union mutually agree to the following conditions that will apply to both parties for Positive Emergency Response.

	
  

	
A.

	
Conditions Applicable to Company

	
  

	
1.

	
The Company will provide an appropriate radio-equipped vehicle to the following job classifications for commute purposes:

	
  

	
Customer Serviceman

	
  

	
Gas Inspector

	
  

	
Gas Pressure Operator

	
  

	
General Foreman

	
  

	
Leak Surveyor

	
  

	
Troubleman

	
  

	
Other employees may be provided a radio-equipped vehicle at the discretion of the Company.  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
2.

	
The Company will provide a pager or hand-held radio/telephone to improve the employee's mobility and communication.

	
  

	
3.

	
Normal work hours will prevail during employee's regular work days.

	
  

	
4.

	
Availability schedule will apply from the end of employee's shift on Friday until the beginning of employee's shift on Monday, during holidays and such other times when adequate emergency coverage is not available  (Amended 1/1/98)

  

119

  

 

 

	
  

	
5.

	
The Company shall provide an option for either (1) availability premium to employee of:

	
  

	
$4.83/hour, effective  8/16/2010

$4.83/hour, effective  8/16/2011

$4.93/hour, effective  8/16/2012

	
  

	
for every hour employee is available for duty exclusive of employee's normal pay for regular scheduled hours worked.  (Amended March 2007) or (2) “time in lieu” at the following rates:

	
  

	
All non-holiday hours will be factored at the .127/hour accrual rate.  Example—2-day weekend –from 1530 Friday to 0700 Monday = 63.5 hours X .127 = 8 hours.

	
  

	
Example:  work week from 1530 Monday through 0700 Friday = 15.5 hours X 4 days = 62 hours X .127 = 8 hours

	
  

	
All holiday hours will be factored at the .334/hour accrual rate.

Example—Christmas Day—from 1530 Christmas

Eve day to 0700 the day after Christmas=15.5 hours                                                                                     X .127 hours + 24 hours X .334 = 10 hours.(Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
Note:  The availability premium will be adjusted with each  general wage increase.  The adjustment will be made by a percentage equal to the general wage increase.  (Added 1/1/95) Amended 8-16-2010

	
  

	
6.

	
The Company shall compensate the employee at the applicable overtime rate as provided in Title 10 of the Agreement for any hours worked outside normally scheduled hours during the availability period plus the availability premium for all hours available.

	
  

	
7.

	
In any payroll year, an employee may use a maximum of 200 time-in-lieu hours earned via pager duty..  (Amended March 2007)

	
  

	
8.

	
Employees may cash out all, or any portion, of their accumulated time-in-lieu hours at the end of any pay period.  (Added March 2007)

	
  

	
9.

	
On the last paycheck of the payroll year, the Company will cash out all accumulated time-in-lieu hours in excess of 200 hours.  (Added March 2007)

B.             Conditions Applicable to Employee

	
  

	
1.

	
Employee must live within the sub-district boundaries and be available to receive communication to qualify for emergency availability scheduled.

	
  

	
2.

	
Employee must be in physical condition to perform assigned duties when emergency situations arise.

	
  

	
3.

	
The employee must respond to a page within ten (10) minutes of the notification and report within a reasonable time thereafter.

	
  

	
4.

	
Substitutions of coverage may be arranged only with the approval of the Supervisor in charge, and the substitute employee must be qualified to perform the assigned duties.

	
  

	
5.

	
The employee on duty will have first opportunity to fill availability schedule.  If a substitute employee is required, accumulated overtime will prevail.  (Amended 1/1/95)

C.           (Deleted 1/1/95)

	
  

	
D.

	
If, in the event there is no duty employee, a departmental procedure to administer the Emergency Response Program must be established in writing and agreed to by the Company and Union.  (Added 1/1/98)

  

120

  

 

ATTACHMENT IX

COMPANY STATEMENT RE:  CONTINUATION OF

POST RETIREMENT MEDICAL COVERAGE

(Amended March 2007)

Letter of Agreement

Local 1245 VEBA Trust Funding

The Company agrees to fund the VEBA Trust over the next eight years beginning January 1, 2007 up to an amount that the PUCN has allowed in its most recent General Rate Case unless to do so would cause the Company to violate debt covenants, or create an unfavorable tax consequence.

1.  Confirm that under the proposal, SPR will fund 100% of the January 1, 2015 Accumulated Projected Benefit Obligation (APBO) by January 1, 2015.

This is confirmed.

2.  Confirm that under the proposal, annual funding will at a minimum, be determined on a relatively level basis over 8 years.

This is confirmed.

3. Our actuary has estimated that level annual funding of the VEBA may be in the range of $10-$15 million each year.   Is this consistent with SPR’s expectations of the required annual funding level?

The retiree medical program is currently the subject of negotiations.  The program that is in effect at the close of the negotiations will determine the level of annual funding that is required for the VEBA.

4.  SPR has proposed to limit Local 1245 VEBA funding “up to an amount that the PUCN has allowed in its most recent General Rate case.”   (a) Fully describe this restriction.

Sierra requests recovery of post retirement medical expenses in its biennial general rate case filings.  As described in the question, SPR would limit its annual cash funding to the Local 1245 VEBA trust to an amount equal to or less than the VEBA expense component in Sierra’s most recent general rate case.  The limiting amount would change each time a new rate case has been concluded.

Sierra’s general rate cases include the expense amount provided by the most current annual actuarial study.  For example, Sierra’s 2005 GRC included the VEBA expense as determined by an actuarial study performed in late 2004, which specified expenses to be recognized in 2005.  Pursuant to the described procedures and because the results of the 2005 GRC were known in May 2006, the cash funding for years 2006 and 2007 would be based on an actuarial study that quantified expenses for 2005.

(b) Under this restriction at the present time, what is the maximum annual amount SPR could fund the Local 1245 VEBA?

Sierra’s 2005 Nevada GRC included $5.1 million in VEBA expense.

(c)  If required VEBA contributions are in the $10-$15 million range, would this restriction limit the annual VEBA contribution?

Yes.   If we cap our obligation at a specific number (such as $5.1 million) then we cannot contribute funds the VEBA trust beyond that amount.  The exception to this are “catch up” contributions which we carry as a liability in our accounting systems.

(d)  Is it expected that this restriction will limit full funding of the VEBA in any year prior to 2015?

No, because the Company has committed to catch up funding over and above the amount allowed in the GRC.

5.  SPR has proposed to limit Local 1245 VEBA funding so as not to “cause the company to violate debt covenants.”   (a) Fully describe this restriction.

As disclosed on page 61 of the Sierra Pacific Resources 2005 Form 10-k filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, “Each of NPC’s $500 million  Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement and SPC’s $250 million Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 4, 2005, contains two financial maintenance covenants.  The first requires that the Utility maintain a ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated capital, determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, not to exceed 0.68 to 1.  The second requires that the Utility maintain a ratio of consolidated cash flow to consolidated interest expense, determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, not to be lass than 2.0 to 1.  As of December 31, 2005, both companies were in compliance with these covenants.

In addition, with respect to SPR, as disclosed on page 62, “The terms of SPR’s $335 million 8 5/8% Senior Unsecured Notes due2014, its $99.1 million 7.803% Senior Notes due 2012, and its 6.75% Senior Notes due 2017 restrict SPR and any of it’s Restricted Subsidiaries (NPC and SPPC) from incurring any additional indebtedness unless:

 

 

 

  

121

  

 

 

	
1.  

	
at the time the debt is incurred, the ratio of consolidated cash flow to fixed charges for SPR’s most recently ended four quarter period on a pro forma basis is at least 2 to 1 or

	
2.  

	
the debt incurred is specifically permitted under the terms of the applicable series of notes, which permit the incurrence of certain credit facility or letter of credit indebtedness, obligations incurred to finance property construction or improvement, indebtedness incurred to refinance existing indebtedness, certain intercompany indebtedness, hedging obligations, indebtedness incurred to support bid, performance or surety bonds, and certain letters of credit supporting SPR’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations to energy suppliers, or

	
3.  

	
the indebtedness is incurred to finance capital expenditures pursuant to NPC’s 2003 Integrated Resource Plan and SPPC’s 2004 Integrated Resource plan.

If the applicable series of notes are upgraded to investment grade by both Moody’s and S&P, these restrictions will be suspended and will be no longer in effect so long as the applicable series of notes remain investment grade.”

Based on SPR’s March 31, 2006 financial statements, assuming an interest rate of 6%, SPR’s indebtedness restrictions would allow SPR and utilities to issue up to approximately $262 million of additional indebtedness in the aggregate, unless the indebtedness being issued is specifically permitted under the terms of SPR’s indebtedness.

(b) Under this restriction at the present time, what is the maximum annual amount SPR could fund the Local 1245 VEBA?

Based upon the March 31, 2006 additional indebtedness limitation of $262 million, SPR would be capable of currently funding the annual VEBA contribution in the $10 to $15 million range as indicated in clause (c)

(c) If required VEBA contributions are in the $10-$15 million range, would this restriction limit the annual VEBA contribution?  Please refer to the response to clause (a).

6.  SPR has proposed to limit Local 1245 VEBA funding so as not to “accelerate a pending insolvency.”   (a) fully describe this restriction.  (b) Is there any pending insolvency or any indication that an insolvency may occur before January 1, 2015?  Based on the proposed annual funding amounts and the company’s current financial status, there are no insolvencies anticipated.   Therefore the Company is willing to withdraw this restriction.  (c) How can the agreement be strengthened to provide accelerated funding in advance of a pending insolvency? Our legal group advises us that we cannot accelerate funding to the VEBA in advance of any pending insolvency.

7.  SPR has proposed to limit Local 1245 VEBA funding so as not to “create an unfavorable tax consequence.”  (a) fully describe this restriction.  Under a collectively bargained VEBA, the over funding of said VEBA is essentially the only unfavorable tax consequence.   Contributions to VEBA’s are fully deductible, however, contributions in excess of the amount required to fully fund a collectively bargained VEBA are not tax deductible.  (b)  Under this restriction at the present time, what is the maximum amount SPR could fund the Local 1245 VEBA?   The maximum amount that could be funded cannot exceed the current unfunded APBO of the VEBA.   (c) If required VEBA contributions are in the $10-$15 million range, would this restriction limit the annual VEBA contribution?   No.

Is it expected that this restriction will limit full funding of the VEBA in any year prior to 2015?  No.

IBEW LOCAL UNION 1245

By: ____________________________________

SIERRA PACIFIC POWER COMPANY

By: ____________________________________

Date: _____________________

  

122

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}]]